Agfa Curix HT 330u

Technical
Documentation
Order no.: DD+DIS017.95E
CURIX HT-330 U
Typ 5210
AGFA GEVAERT AG
Service Support International - Diagnostic Imaging Systems
Tegernseer Landstr. 161
1. Edition
Agfa Company Confidential
D-81539 Munich
To order spare parts:
Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3760

Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 7455
To order documentation:
Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553

Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 7515
Overview
0.
Order list
Caution:
1.
Preinstallation
This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety
regulations.
2.
Controls and Connections
These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must

only be performed by qualified technical personnel.
3.
Installation / Machine Start-up
4.
Operating Instructions
5.
Functional Description
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a

qualified electrician.
6.
Repair and Service
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a

qualified technician.
7.
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
8.
Spare Parts List
9.
Accessories
10. Modifications
11. Technical Standard Modifications
12. Maintenance
13. Fieldservice Bulletins
14. Installation Planning
15. Glossary / Key Word Index
Note:
Order List for the Documentation
CURIX HT-330 U/G

Type 5210 / 100 / 200
Please file this order list in your Service Manual in front of chapter 1.
Daily updated order lists are available in the MedNet.
Order number for a complete Service Manual:

Edition
Revision
Order number
Contents
DD+DIS017.95E Service Manual in Folder (all supplements integrated)
Order numbers for separately available chapters of the Service Manual:

Edition
Revision
DD+DIS072.96E Section 14, Installation Planning Instructions and

Specifications, 2nd edition (replaces DD+DIS079.95E)
DD+DIS037.96E Section 12, Maintenance Instructions, 1st edition
DD+DIS091.94M Section 8, Spare Parts List, 1st edition

(valid up to FN 1299)

(valid from FN 1300)
DD+DIS029.96E Installation and Initial Operation (Section 01, 02, 03

and 14 of the complete-Documentation
DD+DIS017.95E) is enclosed with the machine
DD+DIS096.97E Installation Instructions Modification Upgrade Kit for

MAMO Film Type 5212/500
DD+DIS004.98E Fitting Instructions for the Anti-Algae Solenoid Valve

Type 5210 / 500
DD+DIS031.98E Supplement Section:3;5;6.3;6.5;6.6;11
DD+DIS038.98M Supplement Section:8
DD+DIS052.98E Supplement Section:5;6.3;6.6;11
DD+DIS117.98E Installation Instructions for Developer and Fixer Elbow
DD+DIS188.98M Supplement for Spare Parts List DIS017.97M
Edition 1, Revision 0
Order number
CURIX HT-330 U/G

(Type 5210 / 100 / 200)
Contents
Section 0 / 1
Order List for the Documentation
Order numbers for CDs:

OMNI CD:
DD+OMNI-MI-16
OMNI CD, contains the technical documentation for all

machines of the division HE IMG GSO
CM+7 9820 0368 0
AGFATEK TRIO CD-ROM, contains machine specific

training and machine specific service tools
TRIO CD:
Access to MedNet:
IntraNet:
http://docs.agfanet/mednet-library
ExtraNet:
http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
Inquiries:
Section 0 / 2
Phone + 49 89 6207 3949 Fax +49 89 6207 7271
CURIX HT-330 U/G

(Type 5210 / 100 / 200)
History of Supplements
List of separately available supplements:

Edition
Revision
Order number
Contents
DD+DIS009.95E Supplement Section 6.5, Removal and Installation of

the Tank Cover Caps (drain / overflow)

(valid from FN 1300)
DD+DIS004.98E Fitting Instructions for the Anti-Algae Solenoid Valve

Type 5210 / 500
DD+DIS031.98E Supplement Section:3;5;6.3;6.5;6.6;11
DD+DIS038.98M Supplement Section:8
DD+DIS052.98E Supplement Section:5;6.3;6.6;11
DD+DIS188.98M Supplement for Spare Parts List DIS017.97M
DD+DIS230.98E Supplement Section:3;5;6.3;6.6;11
DD+DIS165.99M Supplement Section 8
DD+DIS006.00E Supplement Section 6.3
List of Field Service Bulletins:

The following FSB's are still valid and can be ordered:
FSB
Order number
No. 1
DD+DIS082.96E
Improved Circulation pump, DD+DIS032.95x and

DD+DIS063.96E are no longer valid
No. 2
DD+DIS034.98E
Film not scanned
No. 3
DD+DIS155.98E
Modified Functions of the software Version H3301806
No. 4
DD+DIS193.98M
Standardisation of the film transport units
No. 5
DD+DIS117.99E
New SOFTWARE VERSION

H3301906;(CM+9.5210.4065.0)
No. 6
DD+DIS054.00E
Introduction of the improved lock washer 8 mm;

Remedy for rack blockage in the lower crossover
section in developer, fixer, and water rack;
Remedy for the "tack-tack noises on the main drive
shaft
No. 7
DD+DIS063.00E
Introduction of "Improved" Circulation Pumps

in the Developer / Fixer / Water Tanks
No. 8
DD+DIS084.00E
New SOFTWARE VERSION H3302001
No. 9
DD+DIS088.01E
Improved level sensor mounting in the machine tank;

Squeaking noise and damage on the drive roller of the
lower roller pair in the dryer; Squeaking noise on the
main rack drive in the developer, fixer, and water rack
Contents
CURIX HT-330 U/G

(Type 5210 / 100 / 200)
Section 0 / 3
History of Supplements
FSB
Order number
Contents
No. 10
DD+DIS032.02E
Introduction of improved circulation pumps in the

developer, fixer, and water tank
No. 11
DD+DIS117.03E
SOFTWARE H330 2101 (IC9)

Order number: CM+9 5210 4067 0
No. 12
DD+DIS047.04E
Replacing a Defective Circulation Pump Drive with Belt

by a Pump Drive with Synchro-Motor.
No. 13
DD+DIS139.04E
Processor Software H3302201

(Order No.: CM+9 5210 4068 0) Prevents Failure of the
IO SMOT LOW LEVEL Board (506GS)
Section 0 / 4
CURIX HT-330 U/G

(Type 5210 / 100 / 200)
Installation Preparations
DD+DIS017.95E
Section 1
List of Contents
1.
Installation preparations................................................................................ 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.5.1
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
Machine transport and take-over by the customer ................................................1

Checking the shipment ............................................................................................1
Transport check........................................................................................................1
Checking the safety indicators attached on the machine boxes ..........................1
Unpacking instructions ............................................................................................2
Removal of the box.....................................................................................................3
Packing list................................................................................................................3
Cushioning parts ......................................................................................................3
Accessory box ..........................................................................................................3
Pulling the film processor from the pallet ..............................................................5
Removing the machine cover tank/dryer section and the side panels.................6
Removing the transport safeguards........................................................................7
Type label ..................................................................................................................8
Checking the scope of delivery and the accessory box ........................................8
2.
3.
Access for repair and maintenance.............................................................. 9

Specifications............................................................................................... 10
3.1
3.2
3.3
Electrical data .........................................................................................................10

Climatic data ...........................................................................................................10
Dimensions and weights........................................................................................10
4.
Safety regulations and certificates............................................................. 11
16.07.1997
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / I
DD+DIS017.95E
1.
Installation preparations
1.1
Machine transport and take-over by the customer

The machine should be transported to the final installation site by the carrier, whereby the
technician in charge should be present.
1.2
Checking the shipment

Compare the labels on the boxes with the customer's order list and the shipping papers.
1.3
Transport check
Check the boxes for visible transport damage:
- dented edges
- damaged packing material
- torn fixing elements (metal straps, screws)
1.4
Checking the safety indicators attached on the machine boxes

The machine is delivered on a pallet.
"TILTWATCH" and "SHOCKWATCH" indicators are attached on the boxes.
They indicate if the machine has been tilted or was exposed to shock during the transport.
If the machine was tilted, the

circle in the arrow head of the
TILTWATCH changes from white
to red.
If the machine was subjected to shocks,

the square field in the middle of the
SHOCKWATCH changes from white to
red.
NOTE: Any kind of damage must be noted in the installation report!

In case of a damaged machine keep the packing material for proof (transport insurance)!
Damage claims must be sent to the insurance company!
16.07.1997
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / 1
1.5
DD+DIS017.95E
Unpacking instructions
The shipment comprises of:
1 pallet with the film processor
Drawing 1
Drawing 2
Drawing 3
Drawing 4
Section 1 / 2
CURIX HT 330
16.07.1997
DD+DIS017.95E
1.5.1 Removal of the box
1.6
Drawing 1
Cut the straps.
Drawing 2
Lift the cardboard box off the machine.
Drawing 3
If the room is not high enough to lift the box off,

use a or strong screwdriver to break the clips in the side of the box and open it.
ATTENTION: Risk of injuries on the open clips !
or:
cut the box with a strong knife along the rear edge.
Packing list
Remove the packing list from the upper cushioning parts.
Keep the list for checking later on.
1.7
Cushioning parts
Remove all cushioning parts, such as corrugated board, cardboard, polyester.
1.8
Accessory box
The film processor comes with three accessory boxes.
Remove all three boxes and prepare them for checking.
ATTENTION: When opening the boxes, do not cut the left/right hand strap (D) between the
machine base and the skids (E) !
The straps (D) hold the machine on the skids (E) when sliding the film processor from the pallet.
See drawing 4
A
B
C
D
E
16.07.1997
Accessory box "panels of the base"

Accessory box "all installation parts" such as replenishment pump, water supply solenoid
valve and water hose, replenishment and disposal hoses, installation material for
installation through the bottom or through the front panel, exhaust connection etc.
Accessory box "documents"
Holding straps
Skids
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / 3
Section 1 / 4
DD+DIS017.95E
Drawing 5
Drawing 6
Drawing 7
Drawing 8
Drawing 9
Drawing 10
CURIX HT 330
16.07.1997
DD+DIS017.95E
1.9
Pulling the film processor from the pallet

NOTE:
To pull the machine from the pallet do not pull or lift the machine
on the feed table!
Position the machine with the front (front panel / dryer rear panel) in the direction of the
installation wall on which the light seal is to be attached. Keep a distance of approx. 1 1/2
machine length from the wall (handling space).
See drawing 5: Lift the machine slightly by pressing against the right hand side of the upper
chassis and kick out the cushion below the skid. Proceed the same way on the other machine
side.
See drawing 6: Place the two removed cushions next to the side of the pallet on which you
want to pull the machine off the pallet. Function: cushion for the skids sliding off the pallet.
Hold the machine base with your hands and pull it carefully in the direction of the "installation
wall" until it is removed from the pallet. Take special care when the "skids (machine) are
tilting off the pallet and touch the floor" and when the "rear ends of the skids slide off the
pallet and onto the cushion".
See drawing 7: Pull the machine (skids) off the cushions.
See drawing 8: Now cut the left/right hand strap on the base with the skids.
Unscrew the wooden rails front/back on the base with the machine feet.
See drawing 9: Lift the machine slightly by pressing against the right hand side of the upper
chassis and kick out the skid. Carefully place the machine on the floor.
Proceed the same way with the other machine side.
16.07.1997
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / 5
1.10
DD+DIS017.95E
Removing the machine cover tank/dryer section and the side panels
Remove the machine cover (1) above the tank section, then remove the dryer section.
Loosen the Phillips screw (2) in the locking bracket on the left/right hand machine side, and
slide the bracket (3) back.
Lift the side panels on the left/right (4) on their handles and remove them.
Section 1 / 6
CURIX HT 330
16.07.1997
DD+DIS017.95E
1.11
Removing the transport safeguards
Remove the foam parts (1, 2) according to the drawing.
Please check in addition if the drive plate for the circulation pump on the left hand machine
side is held by cushioning parts (1). If yes, remove them.
After removal of the safeguards check the drive plate for correct positioning.
16.07.1997
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / 7
1.12
DD+DIS017.95E
Type label
Where do you find the type label ?
See drawing:
Left hand label = TYPE LABEL
1.13
Right hand label = ASSEMBLY LABEL
Checking the scope of delivery and the accessory box with the shipping papers
and packing list
Film processor:
Check the following data on the type label and compare them with the shipping papers
regarding "TYPE" / "SN" !
Check the contents of the 3 "accessory boxes" by means of the "packing list" !
Section 1 / 8
CURIX HT 330
16.07.1997
DD+DIS017.95E
2.
Access for repair and maintenance
Minimum space / optimum space

The required floor space for the film processor is:
L = 75.5 cm
W = 71.0 cm
For repair and maintenance plan on the free space as shown in the drawing.
Optimum space: The free space shown in the drawing should be provided.
Minimum space: The absolute minimum shown in the drawing must be provided.
Scale 1:20 - all dimensions in cm
16.07.1997
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / 9
3.
Specifications
3.1
Electrical data
DD+DIS017.95E
Mains connection:
1N~ 230 - 240 V; 50/60 Hz (200, 208,230-240 V)
Current consumption:
max. 12.5 A
Power consumption:
max. 2900 W
Fuse protection:
16 A
Leakage current
towards ground:
< 3.5 mA
Safety regulations:
3.2
Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance

with the regulations in IEC 364 (VDE 0100 / VDE 0107).
Climatic data
Ventilation/exhaust: Provide for sufficient air circulation to avoid high concentration of chemical
fumes An air exchange of ten times the room volume per hour is required.
If you have any questions about this, please turn to your local AGFA office.
Heat emission:
3.3
Standby:
total
into the room
into the connected exhaust
700 W
500 W
200 W
Film cycle:
total
into the room
into the connected exhaust
2200 W
820 W
1380 W
Exhaust:
The machine has an exhaust installed as a standard feature.

The exhaust works below the dryer.
The exhaust fan is always active as long as the machine is switched on.
Dimensions and weights

Dimensions
incl. box:
LxWxH
1200 mm x 800 mm x 1460 mm
without box:
LxWxH
1060 mm x 710 mm x 1200 mm
Weights
incl. box
without box
with full tanks
Section 1 / 10
200 kg
140 kg
160 kg
CURIX HT 330
16.07.1997
DD+DIS017.95E
4.
Safety regulations and certificates

According to IEC 601-1 / VDE 0750 Part 1, this film processor is not classified as "medical
elctrical equipment".
Safety
Europe:
EN 60950: 1992 + A1 + A2: 1993 "Safety for Information Technology
Equipment".
(Identical with IEC 950: 1992 and with VDE 0805/ 11. 93)
USA:
UL 1950 2. Edition 1993 "Safety for Information Technology Equipment,
Including Electrical Business Equipment".
Canada:
CSA C 22.2 No. 959 - OM-93 "Safety for Information Technology
Equipment, Including Electrical Business Equipment".
Interference
suppression
Europe:
According to EN 50081-1:1992 "Basic Standard for Interference Emission"
identical with VDE 0839, Part 81-1/03.93)
EN 55022/1987, Class B "Interference Suppression of Information
Technology Equipment (ITE)".
(Corresponds to VDE 0878, Part 3/11.89)
For equipment in residential and business rooms and in doctors' offices.
North America (USA, Canada):
US Standard FCC 47 Part 15, Subchapter J, Class A/Edition 8/1976
"Non-Household Equipment".
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

EMVG and EG Regulations 89 / 336 / EEC
EN 50082-1: 1992
Connection to drinking water
DIN 1988, Part 4/1988 based on worksheet W503 of the DVGW "Technical
Regulations for the Drinking Water Installations, Protection against Flow
Back".
Certificates
16.07.1997
TV / GS sign:
UL Approbation:
No. AL 9407 10068 150

Report no. 0121 040 4001
E 477 50 (M)
CSA Approbation:
in preparation
DVGW certificate no.
in preparation
CURIX HT 330
Section 1 / 11
DD+DIS017.95E
Section 2
List of Contents
1.
27.04.95
Controls and machine connections ............................................................. 1
CURIX HT 330
Section 2 / I
DD+DIS017.95E
1.
Controls and machine connections
LCD display (display comprising of 1 line with 8 characters)
S key (for selection of parameters and special functions in the menus)
M key (for selection of the manus)
Main switch film processor ( I / 0)
Mains cable (VDE or UL)
PVC chute
Wire basket
27.04.95
CURIX HT 330
Section 2 / 1
Installation / Start-up Procedures
DD+DIS230.98E
Section 3
List of Contents
page
1.
Safety ..................................................................................................................................1
2.
Instructions for the "Installation and Start-up" procedures ..........................................2
3.
Installation..........................................................................................................................2
3.1
3.2
Machine feet; coarse height adjustment ..................................................................................... 2

Horizontal adjustment with spirit level; fine adjustment of the height ..................................... 3
4.
Adaptation of the mains voltage ......................................................................................4
4.1
4.2
4.3
Adaptation of the rated machine voltage to any other mains supply ....................................... 4
Procedure for the mains adaptation ............................................................................................ 4
Replacement of the VDE mains cable by a UL mains cable ...................................................... 5
5.
Installation..........................................................................................................................6
5.1
Preparations for the installation connections through the

lower front panel, light seal on the film feed table ..................................................................... 6
5.2 Instructions for breaking out the recesses in the lower front panel ......................................... 6
5.3 Which installation recesses are required for a standard installation ....................................... 7
5.3.1 Exhaust connection ...................................................................................................................... 7
5.3.2 Disposal connections ................................................................................................................... 7
5.3.3 Connections for the replenisher supply ...................................................................................... 7
5.3.4 Installation of the water supply solenoid 4.MG1......................................................................... 8
5.3.5 Installation of the safety heavy duty water supply hose ............................................................ 9
5.3.6 Preparation of the light cover on the film processor front panel ............................................ 10
5.3.7 Light seal on the rear panel / dryer exit ..................................................................................... 10
5.4 Installation of hose and exhaust connections through the lower front panel........................ 11
5.4.1 Installation of the exhaust below the machine (through the lower front panel)..................... 11
5.5 Standard installation: disposal hoses through the lower front panel..................................... 12
5.5.1 Connection of the disposal hoses directly on the hose joints ................................................ 13
5.5.2 Standard installation replenisher hoses through the lower front panel ................................. 14
5.6 Hose / exhaust connections below the film processor through the floor............................... 15
5.6.1 Exhaust below the film processor through the floor................................................................ 15
5.7 Standard installation disposal hoses below the film processor through the floor................ 16
5.8 Standard installation replenisher hoses below the film processor: ....................................... 17
5.9 Drawing of all cables hanging in the film processor and their function................................. 17
5.10 Installation of the replenisher pump / replenisher hoses and electrical connection............. 18
5.11 Connection of the level sensors replenisher tanks / Mixer / disposal tanks .......................... 19
5.11.1 Level sensor connection of individual REPLENISHER TANKS ............................................. 19
5.11.2 Level sensor connection of the CHEMIX (Mixer) .................................................................... 19
5.11.3 Level sensor connection of individual DISPOSAL TANKS .................................................... 20
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / I

6.
DD+DIS230.98E
Start-up procedures.........................................................................................................21
6.1 FILLING THE DEVELOPER / FIXER TANKS up to the level marking (B) ................................. 21
6.2 SWITCHING THE MACHINE ON.................................................................................................. 22
6.3 BASEINIT ..................................................................................................................................... 22
6.4 SYSTEM SET-UP - setting the software switches .................................................................... 23
6.5 OPERATING DISPLAYS in different languages ........................................................................ 24
6.6 Changing the PROCESS parameters with the M and S keys................................................... 24
6.6.1 Changing the PROCESS TIME ................................................................................................... 24
6.6.2 Changing the developer temperature and / or dryer setting.................................................... 24
6.7 Clock functions ........................................................................................................................... 25
6.8 Operation terminal display: adjustment of the background brightness / contrast ............... 25
6.9 For the operation of the "stand-alone film processor" the following jumpers must be set.. 25
6.10 Adjustment of the replenisher pump ("basic rate" developer and fixer) ............................... 26
6.10.1 Basic rate of the replenisher pumps, ml / min. ....................................................................... 26
6.10.2 Basic formula: calculation of the replenishment per m for modified parameters .............. 27
6.11 Activation of all THERMAL PROTECTION components upon operation start-up.................. 27
6.12 Notes on the dryer function ....................................................................................................... 27
6.13 Exhaust fan.................................................................................................................................. 28
6.14 Mounting of the wire basket....................................................................................................... 28
6.15 System setup; setting of software switches............................................................................. 29
6.15.1 SOFTWARE VERSION H3301707 ............................................................................................. 29
6.15.2 Status displays in different languages:................................................................................... 32
6.15.3 SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806 ............................................................................................. 33
Section 2 / II
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
1.
Safety
English
This information is also available in German and French. For further information please contact your local Agfa
office.
Deutsch
Diese Information ist auch in englischer und franzsischer Sprache lieferbar. Falls Sie hierzu noch Fragen
haben, wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihre rtliche Agfa-Niederlassung.
Franais
Cette Information est galement disponible en englais franais et en allemand. Pour toutes questions ce sujet,
veuillez consulter votre filiale Agfa locale.
Italiano
Queste informazioni sono disponibili anche nelle lingue tedesca e francese. Per ulteriori informazioni o
chiarimenti in merito. Vi preghiamo di rivolger Vi alla succursale Agfa della Vostra zona.
Nederlands
Deze informatie is ook in het Frans en het Engels verkrijgbaar. Voor eventuele verdere vragen wendt u zich
a.u.b. tot uur lokale Agfa vertegen woordiging.
Espaol
Esta informacin tambin es disponible en francs y en alemn. Para consultas pertinentes, dirjase a su
distribuidor AGFA local.
_________________________________________________________________
Always observe the listed safety regulations:
General safety measures
Consult the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of the chemicals concerned and follow the safety
instructions.
Follow the instructions on the bottles containing the chemicals.
Make sure there is adequate air exchange in order to prevent too high a concentration of chemical
fumes building up. An air exchange rate of 10 times the room volume per hour is required. Consult
your local AGFA representative if in doubt.
Do not disable any built-in safety features.
Only AGFA certified engineers should troubleshoot and repair defects.
Safety precautions for cleaning the processor

Before cleaning, carefully read the safety information given in the Medical Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS), which are available on request for the chemicals concerned, i.e. for the used processing
solutions and for cleaning products. Follow the contained instructions.
Protect your skin: wear disposable rubber or plastic gloves whenever prescribed in the MSDS.
Protect your eyes: handle solutions with care; avoid splashing. Wear safety goggles when
necessary. In case of eye contact, flush immediately with plenty of cold water. Get medical attention.
Observe the local requirements where the draining of chemicals is concerned.
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 1

2.
DD+DIS017.95E
Instructions for the "Installation and Start-up" procedures

The sequence of the listed installation steps depends on the following parameters:
Size of the installation room.
Type of installation: installation in the daylight/darkroom. Light seal feed table/dryer
directly against the installation wall. (No light tight separating wall!)
Supply and disposal connections "below the machine" or "through the lower front panel".
Machine stands "free in the room" or with the "left hand machine side against the wall".
Person, who does the installation.
Please consider these points and set up a sequence required for your installation.
The given sequence corresponds to a "standard installation" with the following parameters:
Light seal on the film feed table directly against the installation wall
Installation connection through the bottom or through the lower front panel
Machine has a distance of 15 cm to the left hand side wall
3.
Installation
3.1
Machine feet; coarse height adjustment

a.
The machine should be placed close to the installation site.

A "height of 30 mm" must be adjusted between the lower edge of the frame at the machine
foot to the installation floor (see drawing 1).
Loosen the lock nut (nut is directly below the machine foot).
Use a 17 mm wrench to adjust the hexagon nut for a "height of 30 mm", turn right to increase
and turn left to decrease the height.
b.
In the first machines (production quantity of approx. 10 machines) M10 x 100 mm screws have
been used as machine feet. Shims, enclosed in the shipment, had to be placed below the
hexagon screw head. In this case the height adjustment is more difficult and can be carried out
as follows:
Adjust the height without using shims.

Adjust a height of 22 mm between the lower edge of the frame at the foot and the installation
floor (with shims the height will then result in 30 mm).
Only insert the shims after the "fine adjustment" since otherwise the hexagon head would be
covered.
Section 3 / 2
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
Drawing 1
3.2
Horizontal adjustment with spirit level; fine adjustment of the height

See drawing 1
Only do the fine adjustment when the machine has reached its final installation site!
NOTE: Measure the "diameter of the uppermost tie rods" in the racks! Since the diameter has been
changed from 10 mm to 8 mm it can not be excluded that the tie rods have been mixed which would
result in an inaccurate adjustment.
16.05.99
Measure in the film transport direction with a spirit level (1).

Place the spirit level (1) on the top tie rods (only same diameter!) on the left and an the right
rack side.
Adjust the rear / front foot height (2) to level the machine horizontally.
Measure crosswise to the film transport direction with a spirit level (3).
Place the spirit level (3) on the top tie rods of the developer and water racks and adjust the
height of the left / right machine feet.
Check the adjustment in horizontal and vertical direction and adjust again if necessary.
Tighten the hexagon lock nut.
In case of machine feet as defined in 3.1.b insert the shims after fine adjustment!
5210
Section 3 / 3

4.
DD+DIS017.95E
Adaptation of the mains voltage
The voltage setting of the machine must correspond to the local mains supply.
The machine works (independent of the frequency) with a mains frequency of 50 / 60 Hz.
4.1
Adaptation of the rated machine voltage to any other mains supply

The machine is shipped with a VDE power cable and a rated voltage setting of 230 - 240 V.
4.2
Procedure for the mains adaptation

By the connection of the mains supply cable to a mains transformer (TR1) integrated in the machine
the voltage can be adapted to 200 / 208 / 230 - 240 Volt.
Remove the machine cover of the wet section / dryer.

Remove the top left hand machine side panel. The connections of the mains transformer TR1
can now be reached on the left machine side.
The VDE mains cable is to be connected as follows for a rated voltage of 230-240 V on the TR1:
Drawing 2
N
L
PE
=
=
=
blue
=
brown
=
yellow/green =
TR1 / 0
TR1 / 230 V (upper)
TR1 / PE protective rail 1st contact (lower)
e.g. - You want to adapt the machine to a "208 V mains supply".
Remove the mains cable connection "L" (brown) from its clamp on TR1 / 230 V and connect it
on TR1 / 208 V!
The rated machine voltage corresponds to the local mains supply!
Section 3 / 4
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
4.3
Replacement of the VDE mains cable by a UL mains cable

(The UL mains cable is included in the shipment)
ATTENTION: The mains cable must only be replaced when the machine supply has been
disconnected. The installed mains cable must not be plugged into an outlet !
Drawing 3
Remove the dryer panel (rear, top).
Loosen the heavy duty screw connection (2).
Loosen the cable ties (3).
Undo the cables N (blue) and L (brown) of the VDE mains cable (4) on the connection clamp of
the transformer (1).
Undo the cable PE (yellow/green) of the VDE mains cable (5) on the connection clamp PE of
the transformer (1).
Pull the VDE mains cable (4) out of the machine.
Disconnect the heavy duty screw connection (2) from the VDE mains cable (4) and connect it on
the UL mains cable (5).
Insert the UL mains cable (5) instead of the VDE mains cable (4) in the machine.
Connect the cable PE (green) of the UL mains cable (5) on the connection clamp PE of the
transformer (1).
Connect the cables N (black) and L (white) of the UL mains cable (5) on the connection clamp of
the transformer (1) according to the mains voltage.
(See drawing 2: circuit diagram TR1)
Tighten the heavy duty screw connection (2).
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 5
DD+DIS017.95E
5.
Installation
5.1
Preparations for the installation connections through the lower front panel, light seal on the
film feed table
Drawing 4
5.2
Instructions for breaking out the recesses in the lower front panel
For this type of installation recesses in the front panel (2) must be broken out before the machine is
actually installed.
On the inside of the lower front panel (2) there is a black plate (1) screwed onto the lower frame.
In this black plate (1) the recesses have been prepared.
Mark the required recesses on the inside of the lower front panel (2).
Section 3 / 6
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
In these front panels which are still produced manually (smooth outside), all recesses must be
broken out from the inside of the front panel.
Dismount the control panel and then the front panel (minor job).
Place the front panel on an even surface and cut the required recesses with a sharp knife along
the groove, then break the material out by hitting it with a drift punch, (otherwise the hole may
become too big!)
The automatically produced front panels can easily be recognised by the slightly bulging recess
preparations on the outside.
On these front panels the required recesses can be made from the outside by hitting them slightly
with a hammer on the bulging material.
5.3
Which installation recesses are required for a standard installation

See drawing 4
5.3.1 Exhaust connection

Connection "A":
Unscrew the front panel (2) from the machine (6 Phillips screws) (not the control panel).
Unscrew the round cover on the front left hand side of the front panel (2).
Screw two exhaust joints A1/A2 onto the front panel (2), (parts in accessory box B).
The front panel can be connected back on the machine.
5.3.2 Disposal connections

Connections "B":
Connection joint (3) in the accessory box
connection joint (3) outside
connection joint (3) below machine
Developer
B1
20 mm
20 / 16 mm
Fixer
B2
20 mm
20 / 16 mm
Water
B3
20 mm
20 / 16 mm
5.3.3 Connections for the replenisher supply

Connections "C":
Connection joint (3) in the accessory box
connection joint (3) outside
connection joint (3) below machine
Developer
C1
20 mm
20 / 16 mm
Fixer
C2
20 mm
20 / 16 mm
For the complete set-up of the connection joint (3) see drawing 9 / detail B and drawing 11 / detail C.
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 7
DD+DIS017.95E
5.3.4 Installation of the water supply solenoid 4.MG1

Drawing 5
1. Mechanical installation:
See drawing 5.
The water supply solenoid valve (4.MG1 / D1) is included in the accessory pack (B);
On some of the 4. MG1 there is a U-shaped ring plugged on, this must be removed!
Mount the 4.MG1 (D1) on the holder (D6) in the lower frame in such a way that the hose joint
(D3) faces the film processor and the 3/4" joint with the outer thread (D2) faces the floor.
Insert a hose tie (D5) in the free holes of the holder (D6) as a protection!
2. Electrical connection:
In the lower frame there are 2 individual wires tied together (D4 -black/violet) with a 6.3 mm flat
plug and insulation sleeves.
Plug these two plugs on the connections 4.MG1. The polarity must not be considered.
Designation of the plug connection in the circuit diagram: 4.MG1 / 1,2 (also see drawing 14).
3. Specifications:
Supply voltage
Water supply rate
Function
Section 3 / 8
24 V (DC)
3 litres / min.
Standard:
Adjustable:
Water supply always during film transport (dryer 'ON').

Water supply depending on the film quantities
(see item 6.4; set-up of software switches).
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
5.3.5 Installation of the safety heavy duty water supply hose

See drawing 4
Packed in the accessory box (B).
Recess in the front panel (E 1)
16.05.99
Slide the water supply hose (E 2) through the opening (E 1) of the front panel and screw it to the
4.MG1 (D 1).
Tighten the cap nut with the pipe wrench!
Slide the rubber sleeve (E 3) onto the water hose as a light seal and then insert them together in
the front panel (E 1).
5210
Section 3 / 9
DD+DIS017.95E
5.3.6 Preparation of the light cover on the film processor front panel
Mount the standard light seal on the front panel (film feed table) directly against the wall/light tight
board (see wall opening section 14, page 9).
The accessory box (B) includes 10 m of foam tape. (CM+0.0000.0345.4 - by the meter).
Attach the foam tape (A) on the front panel according to drawing 6.
Drawing 7
Drawing 6
5.3.7 Light seal on the rear panel / dryer exit

See drawing 7
Version "A":
Sealing against the wall opening without light tight wall.

Wall opening as in 5.3.6.
Install the film deposit basket (see item 6.2.11).
Version "B":
Sealing against the light tight wall according to the dimension plan 2
(see section 14, page 13).
Install the film deposit basket (see section 2, page 2/1).
Install the PVC deposit chute if the wall opening is high enough.
Version "C":
Sealing up to the upper edge of the dryer hood.

This light sealing is only recommended if another version is not possible.
The PVC deposit chute can be used.
Note: More difficult repair work !
If the hexagon screws are used as machine feet (3.1.b), move the film processor now to
the final position.
Proceed with the fine adjustment for the height (3.2), insert the shims.
Check for light leaks.
Section 3 / 10
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
5.4
Installation of hose and exhaust connections through the lower front panel
5.4.1 Installation of the exhaust below the machine (through the lower front panel)
Individual parts in the accessory box (B)
Drawing 8
16.05.99
Mount the exhaust connection elbow (A) with the rectangular connection on the exhaust fan.
Careful, do not apply too much pressure, the pipe may break in the corners.
Plug the hose (B) onto the connection pipe (A) and joint (C) in the front panel.
5210
Section 3 / 11

5.5
DD+DIS017.95E
Standard installation: disposal hoses through the lower front panel

Drawing 9
Installation connections:
Detail (B), connection joint complete:
B1
(Part 1 - 3 in the accessory box)
Drain / overflow developer;

PVC soft / red, 19 mm
B2 Drain / overflow fixer;
PVC soft / blue, 19 mm
B3 Drain / overflow water tanks
B3.1 Drain / overflow water tanks
PVC soft / transparent, 19 mm
B3.2 Drain water overflow tank;
PVC soft / transparent, 19 mm
B3.3 Y-piece; 20 mm; connection of
drain / overflow water tank with
the drain water overflow tank
Section 3 / 12
5210
1
2
3
4
5
6
PVC reduction 20 / 16 mm
Rubber elbow 16 mm
Connection joint 16 / 20-20 mm
(integrated in the front panel)
Disposal hose outside
( 19 mm / fibre reinforced)
Disposal hose inside
( 19 mm / PVC soft)
PVC hose ties for all hose connections
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
5.5.1 Connection of the disposal hoses directly on the hose joints

Upon direct connection of the disposal hoses PVC/soft on the hose joints make sure that the hoses
are not kinked and/or sagging and avoid formation of a siphon.
Drawing 10
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 13
DD+DIS017.95E
5.5.2 Standard installation replenisher hoses through the lower front panel
See drawing 11 and detail (C) "Assembly of the connection joint (3) for replenisher hoses".
Drawing 11
Installation connections:
Detail (C), connection joint assembly:
C1 Developer:
PVC fibre reinforced / red, 10 x 3 mm
C2 Fixer:
PVC fibre reinforced / blue, 10 x 3 mm
Individual parts in the accessory box)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PVC reduction 12 / 10 mm
Rubber reduction 16 / 12 mm
Connection joint 16 / 20-20 mm
Replenisher hose
PVC fibre reinforced, 10 x 3 mm, red
Replenisher hose
PVC fibre reinforced, 10 x 3 mm, blue
PVC hose ties for all hose connections
Rubber reduction 20 / 12 mm
Connect the hoses coming from the Mixer or from individual replenisher tanks on the outer
connection joints 10 mm.
Section 3 / 14
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
5.6
Hose / exhaust connections below the film processor through the floor
5.6.1 Exhaust below the film processor through the floor

Individual parts in the accessory box (B)
Drawing 12
16.05.99
Mount the exhaust connection elbow (A) with the rectangular connection on the exhaust fan.
Careful, do not apply too much pressure, the pipe may break in the corners.
Plug the hose (100 mm) onto the connection pipe A. and C.
Secure the 100 mm hose below the machine and the external hoses by means of hose ties.
Screw both pipe joints together and insert them in the floor hole.
5210
Section 3 / 15

5.7
DD+DIS017.95E
Standard installation disposal hoses below the film processor through the floor
4 disposal hoses, PVC/soft, 2 x transparent/red/blue are hanging below the machine.
Drawing 13
B1
B2
B3
Drain / overflow developer, PVC soft/red; 19 mm;

Drain / overflow fixer, PVC soft/blue; 19 mm;
Water drain
B3.1 Drain/overflow water tank, PVC soft/transparent; 19 mm;
B3.2 Drain water overflow tank, PVC soft/transparent; 19 mm;
Use a Y-piece (B3.3) to connect the hoses B3.1 and B3.2 into one drain hose B3.
Shorten the disposal hoses "PVC soft" below the film processor and attach then "PVC fibre
reinforced hoses 19 mm" to the disposal site.
Slide the disposal hoses together through the floor opening or below the machine panel to the
disposal tanks.
Note: Make sure to position the hoses in such a way that they have no sharp bends.
Section 3 / 16
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
5.8
Standard installation replenisher hoses below the film processor:

Replenisher hoses "PVC fibre reinforced 10 x 3 mm" coming from the Mixer or individual tanks,
can be guided through the floor opening or below the machine panel to the replenisher pump 4.M1
and can be connected there (see drawing 15, in chapter 5.10)
5.9
Drawing of all cables hanging in the film processor and their function
Make sure to observe drawing 14, since plugs/sockets have the same designation in the circuit
diagram.
Drawing 14
A
B
C
D
16.05.99
Connection cable 4.Bu 1, + 24 V, water supply solenoid valve (4.MG1)

Connection cable 4.St 1, 230 V (AC) replenisher pump (4.M 1).
See spot, coupling plug must be screwed into the small black box.
Reason: protection against water splashing for the 230 V coupling.
Connection cable 4.Bu 1, + 24 V, accessory "anti-algae solenoid valve (4.MG2)."
Connection cable 4.St 1, 230 V, accessory "developer cooling" (4.M 2).
The connection has only been installed in about 15 machines (preproduction series).
Connection does not apply to standard machines.
5210
Section 3 / 17

5.10
DD+DIS017.95E
Installation of the replenisher pump / replenisher hoses and electrical connection

Completing the replenisher pump:
An unknown number of machines have been shipped with the replenisher pump and separate filters
in the accessory box.
Please mount these 2 filters (C) on the intake connections (A/B) of the replenisher pump, as shown
in drawing 15!
The replenisher pump can be placed simply below the machine on the floor.
Preferred site should be the area 20 cm from the front panel under the hanging installation hoses!
See section 14, page 6 - drawing.
Installation of the replenisher hoses: drawing 11.
Replenisher hoses, fibre reinforced red/blue, 10 x 3 mm; coming from the Mixer or individual tanks
are to be connected on:
A
B
intake side DEVELOPER, red dot

intake side FIXER, blue dot
Replenisher hoses, PVC soft red/blue, 8 x 1 mm; for machine tanks developer/fixer are to be
connected on:
E
D
pressure side DEVELOPER, red dot

pressure side FIXER, blue dot
Connect the replenisher pump 4.M1 electrically: drawing 14.

Hanging below the machine is a black cable with a 3 pole coupling plug (see drawing 14./B).
Connect the plug of the replenisher pump with this coupling.
In addition, take the two black half-cylinders from the accessory box. Insert the plug connection
into the two half-cylinders (splash guard) according to drawing 14, detail B, and screw them
together.
In the circuit diagram this cable connection is called 4.St 1.
Drawing 15
Section 3 / 18
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
5.11
Connection of the level sensors replenisher tanks / Mixer / disposal tanks
5.11.1 Level sensor connection of individual REPLENISHER TANKS

To be connected on:
Low voltage distributor:
GS 1 / ...
open the jumper plug!
Developer
Fixer
Water
Reserve
GS 1 / BU 7
GS 1 / BU 14
GS 1 / BU 15
GS 1 / BU 20
GS 1 /St 36
GS 1 / St 35
GS 1 / St 34
GS 1 / St 33
5.11.2 Level sensor connection of the CHEMIX (Mixer)

Required communication cable (20 m length) : CM+8.5280.3030.0
Disconnect the white "micro-module-plug" on the GS1 / BU3.

Disconnect the jumper plug on the GS 1 / ST 38.
Plug the communication cable into the GS 1 / ST 38.
Error message on the film processor: " MIXER ".
Drawing 16
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 19
DD+DIS017.95E
5.11.3 Level sensor connection of individual DISPOSAL TANKS

To be connected on:
Low voltage distributor
GS 1 / ...
Developer
Fixer
Water
Reserve
GS 1 / BU 24
GS 1 / BU 30
GS 1 / BU 31
GS 1 / BU 32
Drawing 17
Section 3 / 20
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
6.
Start-up procedures
Rinse all machine tanks with the hand shower.
Wash the racks thoroughly with the hand shower.
Close the shut-off valves in the developer / fixer / water tanks.
6.1
FILLING THE DEVELOPER / FIXER TANKS up to the level marking (B)

TANK CAPACITY
Litres (l)
Gallons (gal)
DEVELOPER TANK
FIXER TANK
6.5
1.72
6.5
1.72
Mix the chemicals developer and fixer in a separate tank or in the Mixer according to the
prescription!
Tank level indicator is the "ARROW TIP" (B) in the heater duct (A) left hand machine side
(overflow section), refers to the level with DEVELOPER / FIXER rack removed. See drawing 18.
First fill the fixer tank up to the arrow tip (B) and then the developer tank.
Drawing 18
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 21

6.2
DD+DIS017.95E
SWITCHING THE MACHINE ON

After switching the machine on with "S 1" the machine executes a RESET (no BASEINIT).
All data in the EEPROM (also customer specific data) remain stored.
The machine checks the tank levels developer/fixer/water, and fills the tanks.
Once all levels have been reached, "also water", the drive motor/circulation and dryer will start
= process cycle without developer/fixer tank heater (film saving - dummy cycle).
After completion of the process cycle (IR lamps switch OFF), the machine starts the heating
phase!
6.3
BASEINIT
When is it required?
upon operation start-up
upon replacement of the SOFTWARE (EPROM)
in case of extreme problems with the supply voltage or static discharge
in case of functional problems which cannot be explained
BASEINIT procedure:
During a BASEINIT all STANDARD PROCESS DATA are loaded from the EPROM into the
EEPROM. All customer specific data in the EEPROM are overwritten and must be entered again in
the SERVICE PROGRAM / SETUP.
a.
in the SERVICE PROGRAM:

Press the M
SERVICE !
+ S keys simultaneously and keep them pressed until the display reads
Press the
M key when the display reads MODE and wait until BASEINIT is displayed.
Press the
M key when the display reads BASEINIT.
BASEINIT will then displayed for a few seconds and then the display returns to the first service
level.
The display reads INPUT - a BASEINIT has been executed.
EXIT is briefly displayed, a BASEINIT has been executed!

Leave the SERVICE program: press the M key at EXIT!
b.
with the CONTROL TERMINAL
Press the M key and keep it pressed
Turn the S1 mains voltage switch OFF/ON
Release the M key after a few seconds (approx. 5 s), the BASEINIT has been executed!
No display, the machine returns to the normal program sequence
Section 3 / 22
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
6.4
SYSTEM SET-UP - setting the software switches

By means of the software switches any standard parameters and special functions deviating from the standard set-up can
be changed/activated.
The adjustments are made in the SERVICE program "SETUP / MODE".
Standard setting after Baseinit
Display
Modification with the M key
Display
See section 6. "Diagram Service Program" in the branch "Setup".

ON REP N
41 Initial replenishment (1
minute) off
SURF_R N
51 Water replenishment during
film cycle, always with dryer
"on"
61 Water replenishment time 15s TREP 15
(changes only active if (2.)
SURF_R Y has been set up
Switch on the initial replenishment
ON REP Y
Water replenishment depending on processed

film (per 0.25 m)
SURF_R Y
Change water replenishment time 10/15/20/25

sec
71 Standby drive motor switched

on
81 Developer tank cooling
switched on
no
91 Calibration developer set-up;
Nominal -developertemperature 1C.
Display remains on nominal /
actual developer temperature
(Adaptation of density to
other 2nd processors at the
same customer)
:1 Operating display in the
national language.
Standard English
Standby drive motor switched off (permanent

motor drive)
Developer tank cooling switched on yes
TREP 10
TREP 15
TREP 20
TREP 25
DRIVON N
DRIVON Y
CHILON N
CAL = 0,0
E.g. change by +0.5C (density on the film

increases)
ENGLISH
English
Portuguese
German
Danish
Dutch
Norwegian
French
Finnish
Spanish
Swedish
Italian
Greek
Blocked
(Press M + S keys on the control panel for 3 s,
keys enabled for a short time)
MSLOCK N
;1 Blocking of the M/S keys
(modification of parameters
by operators/customers no
longer possible) not blocked!
See section 6. Diagram Service Program" in the branch "MODE".
CLEANING
"CLEANING" switched on $
<1 Cleaning of machine tanks
DEV/FIX must be OK. Drive
8SRQ H[LW IURP %CLEANING" switched off1
motor on, circulation on, tank
heaters up to 39C on
6ZLWFKHG RQ
431 Adjustment of replenishment --rates
repl. pumps/water supply MG,
can be switched on for 30 sec
--441 Check of software version
&KHFN
451 Simulation
DEMO N
461 BASEINIT general reset on
BASEINIT
Simulation dryer cycle film processor switched

on
$XWRPDWLF %$6(,1,7 LV UXQQLQJ
EL_POWER
32:(5 49 PXVW DOZD\V EH DFWLYH $
ATTENTION:
16.05.99
5210
CHILON Y
CAL = 0,5
MSLOCK Y
REP30 ON
H1J1 IRU &; +7 663

C3301208
DEMO Y
EXIT
omitted in
later program
versions
Section 3 / 23

6.5
DD+DIS017.95E
OPERATING DISPLAYS in different languages

Select LANGUAGE
6.6
See "6.4 System set-up, item 7.

Select your language in the SERVICE PROGRAM / SETUP / 7.
The standard language setting for the display is ENGLISH.
All texts of the SERVICE PROGRAM are only displayed in ENGLISH.
Changing the PROCESS parameters with the M and S keys
6.6.1 Changing the PROCESS TIME

Attention do not change the time during a FILM CYCLE !
Adjustment with the M and S keys on the control terminal:
Press the M key repeatedly until the display reads PROCESS!

Press the S key and select the process time 2 MIN or 60 s.
The set process time will be displayed first.
Press the M key to go through the complete menu, e.g. 2 min 34C / 2 min DR3 up to the
heating phase 2 min 32C. The new process time is taken over immediately, the motor changes
to the new speed!
6.6.2 Changing the developer temperature and / or dryer setting

Adjustment with the M and S keys on the control terminal:
Press the M key;
CLOCK
Press the M key;
PROCESS
Press the S key
e.g. 60 s
(do not change the process time!)
Press the M key
e.g. 60 s 38C
set developer temperature (= standard dev. temp.)
Press the S key briefly. Ever time you press the key, the NOMINAL developer temperature will
change by 1C (25 - 39 - 25).
Attention: If the modified nominal developer temperature is below the previously
adjusted temperature, the machine remains stopped with the display of the heating
phase (e.g. 60 s xxC) and without error message until the modified nominal
developer temperature has been reached. (The machine has no cooling facility; it is
only possible to refill cold developer!)
Press the
M key
e.g. 2 min DR3
Press the
S key
Every time you press the key the dryer setting changes by 1 step (1-7-1).
Press the
M key
The machine changes to "heating phase" or "60s -OK-" of the normal

function cycle. The modified data has been stored and the machine works
now with the new values.
NOTE: The parameter display selected with the M / S keys changes back
automatically to the function display after approx. 20 seconds, if the M / S
keys have not been pressed again within this time. Parameter changes
during this time will not be stored. The routine must be repeated!
Section 3 / 24
selected dryer setting.
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
6.7
Clock functions
As of software version H3301126 up to H3301301 the following description applies!
The machine detects automatically if a clock is integrated.
The following set-up must be checked during the "machine start-up":
Currently set WEEKDAY / TIME OF THE DAY

Set SWITCH ON TIMES
Set SWITCH OFF TIMES
a. Current week day / check the time of the day / change if necessary
Display of the weekday code:
M key
Press the S key
MO
TU
WE
TH
FR
SA
SU
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAY
SATURDAY
SUNDAY
Press the
CLOCK
display e.g. MO 07:15 = Monday; 07. hour; 15. minute;
For the exact adjustment procedure refer to section 4, operating instructions.

6.8
Operation terminal display: adjustment of the background brightness / contrast

Adjustment on the GS1 / LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTOR
Background brightness adjustment
with potentiometer GS 1 / R 30.
Contrast adjustment
with potentiometer GS 1 / R 12
6.9
For the operation of the "stand-alone film processor" the following jumpers must be set
GS 1 - Low Voltage Distributor Board
BU 8
St 36
St35
St34
St33
St37
BU 38
Detection of the exhaust, only in the Laser (black socket with wire)
No level sensor for the dev. repl. tank connected
(small green jumper / *)
No level sensor for the fix repl. tank connected (/ *)
No level sensor for the H2O repl. tank connected (/ *)
No level sensor connected (/ *)
No darkroom film feed table installed (/ *)
No Mixer connected
(black socket with wire)
GS 2 - Mains Distributor Board:

BU 8
16.05.99
Mains voltage connection (N) for the repl. cooling pump

(2 pole brown plug)
5210
Section 3 / 25
DD+DIS017.95E
GS 4 - Drive Motor Control Board:

J2
J1
6.10
Jumper, standard position in pin 1 / 2;

Direction of motor rotation must not be changed!
This may result in mechanical damage!
Jumper, standard position in pin 2 / 3
Speed setting provided by the CPU / GS 5
Adjustment of the replenisher pump ("basic rate" developer and fixer)

Drawing 19
A
B
C
Developer pump
Fixer pump
ADJUSTMENT SCREW for the adjustment of the "basic rate" of the pump.
Replenishment parameters:
Replenishment cycle
Replenishment time / cycle
every 0.25 m
15 seconds
6.10.1 Basic rate of the replenisher pumps, ml / min.

Developer pump
400 ml / min.; 0.16 gal / min.;
Fixer pump
600 ml / min.; 0.24 gal / min.;
The replenisher pump included in the accessory box has been adjusted to these values prior to
shipment.
STANDARD REPLENISHMENT RATE, ml / pro m
Developer 400 ml / m;
Fixer
600 ml / m
Section 3 / 26
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS017.95E
6.10.2 Basic formula: calculation of the replenishment per m for modified parameters
BASIC AMOUNT pump X
REPLENISHMENT TIME
X
CYCLES
(ml/min.)
per cycle (s)
per m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = ml / m
60 (s)
calculation example with "standard parameters" (for developer see above!)
400 (ml/min.) X 15 (s) X 4
400 ml / m;
---------------------------------------- =
60 (s)
6.11
Activation of all THERMAL PROTECTION components upon operation start-up

Drawing 20
Drawing 21
Thermal cut-out
Developer/fixer tank
Thermal cut-out in the dryer
Press the "red activation button" on all reversible thermal cut-out components!
Thermal cut-out components for the developer / fixer tank. See drawing 20.
Thermal cut-out components for the IR lamps 1. / 2. / 3! Left hand dryer side; see drawing 21.
6.12
Notes on the dryer function

During the HEATING PHASE and STANDBY:
Activation of the integrated dryer depends on the temperature. Whenever the dryer temperature
drops below the required temperature window, the dryer will switch on.
Please consider this fact when working on the dryer.
Film cycle:
For a film cycle the film processor must always be closed completely with all panels mounted (not
required for the base frame).
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 27

6.13
DD+DIS017.95E
Exhaust fan
In the HT 330 "stand alone" version (type 5210 / 100) the exhaust fan M3 is located below the dryer.
Once the film processor has been switched on the exhaust runs permanently.
The fan is connected electrically via the wiring base frame 4:BU2 with the mains distributor board
GS2 / ST1-11/14.
When the code switch S1 (switch 6 on the 24V driver board GS6) is closed, the exhaust fan is
permanently on.
Attention: The exhaust fan M3 must never be switched off by the code switch S1 due to
possible overheating of the dryer!
6.14
Mounting of the wire basket

Drawing 22
A Connect the hooks on the left/right in the dryer rear panel; see spot.
B Connect the wire basket on the hooks left/right.
Section 3 / 28
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
6.15
System setup; setting of software switches
6.15.1 SOFTWARE VERSION H3301707

Beginning of series production see section 11.11
Valid as of SW version H330 1707
Non-standard special functions and default parameters can be modified/activated with the software
switch.
Setup in the SERVICE program "SETUP / MODE"
Y = Yes
N = No
Standard setting after

BASEINIT
1
Initial replenishment
DEV/FIX activated?
NO
Display
reading
Selection by pressing the M key

Modification by pressing the S key
Display
reading
ON REP N
Initial replenishment DEV/FIX (1 minute)

activated? *)
YES
ON REP Y
*) This function is only active if the machine was

off for more than 1 hour!
2
Permanent water supply

during film cycle!
SURF N
Water saving setup:
SURF 5.0 s
- Water supply depending on area,

every 0.25 m
- Water supply adjustable
SURF 7.5 s
Standard replenishment time

for DEV/FIX = 15 s
TREP 15s
Replenishment time of DEV/FIX adjustable.
JOG-Cycle:
Hourly replenishment
DEV/FIX switched on?
JOG_RP N
JOG-Cycle:
5
6
7
10
11
SURF 12.5 s
SURF 15.0 s
TREP 10 s
TREP 15 s
TREP 20 s
TREP 25 s
JOG_RP Y
Hourly replenishment DEV/FIX on?

NO
Drive motor permanently on?

YES
Developer tank cooling on?
NO
Adaptation of the film density
to a second processor:
no changes in the film
density => developer
temperature in the tank =
display on the control panel.
Status displays in the
national language:
standard: English
DRIVON Y
M/S keys disabled?
LOCK N
NO
CHILON N
CAL = 0,0
ENGLISH
(Parameter
modifications by the
user/ customer
possible via the
control panel)
EL_POWER
POWER 16
Prozesse 60s, 90s, 2min
CURIX
YES
(Pump keeps running for the replenishment
time set in item 3).
Drive motor permanently on?
NO
Developer tank cooling on?
YES
Display
DRIVON N
CHILON Y
Film density modification:

e.g.: ACT = NOM + CAL = .,.
NOM - developer temperature 34C
CAL setup: +0.5C
Display developer temperature display: 34C
ACT developer tank temperature:
33,5C
English
Portuguese
German
Danish
Dutch
Norwegian
French
Finish
Spanish
Swedish
Italian
Greek
CAL =+0,5
M + S keys in the control panel disabled? YES
LOCK Y
User/customer cannot modify parameters!

Brief enable of the M+S key on the control panel:
Press the M+S keys simultaneously for more
than 3s, then the function is enabled for
parameter setup for a few seconds.
Not applicable
MAMMO
STERLING
16.05.99
SURF 10.0 s
POWER 25
60s, 90s, 2min,
3min
60s, 100s, 2min

5210
Display
Section 3 / 29
DD+DIS031..98E
BASEINIT
reading
reading
12
e.g. 27:04:98
(Date of the last
deletion of the
logbook entry)
Display the logbook; processed film area in m

since the last deletion
A :00000
SHOW LOG
Total of processed film area in the machine in m

Developer tank temperature too high
Developer tank temperature too low
No temperature increase by +1C within 6 min.
AT :00000
S501 :000
S502 :000
Fixer tank temperature too high

S503 :000
Fixer tank temperature too low
Dryer temperature too low:

No temperature increase by +0.5C within 5 min
Drive motor stopped
Drive speed out of the tolerance range
Developer tank level too low

Fixer tank level too low
Water tank level too low
Anti-algae tank empty
(not function)
Level of the developer supply tank, tank empty
Level of the fixer supply tank, tank empty
Level of the disposal tank, tank full
Steam gate error (not connected)
Mixer DEV or FIX tank empty
S504 :000
S505 :000
S506 :000
(S525:000
S526:000 No
function)
NDEV :000
NFIX :000
NWAT :000
NANT :000
SDEV :000
SFIX :000
DISP :000
STG :000
MIX :000
No function
FAN :000
No function
GND :000
No function
JAM :000
13
Deletion of all logbook entries

in "A".
Total counter "AT" cannot be
deleted
Section 3 / 30
CLR LOG
M key = YES, S key = NO
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E

BASEINIT
Display
reading

14
15
CLRTIMER
CLEANING
M key = YES, S key = NO

CLEANING" switched on!
("CLEANING" must be switched off again
manually!
REPD VAL
Switch on
Switch on DEV in 5110/110;8394/200
EXH FAN
The exhaust fan only runs when the dryer fan
switches on. *
Check
Simulation film cycle activated?
YES
Automatic BASEINIT active
16
17
18
19
20
Deletion of all timer settings

Cleaning of the machine tanks;
DEV/FIX levels must be OK. Drive
motor on, Circulation on, Tank
heater up to 39C on
Check the replenishment rate
DEV; pump runs for 30 sec
EXH FAN
The exhaust fan runs
continuously
Software version check
Simulation film activated?
NO
BASEINIT general reset on;
all software settings are reset to
their standard values (default)
EXH CONT
SW_VERS
DEMO N
BASEINIT
Display
reading
REPD30 ON
EXH FILM
H3301707
DEMO Y
EXIT
* Close the bridge switch S1/5 on board GS6 if the exhaust fan is not running after BASEINIT
(See reference diagramms in the external panels)!
16.05.99
5210
Section 3 / 31

6.15.2
DD+DIS031..98E
Status displays in different languages:
Procedure
ACTIVATE THE
SERVICE
PROGRAM
Service program
active
Press
the key/
switch
+
Display
Meaning / Remarks
POQ
Buzzer on
-
/0
Adjust the path for

language change
Adjust the path for

language change
1AA
Adjust the path for

language change
1A0/
Select the
language
Store the selected

language
01
Exit from the

SERVICE
PROGRAM
The machine
continues in the
standard
sequence of
functions
Section 3 / 32
Press the M +S keys

simultaneously
(for more than 5 s) until
SERVICE is displayed!
0
-
POQ
5210
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
EXIT
REPLEN
DRIVE ON
CHILLER
CAL_DEV
LANGUAGE
MS_LOCK
.
Standard setting: English
German, English, Dutch,

French, Italian, Spanish,
Swedish, Norwegian,
Danish, Finnish, Greek,
Portuguese
select the required
language with the S key.
E.g. GREEK
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
EXIT
Leave the SERVICE

PROGRAM, press the M key
when EXIT is displayed!
-
16.05.99
DD+DIS230.98E
6.15.3 SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806

Standard introduction see section 11.26
Valid as of SW version H3301806
By means of the software switches non-standard special functions and standard parameters can
modified and/or activated.
The adjustments are made in the SERVICE program "SETUP / MODE"; see section 6.6.
Y = Yes
N = No
Standard set-up after

Display
Select by pressing the M-key
Display
BASEINIT/ default setup
Change by pressing the S-key
Procedure see section 6.6., diagram SERVICE PROGRAM in the 1st level "SETUP".
1
Initial replenishment
dev./fix. switched on?
NO
Initial replenishment dev. / fix. (for 1 minute)

switched on?*)
ON_ REP N
<(6 21B 5(3 <

*) Function is activated if the machine was off
for more than 1 hour!
Permanent water supply

during film transport!
SURF N
Water saving adjustment:
SURF 5.0 s
- Water supply depending on film throughput

every 0.25 m of film
SURF 7.5 s
0 :DWHU VXSSO\ DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH VHW
SURF 10.0 s
WLPH +685) [[1[ V, DQG SHU F\FOH +0.25 m)

3
Standard replenishment time

for dev./fix.
Replenishment time of dev./fix. can be adjusted as

required
in "TREP xx" seconds.
CURIX
STERLING
MAMMO
4
= 15 s
= 15 s
= 20 s
TREP 15
TREP 15
TREP 20
JOG cycle
Hourly replenishment for
dev./fix. activated?
NO
JOG cycle:
Hourly replenishment dev./fix. activated?
JOG_RP N
Drive motor permanently

activated?
CURIX
YES
DRIVON Y
STERLING
YES
DRIVON Y
MAMMO(JOG CYCLE ON) NO DRIVON N
Cooling system dev. tank

installed / activated?
NO
16.05.99
SURF 12.5 s
SURF 15.0 s
TREP 10
TREP 15
TREP 20
TREP 25
YES JOG_RP Y
Replenishment time dev./fix. set up as in item 3
"TREP xx".
Drive motor permanently activated?
CURIX (JOG CYCLE ON)
STERLING (JOG CYCLE ON)
MAMMO
NO DRIVON N
NO DRIVON N
YES DRIVON Y
Cooling system developer tank

installed / activated?
CHILON N
YES CHILON Y
5210
Section 3 / 33
DD+DIS230.98E

Display
Display
7
Calibration
CAL = 0.0
of the display of the developer
tank temperature to the
measured value of an external
test thermometer class 2.
or
Adaptation of "sensitometry"
in two film processors.
Press the S-key to check the
ACT. developer tank
temperature:
34.1 C
Display xx.x C.
Status displays in the

national language:
ENGLISH
M + S-keys
on the control panel disabled?
NO
Calculated "correction factor":

Measuring value test thermometer (ACT-temp.)
-
Temperature display on the control panel
= correction factor (max. +/- 1C; adjustable in

1/10 degrees
e.g. CAL correction factor +0.5C
Observe:
If the entered value is detected as incorrect by the
plausibility check,
(max. +/-1C), the value will be set on "0"!
GERMAN
ENGLISH
DUTCH
FRENCH
SPANISH
ITALIAN
PORTUGUESE DANISH
NORWEGIAN
FINNISH
SWEDISH
GREEK
M + S-keys on the control panel disabled?
LOCK N
CAL =+0.5
YES LOCK Y
However, brief enabling of the M+S-keys on the
control panel is possible.
Changing of the process parameters is then only
possible for trained personnel!
Press the M + S-keys simultaneously for more than 3
seconds.
After a brief acoustic signal the function parameter
changing via the control panel is enabled for a few
seconds.
10 EL_POWER
11 Process type setup:
POWER 16
OEM
Precise setup, see software

description H3301707 in the
documentation:
DD+DIS052.98D/F/E
Do not code! This has no function here!

Process type: 60s, 90s, 2 min
(POWER 25)
CURIX
Process type: 60s, 90s, 2 min, 3 min
MAMMO
Process type: 60s, 100s, 2 min
STERLING
After setup of the process type only the selected

PROCESS TYPE is displayed.
12
13
Exhaust fan runs

permanently
CURIX
STERLING
JOG CYCLE, exhaust fan
runs only with dryer blower.
MAMMO
Buzzer (BUZZER)
ON
Brief acoustic signal after film
feed.
Section 3 / 34
EXH CONT
EXH CONT
JOG CYCLE, exhaust fan

only runs in combination with the dryer blower.
CURIX
STERLING
EXH FILM
EXH FILM
EXH FILM
Exhaust fan runs permanently.

MAMMO
EXH CONT
FILMON
BUZZER
No acoustic signal after film feed.
5210
OFF
FILMOFF
16.05.99
DD+DIS230.98E

Display
Display
14
Check
processed film / error
messages:
LOG BOOK
A: processed film in m since the last deletion
A :00000
SHOW LOG
AT: Total of processed film in the machine in m

since first operation (cannot be deleted).
AT :00000
e.g. 27:04:98
(date of last
deletion)
Developer tank temperature too high.
S501 :000
Developer tank temperature too low.

S502 :000
Fixer tank temperature too high, higher than 41 C.
S503 :000
Fixer tank temperature too low.

S504 :000
Dryer temperature too low:

No temperature increase by +0.5C within 5 min
S505 :000
Drive motor STOP set.
S506 :000
Speed of the drive is outside the tolerance range
15
Deletion of
processed film / error
messages:
LOG BOOK
16
CLR LOG
Deletion of
CLRTIMER
all machine ON / OFF switch
times, which were stored in the
clock chip IC6 / GS5-CPU.
16.05.99
No function in stand-alone machines.
S525:000
No function in stand-alone machines.
S526:000
Error in the clock chip IC6 on the GS5/CPU Board
S527:000
Level: developer tank too low
NDEV :000
Level: fixer tank too low
NFIX : 000
Level: water tank too low
NWAT :000
Level: anti-algae tank empty
NANT : 000
Level: developer replenisher tank empty
SDEV :000
Level: fixer replenisher tank empty
SFIX :000
Level: disposal tank full
DISP :000
Steam gate error (not connected)
STG :000
Mixer: developer or fixer tank empty
MIX :000
No function (S523) in stand-alone machines
FAN :000
No function
GND :000
No function
-$0 =333
Deletion of all logbook entries

and "A:", however, not "AT" .
automatic
input,
30:12:98
current date
M-key = YES; S-key = NO

M-key = YES; S-key = NO
SURE
Y:M
5210
N: S
Section 3 / 35
DD+DIS230.98E

Display
Display
17
18
CLEANING
Developer (fixer)
REPD VAL
Activation of tandem pump = dev./fix.;

Activation of individual pump = developer
only in 5110/200; 8394/200/400
REPD30 ON
REPF VAL
Activation of individual pump = fixer

only in 5110/200; 8394/200/400
REPF30 ON
Fixer
19
20
CLEANING
Cleaning of racks / machine

tanks;
Level dev./fix. must be OK.
Drive motor, circulation, and
tank heating on up to 39C.
Check replenishment rates:
Check
SOFTWARE version
Simulation (DEMO) film cycle
activated?
NO
The CLEANING" mode is switched on permanently

and must be switched off again with the
SW_VERS
Automatic switch off after 30 seconds.

Installed SOFTWARE
DEMO
Simulation (DEMO) film cycle activated?
DEMO N
-key!
H3301806
YES DEMO Y
DEMO = dry machine cycle
21
22
BASEINIT /
General reset
ON
BASEINIT
All the modified system settings

are reset to DEFAULT setup
+QRW &$/L_DEV)
System test
SCANTEST
Film area scanning
(counting of processed film)
Press the
-key
BASEINIT is automatically executed.
BASEINIT
Exit from the SERVICE PROGRAM
EXIT
-key
Press the
Feed film (if possible 35 x 43 cm)
FEED FLM
Film runs into the machine
WAIT
Pulses from magnetic roller 1
R1 000 =
number of
pulses of MG
roller 1
Press the S
key
R2 000 =
number of
pulses of MG
roller 2
Press the S
key
to roller 5 are counted.

the number of pulses should not differ by more than
+1/-1 ( = 2 ).
Section 3 / 36
5210
R3 000 =
R4 000 =
R5 000 =
number of
pulses of MG
roller 5
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS230.98E
Section 5
List of Contents
page
Basic theory of function ..............................................................................A1
A.1
A.2
A.2.1
A.2.2
A.3
A.4
Schematic functional diagram .............................................................................. A1

Description of the functions of the individual phases (as of H330 1707) .......... A2
Filling / Heating phase ............................................................................................. A2
Standby / film transport phase / Priority film............................................................. A5
Simulated Film Cycle (as of H330 1707)............................................................. A10
BASEINIT.............................................................................................................. A11
Functional differences of the SOFTWARE VERSIONS .............................B1
B.1
SOFTWARE H330 1420
Modifications compared to version H330 1301 ......... B1
B.1.1 Modifications in the program sequence.................................................................... B1

B.1.2 Communication........................................................................................................ B3
B.1.3 Service program: ..................................................................................................... B3
B.2
SOFTWARE H330 1509
Modifications compared to version H330 1420. ... B8
B.2.1 Modifications in the program sequence.................................................................... B8

B.2.2 Communication:....................................................................................................... B9
B.2.3 Service program: ..................................................................................................... B9
B.3
SOFTWARE H330 1614
Modifications compared to version H330 1509. B10
B.3.1 Modifications in the program sequence:................................................................. B10

B.3.2 Communication (only in type 5216/100):................................................................ B10
B.3.3 SERVICE PROGRAM:........................................................................................... B11
B.4
SOFTWARE H330 1703 and H330 1701 (1)

Modifications compared to SOFTWARE H330 1614......................................... B12

B.4.2 Communication:..................................................................................................... B14
B.4.3 Service Program .................................................................................................... B14
B.5
SOFTWARE H330 1707 and H330 1705

Modifications compared to SOFTWARE H330 1614........................................ B17
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / I
Theory of Function
DD+DIS230.98E
B.5.2 Overview: Modifications in COMMUNICATION: ..................................................... B22

B.5.3 SERVICE PROGRAM ............................................................................................ B23
B.6
SOFTWARE H330 1806

Modifications compared to SOFTWARE H330 1707 ........................................ B26
B.6.1
B.6.2
B.6.3
B.6.4
Modifications in the program sequence: ................................................................. B26

Changes in the functional sequence ...................................................................... B27
Overview: Modification in the COMMUNICATION:................................................. B28
Modifications in the SERVICE PROGRAM............................................................. B29
Mechanical function discription ................................................................. C1
C.1
C.1.1
C.1.2
C.1.3
C.1.4
C.1.5
C.2
C.2.1
C.2.2
C.2.3
C.2.4
C.2.5
C.3
C.3.1
C.3.2
C.3.3
C.3.4
C.4
C.5
C.5.1
C.5.2
C.6
C.6.1
C.7
Drive motor assembly............................................................................................ C1

Symbolic structure of the drive motor assembly ....................................................... C1
Service software - set-up for the drive motor............................................................ C2
When is the drive motor M1 always switched on? .................................................... C2
Function of the drive motor assembly....................................................................... C2
Description of the individual modules of the drive motor assembly........................... C3
Dryer ....................................................................................................................... C4
General .................................................................................................................... C4
Dryer in "standby" mode .......................................................................................... C5
Dryer in "film cycle" mode ........................................................................................ C6
Description of the function IR heater module, intermittent triggering ........................ C8
Test of the IR heater function ................................................................................... C9
Function of the developer and fixer heaters ...................................................... C10
Structure of the developer and fixer heater ............................................................ C10
Developer heating .................................................................................................. C10
Fixer heating .......................................................................................................... C10
Capacities of the developer and fixer heater .......................................................... C10
Description of the function temperature measuring / temperature sensor ..... C11
Description of the level sensor function ............................................................ C12
Basic function......................................................................................................... C12
Adjustment of the sensitivity of the water tank level sensor.................................... C13
Circulation of the solutions................................................................................. C14
Functional principle of the synchro motor for the circulation ................................... C14
Exhaust-fan .......................................................................................................... C15
Changes of the mechanical discriptions ................................................... D1
Roller diagrams ............................................................................................ E1
E.1
E.2
E.3
Film transport (roller diagram - 7C2) .................................................................... E1

Film transport (roller diagram - 12)....................................................................... E2
Film transport (roller diagram - 11 A) ................................................................... E3
Section 5 / II
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
A Basic theory of function

A.1 Schematic functional diagram
Turn the machine on with main switch S1
Internernal reset (no Baseinit)

Control panel display dark
All consumers are switched off
All process depending data are loaded into
the RAM
All data in the EEPROM are overwritten with

the standard data from EPROM and taken
over into the RAM
Customer specific parameters and functional
settings must be set up again
S1
Systeminitialisation
BASEINIT
YES
NO
TACT DEV
The ACT. temperatur in the developer tank

is measured
The selected process time and the ACT.
temperature are displayed
2 min 24C
DEV
TACT <
(TNOM-2C)
Check of the ACT. developer temperature, if

this temp. is below the temperature range of
TACT <TNOM -2C.
TACT ...actual temperature in the developer;
TNOM ...nominal temperature in the developer
YES
Filling phase
NO
LEVEL
DEV/FIX/WAT
OK?
NO
Level check of the developer, fixer, water

tank
In case of low level the macine switches to
the filling phase
YES
Heating
DEV/FIX
NO
Simulated
film cycle
TEMP
DEV/FIX
OK?
YES
Dryer
TEMP
OK?
YES
Dryer
heating
NO
Temperature check of
the developer and fixer
tank, and the dryer to
check if they are within
the respective ranges
If the temperature in the

developer or fixer tank is
outside the respective
temperature range, it will
switch to heating or
cooling phase
2 min OK
Standby phase
Film feed
Film transport phase
15.01.99
5210
If the machine is in standby

(display: "2min -OK-"), the
film cycle phase is started
by feeding a film.
After the film cycle the
machine returns to stanby.
Section 5 / A 1
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
A.2 Description of the functions of the individual phases (as of H330 1707)
This description applies to the 2 minute process, for example.
Display on the control panel: 2min xxC = always the ACT. developer tank temperature.
The sequence in the other process times is the same.
A.2.1 Filling / Heating phase
Cons. DISPLAY
No..
Sequence of
functions
=
alternating
2 min 20 C
1.
DISPLAY
Error
2 min 20 C
FILL DEV
LEVEL
DEV
2.
2 min 20 C
FILL FIX
LEVEL
FIX
3.
2 min 20 C
FILL WAT
LEVEL
WAT
DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTION
FILLING PHASE:
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
-
If the DEVELOPER tank LEVEL is not OK,

the replenishment continues until the LEVEL is OK.
Replenisher pump
3M1
If the tank level cannot be reached within tx the

replenishment is terminated and an error is displayed!
New start: Switch the machine OFF/ON.
Also see "replenishment" function!
If the FIXER tank LEVEL is not OK,
TIMEOUT tx :
after 3 min.
3M1

If the WATER tank LEVEL is not OK,
TIMEOUT tx :
after 3 min.
3M1

Replenisher pump
3M1
Solenoid valve
3MG1
TIMEOUT tx
after 8 min.
3MG1

Check if the water tap was opened!
HEATING PHASE:
4.
2 min 20 C
HEAT DEV
ONLY if DEV/FIX/WATER tanks levels are "OK",
Circulation pump
2M1/2M2/2M3
Drive motor M1
the following consumers will be switched on!
Dev. HZ1 / and

fixer tank heater
HZ2
Developer heater function:

-developer heater is switched on with 100 %
-developer temperature control
up to the ACT. temp. = NOM. temp.
Section 5 / A 2
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Cons. DISPLAY
No..
Sequence of
functions
=
alternating
DISPLAY
Error
-ACT. temp. = NOM. temp. ;

-ACT. temp. = NOM. temp. - 0.1 C;
4.
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
HZ1
HZ1
Dryer fan
1M1/1M2 and
IR heater 1HZ1/
1HZ2/1HZ3
only if the dryer
temperature is
outside the temp.
window!
DEV
If the developer heater fails to heat the developer at least
TEMP
by 1 C within 6 minutes, an error is displayed!
TOO LOW
Developer heater HZ1 ,
all other consumers remain .
-ACT. temp. = higher than NOM. temp. + 2 C;
DEV
Developer heater HZ1 ,
TEMP
all other consumers remain

TOO HIGH
2 min 38C
Example: ACT. tank temp. 38C parameter change to 35C!

In STANDBY (OK has been reached once before):
no status message!
COOL DEV After the machine has been switched OFF/ON.
This means: Cool the developer down by adding fresh

cold developer!
4.1
2 min 30 C
HEAT FIX
ONLY if all tank levels are "OK", the developer /fixer

heaters are switched on!
This status display only comes if the fixer fixer heating
takes longer than the developer heating!
Fixer heater HZ2

has been switched
on already with the
developer heater
Hz1!
Fixer heater function:

-The fixer heater is switched on in different
modes:
100% ON, if the developer / dryer heater are OFF!
60% intermittently ON, if developer / dryer heater
ON!
(therefore fixer heating takes longer)
-Fixer temperature control up to
ACT. temp. = 34 C (fixed HARDWARE adjustment)
-ACT. temp. = 34 C ;
-ACT. temp. = 33.9 C ;
15.01.99
5210
HZ2
HZ2
Section 5 / A 3
Theory of Function
Cons. DISPLAY
No..
Sequence of
functions
=
alternating
DISPLAY
Error
DD+DIS031.98E
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
FIX TEMP If the fixer heater fails to heat the fixer at least by 1 C
within 6 minutes, an error is displayed!

TOO LOW
Fixer heater HZ2 , all other consumers remain
FIX TEMP -ACT. fixer temp. higher than 41 C !
FIXER heater HZ2 ,

TOO HIGH all other consumers remain
4.2
-Dryer temperature control:

During the heating phase and STANDBY phase the
IR heaters 1HZ1/1HZ2/1HZ3 are switched on
intermittently with "standby frequency"
(30 % each) , until the dryer temp. is within the
temperature window!
2 min 32 C
-Whenever the dryer is switched on, the drive

motor M1 runs as well (even with code
DRIVEON N) and the exhaust fan 3.M3 is on (even
with code EXH FILM )
SERV 505
5.
2 min -OK-
6.
2 min -OK-
The dryer failed to reach the NOMINAL temperature

(window)!
If the dryer fails to increase the dryer temperature at
least by 0.5 C within 5 minutes there is an error display!
-Developer/fixer/water tank LEVELS -OK-ACT. developer/fixer temperature = NOMINAL
OK - developer temperature is already displayed
when the ACTUAL temperature is in the NOMINAL
temp. window +/- 0.5 C! However, all other
parameter must be OK!
-Dryer temperature within the temperature window
no error messages detected.
If the dryer temp.

is outside the
temperature
window, the dryer
fans 1M1/1M2 and
IR heaters 1HZ1/
1HZ2/1HZ3 are
already switched
on with the
developer and
fixer heater
Dryer
-The machine is in the "STANDBY" status.

Film feed possible
Standard parameters developer tank temperature and dryer steps.

Process time
3min
2min
100s
90s
60s
Section 5 / A 4
Developer temperature (C)

Standard-->D34
Standard -->D34
Standard-->D34
Standard -->D37
Standard -->D38
adjustable between
D25 and D39
5210
Dryer step
Standard-->DR3
Standard --> DR3
Standard-->DR3
Standard --> DR3
Standard --> DR4
adjustable between
DR1 and DR7
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
A.2.2 Standby / film transport phase / Priority film

Information about the description of functions:
This description describes, for example, the function of the 2 minute process with
standard parameter setting (developer temperature here 34 C)!
Display on the control panel: 2 min xx C = always the ACT. developer tank temperature!
The sequence in the other process times is the same!
The sequence of the functional checks OK? / not OK? and the error displays are shown
according to logical priorities! In the actual cycle these checks are carried out constantly!
Cons. DISPLAY
No.
Sequence
of functions
=
alternating
2 min -OK-
DISPLAY
an error
-
1.
2 min -OK-
--
2.
2 min -OK-
--
in case of
STANDBY PHASE:
-Drive motor M1 runs in the SERVICE
PROGRAM:
- permanently or
- stopped = motor standby
always depending on the code.
-Circulation pumps run permanently, if the
developer/fixer/water tank levels are OK!
-Synchro drive for the circulation pumps:
Function OK: LED on synchro motor
Drive stopped: LED on synchro motor
3.
2 min -OK-
3.1
2 min -OK-
--
LEVEL
DEV
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
M1 only runs when

dryer heating is
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
-CHECK
synchro motor!
MONITORING of levels in the machine tanks:

Brief description:
During STANDBY and FILM TRANSPORT Phase
the levels are permanently monitored and refilled! If
a problem occurs which cannot be solved within
the TIMEOUT TIME tx an error is displayed,
counter measures are started and film feed is
rejected!
E.g. DEVELOPER or FIX TANK level not OK
After approx. 4 s
The LEVEL has dropped slightly.
-Replenisher pump
3.M1
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
DEVELOPER or FIX TANK level OK again within
the TIMEOUT TIME tx!
After a delay time

(s):
-Replenisher pump
3.M1
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
DEVELOPER or FIX TANK level not OK again

within the TIMEOUT TIME tx!
After TIMEOUT
TIME tx = 30 s
-Replenisher pump
3.M1
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
LEVEL
FIX
NEW START of the machine with switch S1!
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / A 5
Theory of Function
Cons. DISPLAY
No.
Sequence
of functions
=
alternating
3.2
2 min -OK-
2 min -OK-
DISPLAY
DD+DIS031.98E
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
E.g. WATER tank level not OK.

LEVEL dropped slightly.
After approx. 4 s:
-Water supply
solenoid valve
3.MG1
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
WATER TANK level OK again within the

TIMEOUT TIME tx!
After a delay time

(s)
-Water supply
solenoid valve
3.MG1
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
WATER TANK level not OK again within the

TIMEOUT TIME tx!
After TIMEOUT
TIME tx = 30 s:
-Water supply
solenoid valve
3.MG1
-Circulation pump
3.M1/2/3
in case of
an error
--
LEVEL
WATER
NEW START of the machine with switch S1!

4.
2 min -OK-
--
--
2 min 33C
2 min -OK-
Section 5 / A 6
--
ONLY if the DEVELOPER / FIXER tank levels

are "OK", the tank heaters are switched on!
Dev. heater HZ1

and fixer heater
HZ2
-Developer temperature control

up to the ACT. temp. = NOM. temp.
-ACT. temp. = NOM. temp. ;
-ACT. temp. = NOM. temp. - 0.1 C;
HZ1
HZ1
-Fixer temperature control

up to the ACT. temp. = 34 C (fixed, cannot be
changed!)
-ACT. temp. = 34 C ;
-ACT. temp. = 33.9 C ;
HZ2
HZ2
-If the "ACT. developer or ACT. fixer tank

temperature is below the NOM. temperature
minus (-) 0.5 C ", the machine switches back to
the HEATING PHASE!
HZ1 or
HZ2
-If the ACT. tank temp. is again higher than the

NOM. tank temp. minus (-) 0.5 C, the display
changes to "2 min -OK-, the heating phase
continues until ACT. = NOM. temp.!
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Cons. DISPLAY
No.
Sequence
of functions
=
alternating
5.
2 min -OK-
DISPLAY
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
-Dryer temperature control:

During the STANDBY phase the IR heaters
1HZ1/1HZ2/1HZ3 are switched on intermittently
with standby frequency (30 % each) ,
until the dryer has reached the "upper limit
temperature" in the temperature window!
Dryer fan 1M1/1M2

and
/IR heater 1HZ1/
1HZ2/1HZ3
-Whenever the dryer is switched on, the drive

motor M1 runs as well (even with code
DRIVEON N) and the exhaust fan 3.M3 is on
(even with code EXH FILM )
For the exact dryer

control see section
5/C.2
in case of
an error
Error messages as in FILLING/HEATING phase!

6.
2 min -OK-
6.1
FILM
FILM FEED
-The customer feeds film.
-The magnetic rollers of the film scanner in the
feed table detect pulses.
-The CPU detects actual film input due to the
pulses recorded constantly and sets the
following functions:
-Is there a film problem?
-If yes the machine

changes to
PRIORITY FILM
or rejects film feed!
-All parameters are set.
-Process time
-Delay times
-NOM.
temperatures
-Timeout times tx
-Drive motor switched on

-Water supply permanent
with coded water saving circuit:
depending on processed film every
2
0.25 m of film
-Dryer switched on; intermittent triggering
according to the selected dryer step, see table for
intermittent triggering.
-M1
-3.MG1
If coded: exhaust fan on, otherwise permanent.
Dryer fan 1M1/1M2

and
IR heater 1HZ1/
1HZ2/1HZ3
3M3
-Processed film counter active: The CPU calculates

2
the processed film in m based on the counted
pulses.
-Developer/fixer replenishment,
3.M1 - for 15 s
3.MG1 - for 15 s
and if coded water too,
2
every 0.25 m of processed film the developer/ fixer
(water) are replenished!
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / A 7
Theory of Function
Cons. DISPLAY
No.
Sequence
of functions
=
alternating
FILM
DISPLAY
DD+DIS031.98E
in case of
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
an error
-Error messages are suppressed during this
display; counter measures to solve the problem are
started!
FILM
-Display "FILM" remains as long as pulses are

detected. Film still runs through the film scanner
(FAT)!
2 min -OK-
-Film has passed the film scanner (FAT)!

Buzzer
After the last FAT pulse plus a safety delay, (in "s"
and depending on the process) and a long acoustic
"buzzer" signal new FILM FEED is enabled!
From the display "2 min -OK-" on, detected errors
are displayed.
The reactions to the errors are as shown in
STANDBY!
If an error is indicated, no further film should be fed
until the process time is completed.
2 min -OK-
7.
When is the PROCESS TIME completed?
M1 if coded
3.MG1
3M1
Dryer fan 1M1/1M2
and
IR heater 1HZ1/
1HZ2/1HZ3
3M3 if coded
PRIORITY FILM
7.1
In spite of an error message you have to

developer an important film?
When is film processing not possible?
LEVEL
DEV
Developer tank level not OK!
Film feed is
rejected!
LEVEL
FIX
Fixer tank level not OK!
M1
When is film processing possible?

In case of all other error displays film processing is
possible!
Section 5 / A 8
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Cons. DISPLAY
No.
Sequence
of functions
=
alternating
PRIORITY
FILM
32.6 C
DISPLAY
in case of
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
an error
During film feed the display "PRIORITY" indicates
the machine status! In this case the film processing
quality may not correspond to the standard!
Check the present ACT. developer tank
temperature!
CHECK:
The current ACT. developer temperature is
displayed precisely for 1/10 C for 15 s!
Press the S key

briefly
NOTE: If the ACT. developer temp. is by more than

2 C different from the NOM. temperature,
it must be considered if film processing makes
sense!
The sequence of the functions during

EMERGENCY FILM otherwise corresponds to
the sequence of "normal film processing"!
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / A 9
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
A.3 Simulated Film Cycle (as of H330 1707)

Cons.
No.
1.
DISPLAY
Sequence of
functions
=
alternating
--
1.1
DISPLAY
CONSUMER
ON
OFF
OTHERS
SIMULATED FILM CYCLE
After
MAINS POWER
FAILURE
in case of
an error
--
What is a "simulated film cycle"?

-The film transport is not started by film feed, i.e.
pulses of the film scanner!
-Otherwise the sequence corresponds to a normal
film cycle!
Why "simulated film cycle" ?
-If there is a brief power failure during the film
transport or if the machine was accidentally
switched off with main switch S1", or switched off
with cover switch S2", the FILM can be saved after
the machine switches back on by correct
processing!
MAINS POWER
FAILURE !
or
switched off with
S1
or
switched off with
cover switch S2
When is a "simulated film cycle" running?

-After the machine has been switched back on and
system initialisation, the ACT. developer tank
temperature is checked!
2 min 33 C
-If the ACT. developer tank temperature is within

the range of the NOM. temperature minus (-) 2 C,
the machine runs a "simulated film cycle"!
E.g. NOM. temp.

34 C
ACT. temperature
32.8 C
only full C are
displayed
All consumers and monitoring functions for the film

drive are switched on!
Possible errors are ignored, but in case of a level
error developer/fixer, the tank heaters will not be
switched on!
Exact temp.
check:
Press the S key,
display 32.8 C
Length of "simulated film cycle?

The "time of the process length" plus "some
seconds safety delay" (depending on the process!)!
2 min -OK-
Section 5 / A 10
After "end of simulated film cycle" ,
All consumers
The machine switches to STANDBY!
If there is no
error!
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
A.4 BASEINIT
When to be executed?
upon external interference by the supply voltage or static discharge
upon inexplicable functional problems
Execution of the BASEINIT:

During a BASEINIT all standard process data are loaded from the EPROM into the EEPROM. All
customer specific data in the EEPROM will be overwritten and must be set again in the
SERVICE PROGRAM / SETUP.
a. Executing a BASEINIT via the control panel:

Procedure
Press the key/

switch
S1
Display
Turn the machine

off
Execute a
BASEINIT
Turn the machine
on
BASEINIT in
progress
S1
Meaning / Remarks
Turn the machine OFF

with main switch "S 1"!
Press the S key and keep

it pressed ( )
()
Turn the machine ON with
main switch S 1
( )
No display for approx.
5 seconds
<<<<<<<<
-
Terminate the
BASEINIT
POQ
POQ
()
Upon execution of the
BASEINIT the machine
changes e.g. to the filling
/ heating phase of the set
process
Release the S key now;
the BASEINIT has been
executed.
The machine
continues with the
standard
sequence of
functions!
() keep the S key pressed
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / A 11
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
b. Executing a BASEINIT in the SERVICE PROGRAM:
The SERVICE PROGRAM cannot be activated:

In case of film cycle
In case of simulated film cycle (film saving routine) after every ON/OFF
Procedure
SOFTWARE
replacement
Turn the machine
on
ACTIVATION of
the SERVICE
PROGRAM
Press the key/

switch
-
Display
Meaning / Remarks
S1
POQ
POQ
//
N
Service program
activated
Adjust the
BASEINIT
Section 5 / A 12
/0
+@
5210
Replace the SOFTWARE

only when the machine is
switched off!
Insert the newest
SOFTWARE, machine
switched ON with main
switch S 1; machine in
FILLING/HEATING PHASE.
Press the M + S keys
"simultaneously" (longer
than 5 s) until SERVICE is
displayed!
Note:
If the display immediately
shows "PROCESS" or "20
C" Press the M + S keys
"simultaneously" until
Buzzer on
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
"LOG BOOK"
"CLEANING"
"BASEINIT"
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Procedure
Press the key/

switch
EXECUTE THE
BASEINIT
-
15.01.99
Meaning / Remarks
/010
BASEINIT is displayed for

a few seconds, then the
display changes to
01
+@
Exit from the

SERVICE
PROGRAM
The machine
continues in the
standard
sequence of
functions
Display
Leave the SERVICE

PROGRAM, press the M
key when EXIT is
displayed!
POQ
5210
BASEINIT executed
Section 5 / A 13
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Functional differences of the SOFTWARE VERSIONS
B.1 SOFTWARE H330 1420

Modifications compared to version H330 1301
For type
5210/100
5211/100
5110/100
8391/101
CURIX HT 330 U
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS
CURIX COMPACT PLUS
LR 3300 P2
B.1.1 Modifications in the program sequence

Display of "machine status texts" during filling / heating phase:
Every time the machine is switched on by means of the mains switch, it starts with the "filling
phase" followed by the "heating phase".
During this time the display alternates between the set "process time / C" and "status texts"
(= functional information).
Once the machine reaches -OK- for the first time in this functional sequence, these texts will
no longer be displayed! The text display is available in the languages English - German Dutch - French - and Italian.
Additional DISPLAY TEXTS:
e.g. 2min 24C
= machine fills the developer tank
FILL DEV
= machine fills the fixer tank
FILL FIX
= machine fills the water tank
FILL WAT
= machine heats the developer
HEAT DEV
= machine heats the fixer
HEAT FIX
(1)
= machine cools down the developer
COOL DEV
= machine heats the dryer
HEAT DRY
(1)
If there is no "chiller" installed, fill "cold developer" into the dev. tank of the machine
Checking the current "ACT. developer tank temperature":
-key on the control panel, the current "ACT. developer
Every time you briefly touch the
tank temperature" will be displayed.
Changes in the tank temperature during this time are not displayed!
After 20 s the display is deleted again.
Brief unlocking of the control panel keys (M / S - LOCK):
+
-keys
The control panel keys can briefly be unlocked by pressing the
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
During this time the display shows "UNLOCK".
The PROCESS PARAMETERS and the CLOCK activation times can now be changed. If
neither the M-key nor the S-key is pressed within 20 s, the control panel automatically
switched back to "locked", and the display briefly shows "MSLOCK".
Set the "MSLOCK" = locking of the control panel in the SERVICE program.
Set-up / modification of the PROCESS parameters:
Process time
Developer temperature
Dryer setting (can always be changed)
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 1
Theory of Function
Parameter changing by pressing the
DD+DIS052.98E
and
- keys on the control panel
By pressing the S-key

you always switch to the
next process.

the displayed nominal
developer temperature is
changed by 1C.
Range: 25 to 39

the displayed dryer
setting is changed by
1 step.
Range: 1 to 7
Saving of the modified

values.
Section 5 / B 2
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Activation of the ON / OFF times of the TIMER integrated in the machine:

Adjust / modify the on / off times:
In the "clock menu" of the machine control panel.
2 independent ON / OFF times can be set for every day of the week.
Deleting individual on / off times:
The on / off time is only deleted if the respective CLOCK TIME is set in such a
way that only dashes (-) are displayed, do not set the time on ZERO (0).
Deleting all on / off times in one procedure:
This function is not included in the "clock menu", the on / off times must be
deleted individually.
Description of the function:
See Operating Manual
Display FILM:
Upon film input the film scanner must first detect 5 pulses (previously 2), before he display
indicates FILM.
ERROR STATISTICS:
see SERVICE PROGRAM B.1.3
B.1.2 Communication
The "status texts" described in B1.1 can also be checked if the machines are coupled.
B.1.3 Service program:
Activation of the SERVICE program:
Procedure
Press
Display
key
Machine is
switched on
ACTIVATION
OF SERVICE
448OQ 44N
+
PROGRAM
//
ATTENTION:
+
Service
Program
active
15.01.99
/0
5210
Meaning / Remarks
Press the M +S -keys
(more than 6 s) "SERVICE" is
displayed!
If one of the texts "PROCESS" or
"xxC" is displayed, repeat the
activation procedure because
either the M or S key was pressed
before the other!
Buzzer on
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
EXIT
Section 5 / B 3
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Exit from the SERVICE PROGRAM:

Exit from the
SERVICE
PROGRAM
The machine
continues to
work in standard
function
Upon EXIT, "BRIEFLY" press

the M-key!
0
-
448OQ
44
Execution of a BASEINIT
upon software replacement (EPROM)
upon external problems due to supply voltages or static discharges.
in case of inexplicable functional problems.
Execution of the Baseinit:

During a Baseinit all standard process data of the EPROM are loaded into the EEPROM.
All the customer specific data in the EEPROM are overwritten and must be set again in the
SERVICE PROGRAM / SETUP.
Execution of a BASEINIT via the control panel
Procedure
Turn the machine

off
Execute the
BASEINIT
Turn the machine
on
BASEINIT running
Press
key/switch
S1
Display
-
S1
<<<<<<<<
-
BASEINIT
completed
The machine continues to work in
standard
function!
() Keep the S-key pressed
Section 5 / B 4
8OQ
8OQ
Meaning / Remarks
Turn the machine off by
setting the main switch
"S 1" to OFF !
Press the S-key and keep
it pressed ()
()
Turn the machine on by
setting the main switch
"S 1" to ON !
( )
no display for approx. 5 s
()
After execution of the
BASEINIT the machine
switches to e.g. filling /
heating phase of the
selected process
Only now you can release
the S-key.
The BASEINIT has been
executed.
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Execution of the BASEINIT in the SERVICE PROGRAM:

The SERVICE PROGRAM cannot be activated:
during film cycle
during simulated film cycle (film saving) every time after SWITCHING OFF / ON
Procedure
Turn the machine
on
Activation of the
SERVICE
PROGRAM
The Service
Program is not
activated!
Service program
is activated
Press
key/switch
S1
Display
2min 20C
Select BASEINIT
2min 20C
PROCESS / 20 C
SERVICE
MODE
EXECUTE
BASEINIT
BASEINIT
Meaning / Remarks
The newest SOFTWARE is
installed, machine switched
ON by means of the main
FILLING / HEATING PHASE.
M +S keys pressed "simultaneously" (longer than 6 s)
until SERVICE is displayed!
Note:
shows "PROCESS" or e.g.
"20 C", repeat the activation!
Buzzer on
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
"LOG BOOK"
"CLEANING"
"BASEINIT"
BASEINIT is displayed for a
few seconds then the display
changes to
INPUT
Exit from the

SERVICE
PROGRAM
15.01.99
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
EXIT
5210
Exit from the SERVICE

PROGRAM, press the M-key
"briefly" upon EXIT!
Section 5 / B 5
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Setup of the hour replenishment (= Jog cycle replenishment) developer / fixer

With low film throughput or long down periods of the machine, the developer may get old, this
reduces the film processing quality.
The minimum replenishment rate of the developer should be 2 liters / per work day.
If the value is lower, we recommend to activate the "hour replenishment".
Adjustment in the SERVICE PROGRAM "SETUP / MODE".
-Activation of "hour replenishment":
SERVICE SETUP REPLEN JOG_REP JOG_RP N/Y
In case of YES the replenishment uses the time of column 2 = selected replenishment time =
"TREP xx s".
2
Check the m consumption by calculation.
Standard setting
Display
Hour replenishment
DEV/FIX
(JOG cycle)
switched on?
NO
JOG_RP N
Standard replenishment
time for
DEV/FIX = 15 s
TREP 15s
Special functions:
Select by pressing the "M" key
Change by pressing the "S" key
Display
JOG_RP Y
Hour replenishment DEV / FIX

(JOG cycle)
switched on?
YES
(The pump runs for the "replenishment

time" set in column 2!)
Replenishment time of DEV/FIX
adjustable.
TREP 10 s
TREP 15 s
TREP 20 s
TREP 25 s
Setup of the "WATER SAVING PROGRAM":

STANDARD SETUP:
3 liters / minute, always with FILM CYCLE.
SPECIAL FUNCTION:
Water supply depending on the film throughput, for every
0.25 m2 of processed film.
Water supply time according to the setup of "SURFxx s"
-Activation of the "Water saving program":
SERVICE SETUP REPLEN SURF_REP SURF N SURF 5.0 to
SURF 15.0 seconds.
Standard setting
Permanent water
supply!
Section 5 / B 6
Display
SURF N
Special functions:
Select by pressing the "M" key
Change by pressing the "S" key
Water saving setup:
- Water supply depending on film
throughput, every 0.25 m
- Water supply times are adjustable
5210
Display
SURF 5.0 s
SURF 7.5 s
SURF 10.0 s
SURF 12.5 s
SURF 15.0 s
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
ERROR STATISTICS:
As of SOFTWARE version H3301420, a "LOG BOOK" for the storage of error messages has
been introduced.
The memory space of this data is located in the clock chip IC 6 on the CPU board GS5.
The data can be checked via the SERVICE PROGRAM.
In order to have more precise error statistics the functions ON/OFF, CPU RESET, and
intended error generation during machine repair can be suppressed with the following
function.
Function: Every 10 minutes "1" error code that occurred can be entered in the LOG BOOK.
Every error code can count up to a maximum value of 254, then it starts again at "O".
A date display with the entry of the LOG BOOK always shows the date of the last LOG BOOK
deletion; time for possible statistics calculations.
With CLR LOG (deletion of the LOG BOOK) all statistics data is deleted and a new date is
2
entered with the exception of AT: xxxxx = total of processed film in 0.25 m since operation
start.
See further information in FILM COUNTING
FILM COUNTING:
As of SOFTWARE version H330 1420, the counting of processed film is stored in two
memories in the LOG BOOK of the clock chip:
2
A:
(AREA)
processed film (in 0.25 m ) since the last deletion! - can be reset!
(AREA TOTAL) AT: total of processed film (in 0.25 m2 ) since operation start!
- cannot be reset!
How does the counting work?
The entered number must be divided by "4" and the result is the processed film in "m2"!
The date which has been entered is an information about the film processing period for the
processed film value in "A". The maximum value in the film counter is 65532, this corresponds
to a film area of 16383 m2.
See graphics in section 6.6, Easy Service Program Version H3301420.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 7
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E

Modifications compared to version H330 1420.
For type
5210/100
5210/200
5211/100
5214/100
5114/100
5110/100
8391/101
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 G
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS
DP 330 U
CDS 300 50/60C
CURIX COMPACT PLUS
LR 3300 P2
B.2.1 Modifications in the program sequence

Adjustable PROCESS types:
PROCESS type
AGFA
DU PONT
60 s
X
X
100 s
--X
2 min
X
X
Functional data of the process types:

Process time - select code
Processing speed (cm / min)
Developer tank temperature, standard
adjustable between 25-39 C (77-102 F)
Fixer tank temperature
Heating times of at least 20-34 C (68-93 F)
Dryer setting, standard
(adjustable in 1 - 7 steps)
Replenishment cycle / time; DEV/FIX (m / s)
Replenishment rate (ml / m)
Developer
Fixer
Supply rate of replenisher pump (ml / m)
(adjusted ex-factory) developer
fixer
Water supply (ml / min)
60 s
160
38 C
(100 F)
100 s
2 min
95
80
34 C
34 C
(93 F)
(93 F)
34 C (93 F)
approx. 15 minutes
3
every 0.25 m/ for 15 s

400
600
400 +/- 5 %
600 +/- 5 %
3000
For the adjustment of the process types see SERVICE PROGRAM
Section 5 / B 8
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Dryer activation table: (except CIC! )

Process time /
IR module
Steps
60 s
100 s
2 min
Dryer setting
Stand
by
IR_ %
1
(8)
IR1
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
20
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
20
IR1
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
20
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
20
IR1
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
20
IR2
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
B.2.2 Communication:
No changes
B.2.3 Service program:
Adjustment of the PROCESS types in the SERVICE program:
Activation of the SERVICE PROGRAM by pressing the M / S keys simultaneously for more
than 6 s,
until display
SERVICE
SET UP
(M) OEM
(M)
AGFA (S) DU PONT, then select
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 9
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E

Modifications compared to version H330 1509.
For type
5210/100
5210/200
5211/100
5214/100
5216/100
5114/100
5110/100
8391/101
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 G
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS
DP 330 U
DP 330 L
CDS 300 50/60C
CURIX COMPACT PLUS
LR 3300 P2
B.3.1 Modifications in the program sequence:

Dryer activation of the IR modules increased during STANDBY:
The activation of the IR radiator module IR 1 IR 3 has been increased to 30 / 30 / 30 %
during STANDBY.
Reason: To prevent the occasional error message SERV505.
Error: Dryer setting "2" now possible in the AGFA mode.
The problem has been solved.
Occasional error message "SERV506" due to possible SOFTWARE error:
Operation relevant data of the drive motor control are continuously stored on the CPU (of the
Motor Control Board). This data is now also checked for plausibility. Error messages due to
storage problems are now excluded.
B.3.2 Communication (only in type 5216/100):
Communication of the processor via INTERFACE Board GS8, 8.9499.1570.x
with a "coupled machine": The internal condition of the film processor is passed on as a
"Status message via the Interface Board GS8" to the coupled machine.
Film processor status
OFF
ON /
Filling / heating phase =
not ready
ON /
Ready = STANDBY
Film cycle (film still in the feed area) &
error condition
Section 5 / B 10
Optocoupler
LED on the GS 8 Interface Bd.
not conductive off
pulses 1 Hz
flashing at 1 Hz
conductive
pulses 1 Hz
5210
on (static)
flashing at 1 Hz
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
B.3.3 SERVICE PROGRAM:

Modified check of processed film:
The processed film (area) in the Service Program / LOG BOOK is "now indicated in m".
Before, the indication was in 0.25 m2! MODE LOG BOOK SHOW LOG
A:
AT:
processed film since last deletion

processed film since operation start
Important hint:
REASON:
Before changing the SOFTWARE in H330 1614, check the

2
processed film and convert the value into m and note this figure.
The conversion with the new SOFTWARE is faulty
(the following counting of processed film is OK!).
The error messages in the error statistics are changed from the display "Exxx" into
"Sxxx":
SERVICE PROGRAM
MODE
LOG BOOK
SHOW LOG :
Error messages E501 E505: are now displayed as S501 S505!
Introduction of error message "S506" in the error statistics.
S506 = error in the assembly of the drive motor, e.g. motor speed 50% below the NOMINAL
speed.
Check of current solution temperature developer/fixer in the SERVICE PROGRAM
- The problem is now solved: During the check "TEMP_ERR" was indicated.
- Now the circulation pumps are activated during the temperature check.
Reason: This is the only way to guarantee that the displayed temperature corresponds
to the actual temperature in the whole tank.
language adjustment in the SERVICE PROGRAM:
Adjustment ex-factory = ENGLISH ( = default setting after BASEINIT !)
Cleaning of the cooling system during maintenance:
When the "CLEANING MODE" is witched on, the additionally installed cooling pump is
switched on as well.
SERVICE
MODE
The cooling pump system is an OPTION.
CLEANING
cleaning cycle ON
OEM setup changed from "DuPont" into "STERLING":

SERVICE PROGRAM
SET UP
OEM
AGFA / STERLING
Exit from the Easy Service Program:

If the M-key was pressed too long upon EXIT, the result was a deletion of the previously
coded system setup (software switches) in SET UP and MODE.
The codes were set back to the "default setup".
This problem has now been solved.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 11
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
B.4 SOFTWARE H330 1703 and H330 1701 (1)

Modifications compared to SOFTWARE H330 1614
H330 1701
for type
8394/200 LR 5200 P
H330 1703
for type
5210/100 CURIX HT 330 U

5110/100 CURIX COMPACT PLUS
8394/200 LR 5200 P
For the SOFTWARE H330 1703 and H330 1701 there is no "SPARE PART number"!
If required, order the SOFTWARE H330 1707; make sure to consider the modification
description B.5 of the H330 1707.
Also refer to section 11: Overview of the software versions
Adjustable PROCESSES:
PROCESS type
AGFA
STERLING
60 s
X
X
90 s
X
---
100 s
--X
2 min
X
X
3 min
X
---
Function data of the process types:

Replenishment cycle / time;
DEV/FIX (m / s)
Developer
Fixer
fixer
60 s
90 s
100 s 2 Min 3 min
160
106
95
80
52
38 C
37C
34 C 34 C 34C
(100 F) (98.5 F) (93 F) (93 F) (93 F)
34 C (93 F)
approx. 15 minutes
4
3
400
600
400 +/- 5 %
600 +/- 5 %
3000
Machine exhaust fan "no longer permanently ON", can now be coded
See SERVICE PROGRAM B.4.3
Section 5 / B 12
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Activation of the SERVICE PROGRAM:

-DEMO MODE (= film cycle simulation) the Service Program can always be activated.
-Activation "no longer possible during FILM CYCLE ".
Process parameters which can be changed during "film cycle":
-Only the dryer setting can be changed.
-DEMO MODE (= film cycle simulation); modification of the dryer setting / developer
temperature is always possible.
Functional changes of the "INITIAL REPLENISHMENT".
The "initial replenishment " is only activated after the film processor is switched on, if the
"OFF-time" of the film processor before, was at least one hour! This makes it impossible for
the function to be checked immediately after the respective code has been activated.
Reaction time to level error increased:
The machine only starts the counter measures 5 seconds after a level error has been
detected (previously 2 s!).
Dryer activation table with H330 1703
(1)
The dryer activation table with H330 1701 for the LR 5200 P is different.
(The film processor on CIC has a completely separate SOFTWARE!)
Process time /
IR module
Dryer setting
IR_ %
Steps
60 s
1
IR1
50
40
IR2
(1)
10
20
IR3
(1)
10
60
40
100 s
2 min
(1)
10
20
(1)
10
20
90 s
60
40
20
30
(1)
30
60
40
(1)
40
60
40
(1)
40
(1)
60
40
10
20
10
20
30
(1)
50
40
10
(1)
(8)
(1)
30
(1)
30
20
(1)
30
20
(1)
20
20
30
40
40
50
50
30
IR2
10
20
20
30
30
30
40
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
30
30
IR1
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
30
IR1
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
30
IR2
10
(1)
10
20
10
20
IR3
0
10
(1)
IR1
20
3 min
60
40
Standby
%
10
(1)
10
20
10
(1)
(1)
20
(1)
10
20
40
(1)
20
30
10
20
(1)
20
30
(1)
30
(1)
20
20
30
(1)
IR1
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
30
IR2
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
30
Standard setting
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 13
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
B.4.2 Communication:
No changes
B.4.3 Service Program
Function of the exhaust fan, adjustable by code.
STANDARD setting: (DEFAULT/after BASEINIT) exhaust fan permanently ON.
Exhaust permanently ON:
SERVICE
SETUP SUCK FAN SUCK CNT
switch S1/5 (see spot) on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board, "open"!
Exhaust fan ON only with the dryer blower!
SERVICE
SETUP SUCK FAN SUCK FILM
switch S1/5 (see spot) on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board, "open"!
Switch S1/5 (counted from the bottom up!) on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board
Spot:
Observe the following modifications in the SERVICE PROGRAM / diagram section 6.6:
What
Due to the introduction of
"individual replenisher
pumps" for developer and
fixer, instead of tandem
pumps (CM+7.0431.7181.0)
in the following machines:
type:
5110/200
type:
8394/200
Section 5 / B 14
Error / when - where

the
SERVICE PROGRAM
/ diagram has been
increased.
When working with the
Service Program
the film processor
n-version must be
considered!
5210
Modification
Additional new functions:
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
What
Functional test of the
replenisher pumps
developer / fixer
Modification
Functional test of the individual
replenisher pump for developer:
OUTPUT
PUMPS
REPD_PU
REPD ON / OFF
tandem developer-fixer pump

ON / OFF
individual developer pump
ON / OFF
replenisher pump for fixer:
OUTPUT
PUMPS
REPF_PU
REPF ON / OFF
individual fixer pump
ON / OFF
Checking the replenishment rate of

the individual developer pump:
MODE
REPD_VAL
REPD30ON
tandem replenisher pump

developer / fixer for 30 seconds
ON
individual replenisher pump
developer, ON for 30 seconds
Checking the replenishment

rates developer / fixer

the individual fixer pump:
MODE
REPF_VAL
REPF30ON
fixer, ON for 30 seconds

All the other machine
versions still work with the
"tandem replenisher pump"
for developer / fixer!
Problem in the H3301703: time delay with activation times of the "internal timer".
Time delays of up to 2 hours have been reported.
REASON:
The activation time is checked once per minute and the new time is written
back into the memory!
If the replenisher pump switches on during this time check, the time of the
replenisher pump start is entered in the memory.
NOTE regarding type 8394/200:
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 15
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Connection of the darkroom film feed table is now possible! The steam gate is controlled by
the LASER.
No film feed if the communication between LASER and film processor is defective.
(1)
Function in SOFTWARE H330 1701
Section 5 / B 16
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
B.5 SOFTWARE H330 1707 and H330 1705

Affected machine types (versions):
5210/100
5210/200
5211/100
5212/100
5214/100
5216/100
5110/100
5110/110
5110/200
5114/100
8391/101
8394/200
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U (G)
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS
MAMORAY HT 300
DP 330 U
DP 330 L
CURIX COMPACT PLUS
CURIX COMPACT PLUS / LA COMPACTE
MR COMPACT PLUS
CDS 300 50/60C
LR 3300 P2
LR 5200 P

PROCESS types:
With the standard introduction of the "Software Version H330 1707" fixed "PROCESS TYPES"
have been established for all these variations of this film processor family.
As of "Software Version H330 1707" all PROCESS types are combined in one EPROM IC 9
CM+9.5210.4062.0.
NOTE:
The program versions H330 xxxx must not be installed in the

CIC (Compact Imaging Center).
Setup of the PROCESS TYPE upon machine delivery.

Every machine is preset on a "PROCESS TYPE" when leaving the factory!
Only the Field Service Engineer can change the process type in the field.
Overview: preset "PROCESS TYPES" per machine version:
PROCESS
TYPE
CURIX
MAMMO
STERLING
15.01.99
Machine Machine designation

type no:
5210/100
5210/200
5211/100
5110/100
5110/110
8391/101
8394/200
5212/100
5110/200
5214/100
5216/100
5114/100
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U (G)
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS
CURIX COMPACT PLUS
LA Compacte
LR 3300 P2
LR 5200 P
MAMORAY HT 300
MR COMPACT PLUS
DP 330 U
DP 330 L
CDS 300 50/60 C
5210
Process times
60 s 90 s 100 s 2 min 3 min
X
X
X
-
Section 5 / B 17
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Functional data of the process type:

Replenishment cycle / time;
DEV/FIX (m / s)
Developer
Fixer
fixer
60 s
90 s
100 s 2 Min 3 min
160
106
95
80
52
38 C
37C
34 C 34 C 34C
(100 F) (98.5 F) (93 F) (93 F) (93 F)
34 C (93 F)
approx. 15 minutes
4
3
400
600
400 +/- 5 %
600 +/- 5 %
3000
Important HINTS on repair / process type changes:

-Replacement of the EPROM (IC9) or the CPU (GS5)
-Modification of the process type
"Machines preset" ex-factory are fixed on a process type.
Other process types will not be available.
Section 5 / B 18
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Function diagram for repairs / process type modification:

C heck software
version
M achine w ith process type
adjustm ent
O nly in chase of
defective EPRO M
Check softw are version

plugged into CPU (GS5)
Softw areversion
(<) below
H 330 1707
No
No
C hange prozess
type or replace C PU
Yes
replace EPR O M
Yes
Yes
In order to ensure m achine
operation install an older software
version of the "Carstock".
M achine before w ithout

process type adjustm ent
N ew installed
softw are version
(<) below
H 330 1707
Yes
No
Installed
Softwareversion
(<) below
H330 1707
Softw are version H 330 1707 or

higher installed.
N o CPU (GS5) replacem ent
necessary.
Adjust the process type in the
Service Softw are
Yes
C an be installed w ithout changes
Prozess typ defined.
N o CPU (G S5) replacem ent necessary.

M achine has no prozess type
adjustm ent.
Replace CPU(GS5) by a "brand new C PU".
No
R eplacem ent always

possible.
N o changes in the function.
Process type adjustm ent
not changed.
Plug the old EPR O M (IC 9) into

"brand new CPU"
(Do not replace by a new one)
DEFA ULT-prozess C URIX
Adjust the prozess type in
the Service Program
Prozess type defined.

If defined as "MA MM O " there is no function
CPU -replacem ent is no solution
(only installed as of H330 1707)
The functionel sequence is O K in the process
"A GFA/STERLIN G".
Additional HINTS for SOFTWARE Version H330 1707 and up:

-All the versions of this film processor family have been set on a certain PROCESS TYPE
prior to shipment.
-After replacement of the CPU (GS5) by a new "brand new CPU", the PROCESS TYPE
must be defined again, until the process type is defined the machine works in the CURIX
PROCESS.
-After fixed definition of the PROCESS type and removal of a correct CPU (GS5) from a
machine, you should mark the fixed process type on the part.
A CPU (GS5) cannot be used for other processes once it has been set up for a fixed
process.
-Fixed definition of a process type can only be made in the SERVICE PROGRAM by a Field
Service Engineer. Once the process type is fix, the other process types will no longer be
displayed in the SERVICE PROGRAM.
-Is it possible to install a SOFTWARE version (<) below H330 1707 in case of repair in a
CPU (GS5) which is fixed on a process?
Not if the machine has been fixed on the process type "MAMMO"!
Function in CURIX / STERLING OK!
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 19
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
"Selection and fixed setup "of a PROCESS TYPE

in the SERVICE PROGRAM!
Procedure
The machine
is switched
on
ACTIVATION
of the
SERVICE
PROGRAM
Press
key
-
Display
Service
Program
activated
448OQ
Meaning / Remarks
Press the M +S keys

"simultaneously" until (longer
than 5 s) SERVICE is displayed!
44N
Buzzer sounds 3 x
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
/0
For example: Fixed setup of the MAMMO process type.
Press the
key at "SURE YES" to fix the selected PROCESS type, here MAMMO, on
the CPU and store it.
Exit from the
SERVICE
PROGRAM
The machine
continues to
work in standard
function.
Section 5 / B 20
To leave the SERVICE

PROGRAM, press the M-key
at the EXIT display!
448OQ
44
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
Exhaust fan "no longer permanently ON", adjustable by code!

See SERVICE PROGRAM B 5.3:
Overview of other modifications in the functional sequence:

What
Activation of the
SERVICE PROGRAM

during FILM CYCLE
press
Modification
no longer possible
+
> 6s
simultaneously
Press the M / S keys at random (1) until

SERVICE flashes in the display.
After pressing, ignore text changes.
always possible during

DEMO MODE
-during film cycle
-DEMO MODE
(= film cycle simulation)
always possible
INITIAL REPLENISHMENT
Off time of the machine

longer than 1h.
Then activate for 1 min;

checking now difficult
Reaction time to level error

detection has been increased
Film remains on the table after
input
before 2 seconds after

level error,
Film feed was detected,
however, the film was
not transported further.
now 5 s, then start of counter measures
Changing process parameters
-Dryer step modification

-Modification of dryer setting / developer
temperature
-3 acoustic signals,
-the display "FILM" switches off
=> new film feeding required
SWITCH film processor to fast after switching off with

the internal timer
Switching on by briefly pressing the

M or S keys
(only
CURIX HT 330 U / (G),
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS,
MAMORAY HT 300,
DP 330 U,
DP 330 L
Cooling
ACT > NOM + 0.5 C
Chiller installed / activated:

Cooling switches on, fresh cold water is
supplied
Chiller not installed / activated:
supply of fresh water is blocked
Reaction time dryer error

message "SERV 505
= no temperature increase by
(0.5 C)
previously 10 min
now 5 min
Internal timer
The internal timer

previously switched off
the film processor
during film cycle!
(1)
(1)
all the films fed in the machine are

processed.
Only then the machine switches off.
Not SOFTWARE Version H330 1705
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 21
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
New dryer activation table:

Activation now identical for all versions of this film processor:
(except CIC)
Process time /
IR module
Dryer setting
IR_ %
Steps
60 s
90 s
100 s
2 min
3 min
Standby
(8)
IR1
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
30
IR1
20
20
30
40
40
50
50
30
IR2
10
20
20
30
30
30
40
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
30
30
IR1
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
30
IR1
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
30
IR2
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
30
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
30
IR2
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
30
/ IR1
Standard setting
B.5.2 Overview: Modifications in COMMUNICATION:
What
SERVICE texts of the film
processor
CURIX / MR COMPACT PLUS
switches the film processor to
STANDBY 5 minutes after the
last film *
CURIX / MR COMPACT PLUS
switches the film processor to
STANDBY 5 minutes after the
last film *
* Known STANDBY function

in film processors
Setting of system setup /
software switches in the film
processor via the control panel
of the CURIX / MR COMPACT
PLUS / LASER, (sec. 3)
Section 5 / B 22

in the display
-Parameter changes
-Activation of the film
processor SERVICE
program
Modification
Indication now also on the display of the
CURIX / MR COMPACT PLUS / LASER
not possible
previously:
switch-over to STANDBY
not with opened
darkroom feed table
now:
switch-over to STANDBY
also with opened
darkroom feed table
completely modified, if
integrated in CURIX /
MR COMPACT PLUS.
Jog Cycle / standby of
drive motor,
previously not possible
in film processor:
only electronic section ON,
all consumers OFF
Jog Cycle / standby of drive motor,
now possible
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
B.5.3 SERVICE PROGRAM

Exhaust fan function, adjustable by code
STANDARD setting: (DEFAULT/after BASEINIT) exhaust fan permanently ON.
Exhaust fan permanently ON:
SERVICE
SETUP EXH FAN EXH CONT
Switch S1/5 (see spot) on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board, "open"!
Exhaust fan only ON with dryer blower!
SERVICE
SETUP EXH FAN EXH FILM
Switch S1/5 (see spot) on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board, "open"!
NOTE:
(Possible error only in software version H330 1707)

If the exhaust fan fails to start with the dryer although the CODE has been set and a
BASEINIT was carried out, close the switch S1/5 on the GS6, then the exhaust fan
is permanently ON!
Switch S1/5 (from the bottom up!) on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board
Spot:
Overview of further modifications in the Service Program:

What
Check of the intermittent
IR module activation

previously:
Activation of IR1/2/3 with
50%
SERVICE texts of the film

processor
Due to the introduction of
"individual replenisher pumps"
for developer and fixer, instead
of tandem pumps
(CM+7.0431.7181.0) in the
following machines:
type:
5110/200
type:
8394/200
on the display
15.01.99
the
SERVICE PROGRAM
/ diagram has been
increased.
When working with the
Service Program
the film processor
n-version must be
considered!
5210
Modifications
now:
Activation of the IR1/2/3 according to
standard dryer setting per process time,
see dryer table
Indication now also on the display of the
CURIX / MR COMPACT PLUS / LASER
Additional new functions:
Section 5 / B 23
Theory of Function
What
Functional test of the
replenisher pumps
developer / fixer
DD+DIS052.98E
Modification
replenisher pump for developer:
OUTPUT
PUMPS
REPD_PU
REPD ON / OFF
tandem developer-fixer pump

ON / OFF
individual developer pump
ON / OFF
replenisher pump for fixer:
OUTPUT
PUMPS
REPF_PU
REPF ON / OFF
individual fixer pump
ON / OFF
the individual developer pump:
MODE
REPD_VAL
REPD30ON
tandem replenisher pump

developer / fixer for 30 seconds
ON
developer, ON for 30 seconds
Checking the replenishment

rates developer / fixer

the individual fixer pump:
MODE
REPF_VAL
REPF30ON
fixer, ON for 30 seconds

All the other machine
versions still work with the
"tandem replenisher pump"
for developer / fixer!
Section 5 / B 24
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS052.98E
What
Machine ON / OFF times by
means of the internal timer

Modification
previously:
New function CLEAR TIMER
It was not possible to
(CLRTIMER) means:
delete all set times in one In one routine all the machine
procedure.
"ON/OFF" times are deleted.
MODE
To change individual
LOG BOOK
switch times proceed
CLRTIMER
according to the previous
setup mode.
delete YES
SURE Y:
SURE N:
delete NO
NOTE:
To delete individual
ON/OFF times, always
enter a dash "-"!
NOTE regarding type 8394/200:
Connection of the darkroom film feed table is now possible! The steam gate is controlled by
the LASER.
No film feed if the communication between LASER and film processor is defective.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 25
Theory of Function
DD+DIS230.98E

Spare part number:
CM+9.5210.4064.0 Version H3301806
Affected machine types (versions):

5210/100
CURIX HT 330 U
5210/200
CURIX HT 330 U (G)
5211/100
FOTOINDUSTRIA F3HS
5212/100
MAMORAY HT 300
5214/100
DP 330 U
5216/100
DP 330 L
5110/100
CURIX COMPACT PLUS
5110/110
CURIX COMPACT PLUS / LA COMPACTE
5110/200
MR COMPACT PLUS
5114/100
CDS 300 50/60C
8391/101
LR 3300 P2
8394/200
LR 5200 P
All machines shipped ex factory are set up for one PROCESS TYPE as of SOFTWARE
Version H3301707.
Upon SOFTWARE change to version H3301806,
make sure to observe the modification description of version H3301707
(DD+DIS031.98D/E/F).
All program versions with the identification "H330xxxx"

must not be installed in the CIC ( Compact Imaging Center )!
What is modified
Process type
Default setting
Drive motor standby

(JOG CYCLE)
CURIX and
STERLING
MAMMO
DRIVEON Y
CURIX and
STERLING
MAMMO
EXH CONT
Exhaust fan standby

(JOG CYCLE)
Section 5 / B 26
5210
DRIVEON N
EXH FILM
Y = drive motor
permanently ON
N = drive motor in
STANDBY
Exhaust fan
permanently ON
Exhaust fan only
ON with film cycle
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS230.98E
What is modified
Process type
Default setting
STANDARD REPLENISHMENT TIME

DEVELOPER - FIXER;
Consider the different
Standard replenishment times in the
"process types"
CURIX and
STERLING
STANDARD replenishment time:
15 seconds / 0.25 m
TANDEM replenishment pump
installed:
Developer = 400 ml/ min = 400 ml/ m
Fixer
= 600 ml/ min = 600 ml/ m
8394/200/400
Individual replenishment
pumps installed:
Developer = 400 ml/ m
Fixer
= 400 ml/ m
MAMMO
20 seconds / 0.25 m
Machine types:
5110/200 Individual replenishment
pumps installed:
Developer = 600 ml/ m
Fixer
= 600 ml/ m
Machine type:
5212/100
installed.
Developer = 400 ml/ min = 600 ml/ m
Fixer
= 600 ml/ min = 800 ml/ m
B.6.2 Changes in the functional sequence

Where are modifications
SERVICE PROGRAM
Problem
Modification
So far it was not possible to
Can now be called up during FILM
activate during FILM CYCLE CYCLE.
+
> 6s pressed
simultaneously.
Press now the M / S key in any order,
and keep them pressed, until a flashing
SERVICE is displayed.
Ignore all other text modifications.
See also section 6.6 Activation of the
Service Program
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / B 27
Theory of Function

STATUS DISPLAYS
DD+DIS230.98E
Problem
So far,
no STATUS DISPLAYS
after the first "OK" display.
(Filling / heating phase
completed,
machine in STANDBY).
Modification
Now,
STATUS DISPLAYS
also after the first "OK" display,
if process parameters are changed.
e.g. NOM developer temperature
NOM. dev temp. < ACT. dev. temp.
DISPLAY: 2min 35C / COOL DEV
or
Monitoring of
CLOCK CHIP
IC6 on the CPU /GS5.
CAL DEV
(calibration of the
developer temperature)
NOM. dev. temp. > ACT. dev. Temp.

DISPLAY: 2min 35C / HEAT DEV
So far,
Error S527 is entered in the SERVICE
the machine was not ready", PROGRAM.
after switching on without an
SERVICE MODE LOG BOOK
error message!
SHOW LOG S527
Cause of the problem:
poor contact / component defective /
empty battery. Replace the clock chip.
Entered correction value in
CAL DEV is deleted by a
BASEINIT.
New set-up is necessary!
The correction value in the CAL DEV

is no longer deleted by the BASEINIT.
Observe:
If the entered value is detected as
incorrect by the plausibility check,
(max. +/-1C), the value will be
set on "0"!
B.6.3 Overview: Modification in the COMMUNICATION:

What is modified
TIMEOUT intervals
in the 2 / 3 minutes process
have been changed in the
"darkroom feed table request"!
HANDLING
(adjustable functions)
on the control panel"
of the darkroom feed table have
been modified.
Section 5 / B 28
Problem
TIMEOUT intervals are too
short for film feed via the
"darkroom feed table".
Modification
New TIMEOUT intervals
2 min.: 160 s
3 min.: 245 s
Functions adjustable until

now:
-Activation of the SERVICE
program
-modification of process
parameters
-S key: check ACT dev. temp.
-Arrow key: request for
darkroom film feed".
The following functions can no

longer be set up:
program!
- Modification of process
parameters
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS230.98E
What is modified
Adaptation of the display in the
TYPE 8394/200 control panel,
to the functional status of the
darkroom feed table lid.
Defective OK display
Type 8391/101
Type 5110/100
Problem
If TYPE 8394/200 was
switched on with he open
darkroom feed table lid, TYPE
8394/200 showed " OK " on
the control panel
Occasionally the control panel
displayed "OK", although the
NOM. dev. Temp. of the
connected film processor had
not bee reached.
Modification
New display in the TYPE
8394/200 control panel:
"DARKROOM FILM FEED"
This problem has been solved

and corrected.
B.6.4 Modifications in the SERVICE PROGRAM

Exhaust fan;
operation setting by code.
Problem
Problem in the coding of the
exhaust fan in SOFTWARE
Version H3301707,
CODING:
SERVICE SETUP EXH FAN
EXH CONT
Switch S1/5 "open"!
on the GS6, 24 V Driver Board,
see spot
Spot
Automatic conversion of
the processed film
from m into 1 m total
is defective after replacement
of the SOFTWARE!
The processed film area

counting has been modified
with the introduction of
SOFTWARE Version
"H33017xx " from m into
1 m counting.
After changing the SOFTWARE
into H33017xx, the conversion
of the previously counted total
of m of processed film into
1 m of total processed film is
not correctly executed.
Buzzer
Acoustic signal for film feed
enable can be coded
15.01.99
Modification
Problem has been corrected.

enable cannot be coded.
5210
Exhaust fan only ON

with dryer fan!
EXH FILM
Switch S1/5 "open"!
see spot
Conversion OK if:
-the machine is delivered with
SOFTWARE H33017xx from the
factory.
-The SOFTWARE H33017xx

has
not been installed as a replacement
in your machine,
e.g. change from H3301614
H3301806
-Machine delivery ex factory with
SOFTWARE H3301806.
Acoustic signal for film feed enable
can be coded:
SERVICE SETUP BUZZER
Section 5 / B 29
Theory of Function
DD+DIS230.98E
Problem
Checking the function

"recording of processed
film area"
So far
only a function check by
BIT test
SERVICE INPUT
SCANNERS SCN00000
Modification
FILM ON - buzzer ON
FILM OFF - buzzer OFF
Now additionally:
complete system test of the film
area recording during film transport.
SERVICE MODE SCANTEST
enter FEED FLM film 35 x 43 cm

When the magnetic roller
(14 x 17 in)
turns the respective bit is
WAIT wait until the end
displayed alternatingly, 1 or 0
Film feed and display
is displayed.
R1 000 =
number of pulses
of MG roller 1
Press the S key

R2 000 =
number of pulses
of MG roller 2
Press the s key

R3 000
R4 000
R5 000
=
=
=
number of pulses
of MG roller 5
the number of pulses should not

differ by more than +1/-1 ( = 2 ).
-exit from the test
- number of pulses
will be deleted!
Section 5 / B 30
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C Mechanical function discription

C.1
Drive motor assembly

(Rack / dryer drive)
Comprising of the individual components:
DC drive motor M1 with gearbox (EC motor = electronic commutation)
In contrast to the DC motors of the common type, the commutation of the individual
armature windings is here electronically controlled! Electronic components (Hall effect
sensors) monitor the position of the rotor and the electronic section then calculates the
angular speed (number of revolutions)!
EC Motor Control board GS4
C.1.1 Symbolic structure of the drive motor assembly
Abb. 1
Explanation of the abbreviations:

GS4
J1
R78
J2
Si1
Motor Control board

Jumper plug, selection: speed automatically controlled or manually.
Potentiometer: adjustment of the speed for J1 setting "manual speed "
Jumper plug for selecting the direction of rotation (do not change !)
Fuse
M1
Drive motor with thermal cut-out t125C
GS2
Mains Power Supply board
GS1
Low Voltage Distributor board
GS5
CPU board
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / C 1
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.1.2 Service software - set-up for the drive motor

Software switches setting for the drive
motor is possible in the service
program:
SERVICE
SETUP
@01I:
The drive motor runs permanently
@01I1:
The drive motor runs not permanently
DRIVE ON
DRIVEON Y
DRIVEON N
C.1.3 When is the drive motor M1 always switched on?

@01I
@01I1
Simulated film cycle

Film / priority film cycle
Machine standby
When the dryer runs
When the required level in the water tank
is reached
Simulated film cycle

Film / priority film cycle
When the dryer runs
C.1.4 Function of the drive motor assembly

Supply voltage of the assembly:
board GS2.
220 - 240 V (AC) 50 / 60 Hz via the Mains Distributor
Upon switch-on of the processor the Motor Control board GS4 receives the following signals
from the CPU board GS5 via the Low Voltage Distributor board GS1:
The STOP signal changes into START
The direction of rotation is selected.
The frequency of the square pulses is determined according to the set process time.
Based on the square pulses the Motor Control board generates an analogue voltage value
(NOMINAL VALUE) by means of a frequency voltage converter.
According to this nominal value the Motor Control board triggers the EC motor with a rms
voltage of up to 300 V (DC).
Attentions: There are voltages up to 300 V (DC) on the Motor Control board GS4.
By means of three Hall effect sensors (always displaced by 120 = phase) in the motor the
speed of the rotor is determined by the phase angle and the number of pulses! The Motor
Control board controls speed changes automatically by means of load changes.
Furthermore, the Motor Control board passes the ACT. MOTOR SPEED on to the CPU board
GS5 via pulses. This board then compares the ACT. MOTOR SPEED with the NOMINAL
SPEED and returns pulses (changed frequency) to the Motor Control board.
A frequency change of the square pulses results in a higher / lower rms voltage (V), which
then causes the motor to turn faster or slower! Due to this constant speed adaptation the
motor speed setting is extremely precise.
If the motor speed is 50% below / above the "NOMINAL speed", the STOP BIT will be set,
(error message: SERV 506).
This STOP BIT is deleted again by switching the machine OFF/ON if there is no error!
Section 5 / C 2
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.1.5 Description of the individual modules of the drive motor assembly

AC motor M1 with gearbox
The drive motor is a DC motor without collector. (Function similar to a stepper motor).
Nominal voltage on the motor up to 300 V (DC). Attention: Risk of injuries!
Structure:
Rotor:
Permanent magnet without collector
Stator:
3-pole winding
Three Hall effect sensors instead of a collector
Thermal cut-out 125C
Nominal speed at the transmission shaft / main drive shaft racks / dryer.
Process time
(seconds)
Nominal speed
(min-1 5% at film drive)
60
90
100
120
180
1280
850
760
640
420
Motor Control board
J1
Jumper plug, selection: speed automatically controlled or manually, this plug

connection should only be changed for troubleshooting in the drive motor
assembly.
R78
Potentiometer: adjustment of the speed for J1 setting "manual speed "

(Do not change the potentiometer setting)
J2
Jumper plug for selecting the direction of rotation.

Do not change position of this jumper plug!
Si1
Fuse
Difference of the speed setting automatic or manual:

Automatic speed setting:
The CPU board sends a start bit and square pulses independent of the process
time (nominal speed value) to the Motor Control board.
If the jumper plug J1 is plugged into position 1-2, then the drive motor runs at a
manually set (R78) speed. The Motor Control board works independently of the
CPU board. Thus the source of the error, either the control circuit of the "CPU
board GS5, Motor Control board GS4" or the "Motor Control board, drive motor
M1" can be pinned down during troubleshooting.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / C 3
Theory of Function
C.2
DD+DIS031.98E
Dryer
C.2.1 General
Schematic drawing:
In both sections of the dryer assembly there are 3 IR heaters (HZ1,HZ2,HZ3) installed and
one centrifugal fan (M1 ,M2) each.
Opposite IR heaters in the assembly sections and a thermal cut-out (SI1, SI2, SI3) 95 C +/5C at every heater in the lower dryer section are always a complete IR heater module
(IR1,IR2,IR3).
By series connection of the opposite IR heaters with a thermal cut-out, every IR heater
module has a 230 V supply (115 V pr heater) and a maximum electrical capacity of 800 W
(100%). The electrical capacity of the three IR heater modules can be metered by a pulse
package control from the maximum value (100%) to 0% in steps of 10%.
According to:
- the set process time, and
- the selected dryer step,
the IR heater modules, installed in the dryer, are intermittently controlled by the electronics
during dryer heating and during film cycle!
The dryer steps can be changed via the control terminal. Every selected step corresponds to a
defined total dryer capacity. The values given in the dryer step table are not temperature
values, these values correspond to the "clock frequency in percentage", always with respect
to the permanent capacity of 100%.
The dryer is switched on intermittently.
A superimposed temperature monitoring circuit ensures that the temperature in the dryer does
not exceed the upper and lower limit values. The temperature values for this monitoring are
provided by the temperature sensor in the upper dryer section.
- The dryer fan is always switched on with the dryer (IR heaters).
- The drive motor M1 is always switched on with the dryer.
- The panel above the dryer assembly must always be inserted!
Section 5 / C 4
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.2.2 Dryer in "standby" mode

Dryer temperature window (standby)
Process time
3 minutes
2 minutes
100 s
90 s
60 s
Lower limit
temperature (C)
30
30
35
35
35
Upper limit
temperature (C)
35
35
40
40
40
Out-of-tolerance
condition (C)
25
25
30
30
30
Function
In the dryer heat-up phase the IR heater modules are operated like in the standby frequency
(30%,30%,30%). Together with the dryer the fans 1M1 a 1M2 are switched on as well.
If the out-of-tolerance condition is exceeded during the heating, the CPU signals OK status
of the dryer. The dryer keeps heating with standby frequency until the respective maximum
temperature in the temperature window is reached.
The working range of the tempreture windows is defined by the upper and lower limit
temperatures. If the temperature window is exeeded the IR heaters are switched off and the
cross-flow fans run permanently . The IR heater remains off until the lower limit of the
temperature window is reached.Once the temperature has dropped below the window the
dryer switches on with intermittent standby control and a new control and monitoring cycle is
activated.
The dryer now remains off until the value has dropped to the minimum temperature. If the
IR heater temperature drops below the minimum temperature of the temperature window it will
be switched on again with standby clock frequency and the procedure described above starts
again.
Superimposed temperature monitoring circuit: If the dryer is switched on, the temperature
must increase by at least 0.5 C within 5 minutes, otherwise the error SERV 505 will be
displayed and the dryer switches off.
Diagram
Temperature control heating phase / standby
(e.g. 90 seconds process)
1
2
3
4
15.01.99
Temperature control range

Upper limit temperature
Lower limit temperature
Out-of-tolerance condition
5210
Section 5 / C 5
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.2.3 Dryer in "film cycle" mode

The IR heaters are triggered permanently during the "film cycle phase" for the purpose of
drying the films. The output capacity of the IR heaters is constant within the dryer temperature
window. It is defined by the set dryer step and the process time (see dryer step table).
Dryer temperature window (film cycle)
Process time
3 minutes
2 minutes
100 s
90 s
60 s
T min. (C)
0
0
0
0
0
T max. (C)*
55
55
55
55
55
Dryer step table

The dryer steps are set via the control panel. Every selected step corresponds to a defined
total dryer capacity. The values listed in the table are not the temperature values, but they
correspond to the activation frequency in percentage always with respect to a permanent
capacity of 100%. The dryer is switched on intermittently.
Process time /
IR heater module
Dryer step
Electr.
capacity
IR heater
Stand
by
3 min process IR1
10%
10%
20%
30%
30%
30%
40%
800 W
30%
IR2
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
20%
800 W
30%
IR3
0%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
800 W
30%
2 min process IR1
10%
10%
20%
30%
30%
30%
40%
800 W
30%
IR2
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
20%
800 W
30%
IR3
0%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
800 W
30%
100 s process IR1
50%
60%
60%
60%
60%
60%
60%
800 W
30%
IR2
10%
10%
20%
30%
40%
40%
50%
800 W
30%
IR3
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
30%
800 W
30%
90 s process IR1
20%
20%
30%
40%
40%
50%
50%
800 W
30%
IR2
10%
20%
20%
30%
30%
30%
40%
800 W
30%
IR3
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
30%
800 W
30%
60 s-process IR1
50%
60%
60%
60%
60%
60%
60%
800 W
30%
IR2
10%
10%
20%
30%
40%
40%
50%
800 W
30%
IR3
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
30%
800 W
30%
Standard setting
Section 5 / C 6
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
*Superimposed temperature monitoring

The dryer temperature is checked for the max. permissible value of 55C during the film cycle.
The dryer setting (e.g. DR3 ) is reduced by one step (e.g. DR2 ) if the limit value is exceeded
and afterwards again by a further steps each minute until the value is below the limit or step 1
has been reached.
If the value drops below the limit value of 55C the machine returns to the originally set dryer
step and continues with this setting.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / C 7
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.2.4 Description of the function IR heater module, intermittent triggering

The IR heater modules IR1 - IR3 are switched on intermittently by the CPU board GS5 via the
Triac board / Distributor board.
The supply uses PULSE packages of T = 100 ms with 10 individual sine-wave pulses of 10
ms each ( = 100 %)
With the dryer step setting on the control panel the capacity of the dryer can be adjusted in
seven steps.
A BIT pattern is then created according to the selected dryer step. By means of this BIT
pattern the electronic section takes the corresponding pulse package from the pulse table
in the SOFTWARE and controls the capacity (= brightness) of every IR module accordingly.
The capacity is given in "PERCENTAGE"; e.g. if the value in the table for the selected dryer
step and a certain IR module is 50%, a pulse package of 5 pulses / 100 ms is generated.
For the activation frequency refer to the dryer step table.
Pulse table
Number "1" = sine-halfwave connected through.

Number "0" = no sine-halfwave connected.
E.g. activation frequency 50 % = 5 sine-halfwaves per 100 ms!
Section 5 / C 8
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.2.5 Test of the IR heater function

The machine is in the "standby phase"
Activation: start a film cycle or simulated film cycle
Visually:
Select dryer step "1".
With the film drive (film feed or operation of the reed contacts) the dryer starts as well,
determine the brightness of the IR heaters!
In the following "standby phase" select dryer step "7".
Start another film drive and determine the brightness of the IR heaters!
The IR heater brightness for IR1 / IR2 / IR3 must increase. Differences from 10 % on can
be recognised!
Use the dryer step table.
No brightness visible on the IR heater
If the triggering is visible by the diodes D1/3, D2/5, and D2/8 on the Triac board GS7, then
the thermal cut-out reacted or the IR heater is defective!
Cable of Control board GS5 to the Triac board GS7 defective?
Electrically, by means of an analogue multimeter:
Measuring range >/= 220 V (AC).
Attention: Measuring of the rms value, the measured voltage value depends on the input
resistance of the meter = a tendency check is sufficient!
Select the dryer step "1".
Start a film cycle.
Dryer IR1: connect the measuring cable at the measuring points on the Mains Distributor
board GS2 MP 3 and MP 6 and measure.
Dryer IR2: connect at MP 4 and MP 5 and measure
Dryer IR3: connect at MP 11 and MP 15 and measure
Set the dryer steps to "7, step by step" and measure again with every new step!
Note all the displayed voltage values. They must increase according to the dryer step values
in percentage (see dryer step table).
If there is no increase, check the Control board GS5, check the EPROM.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / C 9
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.3 Function of the developer and fixer heaters

The developer and fixer heaters only switched on if the developer and fixer tank levels
are "OK".
C.3.1 Structure of the developer and fixer heater
Tubular heater
Developer heater
Fixer heater
HZ1 (750W)
HZ2 (750W)
BE1
BE2
R1
R2
Thermal cut-out
Switch-off temperature
63C-7K
Temperature sensor
C.3.2 Developer heating
The developer tank heater is always switched on at 100% (750W).

If the ACTUAL developer temperature reaches the NOMINAL temperature (adjustable
between 25C - 39C) the heater is switched off!
If the ACTUAL temperature drops by 0.1C below the NOMINAL temperature, the
developer heater switches on again!
Error messages:
DEV TEMP
(SERV 502)
TOO HIGH
DEV TEMP
(SERV 501)
TOO LOW
The ACT. developer tank temperature is at least

2C above the NOM. temperature.
The developer temperature increases by less than
1C within 6 minutes.
(heater defective / thermal cut-out reacted)
C.3.3 Fixer heating

The fixer heater is switched on according to the activation frequency with 60% or 100% of
its heating capacity (750 Watt).
The NOM. fixer temperature is fixed on 34 C.
If the fixer temperature of 33.5 C is not reached during heating, the CPU receives an "OK"
signal for this functional sequence.
Once the ACTUAL fixer temperature reaches the NOMINAL temperature, the heater is
switched off!
Error messages:
FIX TEMP TOO HIGH
FIX TEMP TOO LOW
SERV 503
SERV 504
The fixer temperature is above 41C

The fixer temperature fails to increase by 1C within
6 minutes, and the tank temperature is < 28 C
C.3.4 Capacities of the developer and fixer heater

Dryer
(IR1,IR2,IR3)
max. 800W each
Developer heater
HZ1
max. 750 W
Fixer heater
HZ2
max. 750 W
ON
intermittent
ON
100%
ON
60%
ON
intermittent
OFF
ON
100%
OFF
ON
100%
ON
100%
Section 5 / C 10
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.4 Description of the function temperature measuring / temperature sensor

Electronic function
The temperatures of the machine tanks and the dryer
are regulated to the given NOMINAL VALUE by an
"electronic two step controller".
There is a temperature sensor (NTC resistor)
installed in every machine tank and in the dryer.
The temperature sensor changes its resistance
according to its temperature (= tank temperature).
This resistance change (R) increases or decreases
the output voltage of a voltage divider (V), always
depending on the applied reference voltage (Vref.).
This voltage divider is integrated on the Low Voltage
Distributer GS1. The analogue voltage values are
converted into an 8 bit digital information by means of
an ON-CIP AD CONVERTER (automatic AD
converter setup).
A reference table stored in the EPROM is compared
to the measured digital values, the respective
temperature is displayed and the heating system is
regulated.
Temp. measuring precision: 0.5K; e.g. 34C =
33.5 - 34.5C.
Temperature measuring in the machine sequence:
Principle:
The tank heaters are only switched on if the developer and fixer tank
levels are reached!
Developer
tank
The NOMINAL temperature can be adjusted between 25 C and 39 C.

The heater is always regulated to the NOMINAL temperature.
If the temperature drops by 0.1C below the NOMINAL value then
- heater ON; NOMINAL temperature reached - heater OFF!
Fixer tank
The NOMINAL temperature has been set on 34C. Manual changes are not
possible!
If the temperature drops by 0.1C below the NOMINAL value then
- heater ON; NOMINAL temperature reached - heater OFF!
Dryer
In standby phase:
The dryer temperature is controlled and monitored within an "upper" and "lower"
limit of a temperature window and the IR heater modules are triggered with a
capacity of 30%,30%, 30%.
In film cycle phase:
The dryer works according the selected steps:
If the maximum dryer temperature of 55 C is exceeded, the dryer steps / IR
heater capacities are switched back step by step, always after 1 minute, until 55
C are reached (min. step 1), then the dryer continues with the selected step.
For further description refer to the dryer function.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / C 11
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting:
First check the set / stored NOMINAL temperature. (Check via the display with the M and S
keys).
Press the S key briefly. The current developer tank temperature will be displayed for
approx. 15 sec!
By means of the SERVICE PROGRAM section 6.6 -INPUT - ACT_TEMP. the ACT. tank
temperature can be displayed.
At the same time check the actual tank temperature with a high quality thermometer (not
possible for the dryer) and compare the value with the display reading!
Reference for the temperature sensor

(replacement of temperature sensor)
Temperature
25 C
Resistance
10.00 K
28 C
8.80 K
30 C
8.05 K
34 C
6.80 K
C.5 Description of the level sensor function

C.5.1 Basic function
NOTE: If all processor tanks (dev./fix./water) are filled with WATER in order to check the function
a level error machine tank may be indicated although the level sensors are below water level!
The input sensitivity of the electronic circuit has been adjusted to the conductivity value of the
solution in the tanks.
Level detection in the machine tanks (developer, fixer, water) is by means of an electrode in
each tank. During tank filling the solution reached the electrode and ground potential of the
tank is applied.
The active connection of the level sensor (contact 1) is connected to an "AC bridge circuit"
which evaluates the conductivity of the solution between electrode and ground (tank).
A following comparator circuit evaluates the signal changes of the electrode, the output of
which then becomes either LOG 1 or LOG 0. Via an opto-coupler the LOG signal of the CPU
board GS5 is checked and processed according to the "logic filling levels" (software).
Section 5 / C 12
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Definition of "OK LEVELS" of the monitored tanks

Filling level OK!
Machine tanks developer / fixer / water
Replenisher tanks dev./fix./anti-algae
Disposal tanks dev./fix./water
full
full
empty
Filling level not

OK!
empty - error message;
empty - error message;
full - error message;
Level sensors of machine tanks, replenisher tanks, disposal tanks:

LEV DEV
LEV FIX
BU 10
BU 11
Developer machine tank

Fixer machine tank
GS1 / ST10
GS1 / ST11
LEV WAT
Level sensor
BU 12
BU 7
Water machine tank

Developer replenisher tank
GS1 / ST12
GS1 / ST7
Level sensor
Level sensor
Level sensor
Level sensor
BU 14
BU 15
BU 20
BU 24
Fixer replenisher tank

Water replenisher tank
Reserve replenisher tank
Developer disposal tank
GS1 / ST14
GS1 / ST15
GS1 / ST20
GS1 / ST24
Level sensor
BU 30
Fixer disposal tank
GS1 / ST30
Level sensor
Level sensor
BU 31
BU 32
Water disposal tank

Reserve disposal tank
GS1 / ST31
GS1 / ST32
Filling level "OK":

approx. 0 V
Filling level not "OK":
6-8 V (AC)
Filling level "OK": 6-8

V (AC)
Filling level not "OK":
0 V!
Jumper plug ST33-ST36 ;"Simulation of level in replenisher tank OK".

At the time of the machine delivery the jumper plugs ST33-ST36 on the Low Voltage
Distributor board GS1 are plugged in.
Upon machine start up either a level sensor or a jumper must be inserted in every level
connection for a replenisher tank!
This table must be observed upon connection of replenisher tank level sensors!
Level sensor connection on the plug on the GS1
ST7
ST14
ST15
ST20
remove the corresponding jumper plug on the GS1
ST36
ST35
ST34
ST33
Troubleshooting:
By means of the SERVICE PROGRAM every level sensor and the corresponding
electronic circuit an be checked. To check the function, take the electrode from its holder
and look for ground contact on the chassis. With ever ground contact the display must
show a BIT change 0/1.
If the BIT fails to change, check the level sensor in another position (e.g. ST30 in ST31).
This way you can see if the level sensor or the electronic circuit is defective.
C.5.2 Adjustment of the sensitivity of the water tank level sensor
The level check is actually the conductivity measured between the level sensor and the water
tank. If the conductivity of the water is too low (< 3S / cm) the level check may be incorrect.
The error "LEVEL<>WATER" will be indicated, although the water tank is filled.
If jumper plug ST27 on the Low Voltage Distributor board GS1 is removed, the sensitivity of
the conductivity check is electronically increased.
At a conductivity value of the tap water < 3
S / cm the jumper ST27 on the Low Voltage
Distributor board GS1 must be removed.
15.01.99
5210
Section 5 / C 13
Theory of Function
C.6
DD+DIS031.98E
Circulation of the solutions

The circulation pumps continuously circulate the developer solution (2M1), fixer solution
(2M2), and the water (2M3).
The circulation switches on 10 seconds after the level in the tanks has been reached. If the
level in the tank drops and cannot reached again within 30 seconds, the circulation is switched
off.
C.6.1 Functional principle of the synchro motor for the circulation

A rotary field drive (1) is mounted on the outside of the machine tanks (3). On the opposite
side inside the machine tank the green circulation pumps (5) are mounted.
The rotating electromagnetic field is generated with two phases via four magnetic coils in the
synchro drive (1). This rotary field is then transmitted to the circulation pump (5) without any
mechanical connection. The two-pole permanent magnet (2) is integrated in the pump
impeller.
Control:
The electronic control is provided in the synchro motor. When the operating voltage is applied
a program cycle stored in the memory of a microcontroller is executed.
Sequence:
Activation of the synchro motor coupled with the pump motor.
Balancing of the permanent solenoid t = 5s. Synchronisation between the rotary field and
the permanent magnet in the pump impeller.
-1
Linear acceleration t = 35 s to a pump speed of n = 960 min .
Check:
Upon a deviation from the NOMINAL speed, the synchro motor tries to correct the speed
twice by an internal checking routine. If it fails to correct, it switches off.
If the LED is ON the functional sequence of the synchro motor is correct.
However, if the LED is OFF there is a functional problem and the motor is switched off.
Section 5 / C 14
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
C.7 Exhaust-fan
The exhaust (3M3) works below the dryer.
The exhaust-fan function permanent or standby can be selected in the service program.
SERVICE
SETUP
EXH FAN
EXH FILM
With the setting EXH FILM the

exhaust only runs when the dryer is
running. (standby)
15.01.99
EXH CONT
With the setting EXH CON the

exhaust runs immediately after switchon. (permanent)
5210
Section 5 / C 15
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
15.01.99
Changes of the mechanical discriptions
5210
Section 5 / D 1
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
Roller diagrams
E.1
Film transport (roller diagram - 7C2)

TYPE
AS OFF SN
5210/100 5211/100
2130
1070
5214/100
1062
5216/100
1140
For the other roller diagrams see sparepartlist DD+DIS091.94M and DD+DIS017.97M
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
10
11
12
13
14
19
Rubber roller, grey, 22.5

Rubber roller, grey, 48
Rubber roller with steel core, grey, 22.5
PU roller, yellow, 48
PU roller, yellow, 22.5
Rubber roller, red, 22.6 (segment)
PU roller, ground, yellow, 22.5
steel roller, 22,5
Rubber roller, 14 grey
Rubber roller, 14 grey
Rubber roller, red, 22.6
Rubber roller with steel core, 22,8 grey
Rubycell roller, 22.5 (foam)
CM+9.5200.5150.x
CM+9.5200.5160.x
CM+9.5220.6150.x
CM+9.5200.5420.x
CM+9.5200.5430.x
CM+9.5210.6068.x
CM+9.5200.5440.x
CM+9.5210.8260.x
CM+9.5210.8560.x
CM+9.5210.8570.x
CM+9.5210.8270.x
CM+9.5210.8280.x
CM+9.5210.8360.x
CM+9.5212.8630.x
* = double spring bearing

A
B
C
D
15.01.99
Guide plate
Guide plate
Stud
Stud
CM+9.5210.8502.x
CM+9.5200.5603.x
CM+9.5200.5105.x
CM+9.5200.5502.x
5210
Section 5 / E 1
Theory of Function
E.2
DD+DIS031.98E
Film transport (roller diagram - 12)

TYPE
AS OFF SN
8394/200
8020
For the other roller diagrams see sparepartlist
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
12
13
19

CM+9.5200.5150.x
CM+9.5200.5160.x
CM+9.5220.6150.x
CM+9.5200.5420.x
CM+9.5200.5430.x
CM+9.5210.6068.x
CM+9.5200.5440.x
CM+9.5210.8270.x
CM+9.5210.8280.x
CM+9.5212.8630.x

A
B
C
D
Section 5 / E 2
Guide plate
Guide plate
Stud
Stud
CM+9.5210.8502.x
CM+9.5200.5603.x
CM+9.5200.5105.x
CM+9.5200.5502.x
5210
16.05.99
Theory of Function
DD+DIS031.98E
E.3
Film transport (roller diagram - 11 A)

TYPE
AS OFF SN
8391/101
9220
For the other roller diagrams see sparepartlist
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
12
13
19

CM+9.5200.5150.x
CM+9.5200.5160.x
CM+9.5220.6150.x
CM+9.5200.5420.x
CM+9.5200.5430.x
CM+9.5210.6068.x
CM+9.5200.5440.x
CM+9.5210.8270.x
CM+9.5210.8280.x
CM+9.5212.8630.x

A
B
C
D
15.01.99
Guide plate
Guide plate
Stud
Stud
CM+9.5210.8502.x
CM+9.5200.5603.x
CM+9.5200.5105.x
CM+9.5200.5502.x
5210
Section 5 / E 3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Safety Regulations, Repair Instructions
Section 6 - 1
List of Contents
1.
Information about safety and repair ............................................................. 1
1.1
Safety regulations / precaution measures ..............................................................1
1.1.1 General.......................................................................................................................1
1.1.2 Safety switch ..............................................................................................................1
1.1.3 Connection of panels ..................................................................................................2
1.1.4 Replacing the battery on the CPU (clock chip IC6) .....................................................3
1.1.5 Working on the dryer ..................................................................................................3
16.07.97
HT 330
Section 6.1 / I
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
1.
Information about safety and repair
1.1
Safety regulations / precaution measures
1.1.1 General
With every repair work check the following points visually:
- Condition of the insulation on the mains plug and mains cable
- Efficiency of the strain relief on the mains cable
- Efficiency of the protective earth on metal panels (PE connected, or spring contact OK)
The machine must not be opened during operation. Light tightness can only be guaranteed if all
panels are correctly mounted.
1.1.2 Safety switch
To guarantee for the customers' safety the machine is equipped with a safety switch (S2).
For service purposes this function can be overridden by means of a service switch.
Please note that this service key is removed before the covers are closed, otherwise the cove
switch or its actuator may be destroyed.
16.07.97
HT 330
Section 6.1 / 1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

The safety switch S2 interrupts the power supply (via the contactor MC2) for all control boards
and electrical components.
Caution:
Even when the safety switch S2 is interrupted and mains switch S1 is off, the
following components are still supplied as long as the mains cable is
connected:
- Mains adaptation transformer TR1
- Mains filter MC1
- Mains distributor board GS2
- Contactor MC2
On the safety switch S2 the mains voltage is only applied when mains switch
S1 is switched on (closed).
1.1.3 Connection of panels
When connecting the side panels (1) make sure that the lock slide (4) is slid all the way to the
stop of the handle (2) and that the screws (3) are tightened.
Removal of the side panels must no longer be possible without tools.
Section 6.1 / 2
HT 330
16.07.97
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.1.4 Replacing the battery on the CPU (clock chip IC6)
Upon replacement of the clock chip on the CPU board make sure to follow the correct procedure.
Consider the correct polarity during replacement.
Only replace the clock chip by the same type or a recommended equivalent type.
Caution:
Risk of explosion in case of incorrect disposal.

Dispose of the used clock chip (IC6) according to the specifications provided by the
manufacturer or in compliance with local regulations.
1.1.5 Working on the dryer

Caution: Risk of burning!
The dryer starts automatically as soon as the temperature is outside the dryer temperature
window.
16.07.97
HT 330
Section 6.1 / 3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Tools and Auxiliary Equipment
Section 6 - 2
List of Contents
1.
Tools and auxiliary equipment...................................................................... 1
1.1
Recommended tools and test equipment .............................................................. 1
24.01.97
CURIX HT 330
Section 6.2 / I
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Tools and Auxiliary Equipment
1.
Tools and auxiliary equipment
1.1
Recommended tools and test equipment

In addition to the general tools which every service technician should carry in the tool box, the
following additional auxiliary equipment is required for the service on the Compact plus components:
Auxiliary Equipment
Spare Part Number
Stripping tool for IC's in

the PLCC housing
CM+9.9999.1005.0
Ground tape
CM+9.9999.0830.0
Interface cable
Lacquer
CM+8.5280.3030.0
24.01.97
CURIX HT 330
Application
EPROM
Film processor
Replacement of p.c. boards /
EPROM's
Communication Mixer
To be used after electronic or
mechanical adjustments
Section 6.2 / 1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS006.00E
Troubleshooting
Section 6 - 3
List of Contents
Page
A
Error messages via display / info-counter as of SOFTWARE H3301707. A1
A.1
A.2
A.3
A.4
A.5
Displays with smooth operation........................................................................... A1

Status and error messages / error catalogue ...................................................... A2
Service displays / error catalogue ........................................................................ A3
Machine status displays........................................................................................ A5
Display indications in the available languages as of SOFTWARE H3301806... A7
Error messages via further displays ..........................................................B1
B.1
Error indications (4) at the synchro-drive (1)....................................................... B1
Mechanical problems without display........................................................C1
C.1
C.2
C.3
C.4
C.5
C.6
C.7
C.8
C.13
Increasing tack - tack noises of the main drive shaft...................................... C1

Poorly turning magnetic rollers of the film detection unit.................................. C2
Film transport problems due to a wire protection in the dryer .......................... C3
SERVICE 505 / dryer temperature not reached.................................................... C4
Strange error messages about level problems ................................................... C5
Film error due to condensation in the developer rack........................................ C6
Developer splashes onto the feed table............................................................... C7
Drive gear CM+9.5200.5133.0 breaks in machines with
distributor roller drive provided by the dryer ...................................................... C8
Modification of the distributor unit (5-fold to 8-fold distributor)
(5-fold to 5-fold distributor only in 8391/101) ...................................................... C9
Further modifications in the distributor unit
(8-fold to 5-fold distributor unit) ......................................................................... C10
Water level is detected too soon ........................................................................ C11
Decreasing consistency values in the sensitometry tests;
Easier measuring of the replenishment rate ..................................................... C12
The feed rollers of the water rack rub on the intermediate wall ...................... C13
Electrical problems without display ...........................................................D1
D.1
D.2
D.4
Strange error messages about levels problems (see C.5).................................. D1

No display and no communication due to the introduction
of a new LCD display............................................................................................. D1
Introduction of a synchro-motor drive with green circulation pumps
(see section 6.5 item 1.14)..................................................................................... D5
No level detection although the water tank is full ............................................... D5
Problems due to the SOFTWARE without display .................................... E1
C.9
C.10
C.11
C.12
D.3
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / I
Repair and Service
DD+DIS006.00E
Troubleshooting
E.1
E.2
Set SOFTWARE switches are reset again upon exit from

the SERVICE PROGRAM .......................................................................................E1
The machine does not reach STANDBY................................................................E2
Problems due to the films and/or chemicals without display .................. F1
F.1
F.2
F.3
F.4
F.5
F.6
Decreasing consistency values during the sensitometry check (see C.2).........F1

Bent film edges and scratches (see C.3) ..............................................................F1
Light or dark stains (see C.6).................................................................................F1
Stains on the film (see C.7)....................................................................................F1
Water stains on HT films (see C.10) ......................................................................F1
Occasional water stains on HT films (see C.11)...................................................F1
Section 6.3 / II
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Error messages via display / info-counter

as of SOFTWARE H3301707
A.1
Displays with smooth operation
Display
Meaning
Remarks
60_s
37C
Film processor in warm-up phase:

Process time 60 seconds / ACT. developer
tank temperature 37C.
STANDARD NOM.
developer tank
temperature 38C!
90_s
36C

STANDARD NOM.
developer tank
temperature 37C!
100_s
36C

STANDARD NOM.
developer tank
temperature 34C!
2_min
32C

Process time 2 minutes / ACT. developer
STANDARD NOM.
developer tank
temperature 34C!
3_min
32C

Process time 2 minutes / ACT. developer
STANDARD NOM.
developer tank
temperature 34C!
-Machine fails to display - OK - !
No film processing
-Machine indicates "Error" or has failed to

reach the "Standard parameters"!
in case of error displays
FILM PROCESSING still possible!

Feed a film and the machine decides if the
film can be processed!
"LEVEL DEV" and

"LEVEL FIXER"
PRIORITY
"PRIORITY" is displayed during film feed

and during the complete film cycle time!
Check the developer

temperature by pressing
the S key!
It must be considered that film processing

quality will "not" correspond to its usual
STANDARD!
If the difference of the

ACT./NOM. temperature
in the developer tank is
quite high, do not
process a film!
60_s
-_OK_-
Film processor in standby:

Selected process time 60 seconds.
ACT. developer tank temp. = NOM. temp.
Film feed
90_s
-_OK_-

Film feed
100_s
-_OK_-

Film feed
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / A1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
2_min
-_OK_-

Selected process time 2 minutes.
Film feed
3_min
-_OK_-

Selected process time 3 minutes.
Film feed
After film feed
Only feed further film

with if the displays says:
-OK-
FILM
the film processing has been started.

The film is being pulled in.
and after the buzzer

signal!
A.2
Status and error messages / error catalogue

Display / Meaning
LEVEL
Cause / Remedy
DEV
Level error in the developer tank
LEVEL
FIXER
Level error in the fixer tank
LEVEL
WATER
Level error in the water tank
REPLEN.
Developer tank leaking

Tank plug leaking / check the O-ring
Developer supply tank empty
Replenishment pump defective
Triac Board GS7 defective
Level sensor defective
Repl. filter at the pump clogged
Pump out of adjustment
Fixer tank leaking

Fixer supply tank empty
Replenishment pump defective
Triac Board GS7 defective
Repl. filter at the pump clogged
Pump out of adjustment
No water supply
Water tap closed
Solenoid valve MG1 not functioning
24 V Control Board GS6 defective
- Mix developer in the replenisher tank
DEV
Replenishment tank developer (supply)

empty!
Section 6.3 / A2
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
Troubleshooting
REPLEN.
- Mix fixer in the replenisher tank
FIXER
Replenishment tank fixer (supply) empty!

- Mix developer and / or fixer in the
Mixer!
MIXER
Developer and / or fixer tank empty!
WASTE
TNK_ FULL
Disposal tanks developer and / or fixer full!
A.3
Empty the disposal tanks developer and

/ or fixer!
Service displays / error catalogue

Service Display / Meaning
DEV_TEMP
TOO_HIGH
SERV XXX
501
ACT. temperature in the developer tank

exceeds the NOM. temperature by at
least
2 Kelvin!
Cause
- No circulation in the developer tank,
check pump/circulation;
Note: Synchro-motor function only OK
if the red LED is on!
- 24 V Control Board GS6 defective
- Temperature measuring system
defective:
temperature measuring sensor DEV.
R1 defective
- Low Voltage Distributor Board GS1
defective
- CPU Board GS5 defective
- Triac Board GS 7 defective/has short
circuit
- Room temperature too high
- Interference due to static discharges
(execute a BASEINIT!)
- Heating unit HZ1 leaking/short circuit
- No exhaust / exhaust fan defective
DEV_TEMP
TOO_LOW
502
NOM. temperature in the developer tank

cannot be reached.
Temperature increase within 6 minutes
below
1 Kelvin!
08.03.2000
5210
- Level error --> Heater off / defective,

probably no replenishment
- Triac Board GS7 defective
- Thermal cut-out BE1 has reacted
- Heating unit HZ1 defective
- Control Board GS5 defective
- Temperature sensor DEV. R1
defective
Section 6.3 / A3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
Troubleshooting
FIX_TEMP
TOO_HIGH
SERV XXX
Cause
503
- No circulation in the fixer tank, check

pump/circulation;
Note: Synchro-motor function only OK
if the red LED is on!
ACT. temperature in the fixer tank is

higher than 41 C.
- 24 V Control Board GS6 defective

- Temperature measuring system
defective:
temperature measuring sensor FIX R2
defective
- Low Voltage Distributor Board GS1
defective
- Triac Board GS7 defective/has a short
circuit
- Heating unit HZ2 leaking/short circuit
FIX_TEMP
TOO_LOW
504
NOM. temperature (34C) in the fixer

tank not reached.
ACT. temperature 28 C and
temperature increase less than 1 Kelvin
within 6 minutes!
- Level error --> Heater off / defective,

probably no replenishment
- Thermal cut-out BE2 reacted
- Heating unit HZ2 defective
- Control Board GS5 defective
- Temperature sensor FIX R2 defective
505 Dryer temperature window not

reached!
The temperature in the dryer
increases by less than 0.5 Kelvin
within 5 minutes.
- IR unit defective
- Thermal cut-out at the IR unit reacted
(1.Si1/Si2/Si3)
- Temperature sensor 1.R1 or
temperature control defective
- Check the position of the temp. sensor
- Cross-flow fan defective
Also refer to C.4

- External additional fan in the exhaust
system?
- Ambient temperature too cold?
Section 6.3 / A4
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
SERV XXX
Cause
506 Speed error of the drive motor in

the film processor
506
- Motor speed to slow because the

torque is too high, film jam possible
- Problem on the Motor Control Board
GS4
- Drive motor M1 defective
- Fuse Si1 on the GS4 defective
- Fuse on the Distributor Board GS2
defective
- Interface to the CPU defective
- Poor plug contact to the GS1
(BASEINIT)
522 Exhaust;
522
- Jumper plug ST8 has been

unplugged from BU8 on the Low
Voltage Distributor Board GS1 or has
a poor contact!
Check the jumper plug / connect it /
check for correct connection!
523
- Check if a jumper has been inserted

accidentally on the Low Voltage
Distributor Board GS1/BU16!
Remove the jumper!
Function not active!
523 Level detected in the

bottom tray;
Function not active!
A.4
Machine status displays

Display when pressing the M key
PROCESS
Activation of "Parameter set-up"

Display when pressing the M key twice
CLOCK
Set-up of automatic machine OFF/ON

times possible
Displayed alternately with PROCESS or
CLOCK:
MODIFY
Here you can select various functions

and modify them!
FILL DEV
Machine refills missing developer!
FILL FIX
Machine refills missing fixer!
FILL WAT
Machine refills missing water!
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / A5
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Machine indicates that the ACT.
developer tank temperature is higher
than the NOM. temperature by at least
0.5 C (or more!)!
COOL DEV
Cool down the developer tank by adding

fresh developer until the required
working temperature has been reached!
Occurs with modifications of the DEV.
temperature parameter!
There is no automatic cooling system
installed!
HEAT DEV
Machine heats the developer up
HEAT FIX
Machine heats the fixer up
ANTI ALG
Jumper plug ST33 on the Low Voltage

Distributor Board GS1 has a poor
contact
Section 6.3 / A6
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
Troubleshooting
A.5
Display indications in the available languages

as of SOFTWARE H3301806
SERVICE program displays only in English.
TEXT
GERMAN
ENGLISH
DUTCH
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Time
ON
Display
Clock
Adjust
OK
Process
Change
Refill dev.
Refill fix.
Refill water
Cool dev.
Heat dev.
Heat fixer
Heat dryer
Film
Film jam
Dev. temp.
Fixer temp.
Level
Disposal
Supply
Wait
Priority film
SO
MO
DI
MI
DO
FR
SA
TIMER
EIN?
ZEIGEN?
UHR?
EINSTELL
KORREKT?
PROZESS
NDERN
FLL ENT
FLL FIX
FLL WAS
KHL ENT
HEIZ ENT
HEIZ FIX
HEIZ TRO
FILM
FILMSTAU
ENT TEMP
FIX TEMP
NIVEAU
ENTSORG
VORRAT
WARTEN
NOTFILM
Too low
Too high
Developer
Fixer
Water
Tank full
Anti-algae
ZU NIEDR
ZU HOCH
ENTWICKL
FIXIER
WASSER
TNK VOLL
ANTI-ALG
SU
MO
TU
WE
TH
FR
SA
TIMER
ON?
SHOW?
TIME?
ADJUST
CORRECT?
PROCESS
MODIFY
FILL DEV
FILL FIX
FILL WAT
COOL DEV
HEAT DEV
HEAT FIX
HEAT DRY
FILM
FILM JAM
DEV TEMP
FIX TEMP
LEVEL
WASTE
REPLEN.
WAIT
EMERGEN
FILM
TOO LOW
TOO HIGH
DEV
FIXER
WATER
TNK FULL
ANTI-ALG
ZO
DI
MA
LU
DI
MA
WO
ME
DO
JE
VR
VE
ZA
SA
TIMER
MINUTEUR
AAN?
BRANCHE
TONEN?
AFFICHER
UUR?
HEURE?
INSTEL
REGLER
CORRECT? CORRECT?
PROCES
MODE
WIJZIGEN
CHANGER
VUL ONT
REMP REV
VUL FIX
REMP FIX
VUL WAT
REMP EAU
KOEL ONT REFR REV
WARM ONT CHAU REV
WARM FIX CHAU FIX
WARM DRO CHAU SEC
FILM
FILM
FILM JAM
FILM JAM
ONTWTEMP TEMP REV
FIXTEMP
TEMP FIX
NIVEAU
NIVEAU
OPVANGREJET
REGENER
REGENER
WACHTEN ATTENDRE
NOODFILM URGENCE
FILM
TE LAAG
TROP BAS
TE HOOG
TROPHAUT
ONTW
REVELAT
FIXEER
FIXATEUR
WATER
EAU
TANK VOL
PLEIN
ANTI-ALG
ANTI-ALG
08.03.2000
5210
FRENCH
SPANISH
ITALIAN
DO
LU
MA
MI
JU
VI
SA
CRONIZ.
CONECT?
VISUAL?
HORA?
AJUSTAR
BIEN?
MODO
CAMBIAR
CARG REV
CARG FIJ
CARG AG
ENFR REV
CALEN RE
CALENFIJ
CALENSEC
PELICULA
FILM JAM
TEMP REV
TEMP FIJ
NIVEL
TANQUES
REGENER.
ESPERAR
URGENCIA
PELICULA
MUY BAJA
MUY ALTA
REVELAD.
FIJADOR
AGUA
LLENOS
ANTI-ALG
DO
LU
MA
ME
GI
VE
SA
TIMER
ACCESO?
VISUAL?
ORA?
REGOLA
ESATTO?
MODO
COMMUTA
RIEM RIV
RIEM FIS
RIEM ACQ
RAFF RIV
RISC RIV
RISC FIS
RISC ESS
PELLIC.
FILM JAM
TEMP RIV
TEMP FIS
LIVELLO
VASCHE
REGENER.
ATTESA
URGENZA
ELLIC.
TR.BASSA
TR.ALTA
RIVELAT.
FISSAT.
ACQUA
PIENE
ANTI-ALG
Section 6.3 / A7
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
Troubleshooting
SERVICE program displays only in English.
TEXT
PORTUGUESE
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Time
ON
Display
Clock
Adjust
OK
Process
Change
Refill dev.
Refill fix.
Refill water
Cool dev.
Heat dev.
Heat fixer
Heat dryer
Film
Film jam
Dev. temp.
Fixer temp.
Level
Disposal
Supply
Wait
Priority film
DO
SU
S
S
2A
MA
MA
MA
3A
TI
TI
TI
4A
ON
ON
KE
5A
TO
TO
TO
6A
FR
FR
PE
7A
LA
L
L
TEMPOR
TONER
TIDSUR
AJASTIN
LIGADO?
AKTIV?
PA?
PLL?
MOSTRAR
DISPLAY?
VISE?
NYTT?
HORA?
TID?
TID?
AIKA?
AJUSTAR
INST
JUSTERE
SD
CORRECTO KORREKT? KORREKT?
KORJAA?
PROCESS
PROCESS
PROSESS
PROSESSI
MODIFIC
MODIFIER
ENDRE
MUUTA
REAB REV PV FREM
FYLL FRE
TYT KE
REAB FIX
PF FIX
FYLL FIK
TYT KI
REAB AGU PF VAND
FYLL VAN
TYT VE
ARREF RE AFK FREM
JHD KE
KJL FRE
AQUE RE OPV FREM VARM FRE
LMM KE
AQUE FI
OPV FIX
VARM FIX
LMM KI
AQUE SE
KUIVAA
OPV TR
VARM TR
FILME
FILM
FILM
FILMI
FILM JAM
FILM JAM
FILM JAM
FILM JAM
TEMP REV
FR TEMP. FREMTEMP KEH.LMP
TEMP FIX
FIX TEMP
FIX TEMP
KI.LMP
NIVEL
NIVEAU
NIV
PINTA
DEPOSITO
SPILDV.
AVLOP
JTE
REGENER
REGENER
FORNYER TUORESTE
AGUARDE
VENT
VENT
ODOTA
EMERGEN
NODFILM
HTFILM
NDFILM
FILME DE
BAIXA
FOR LAV
UNDER
ALHAINEN
ELEVADA
FOR HOJ
OVER
KORKEA
REVELAD FREMKALD FREMKALL
KEHITE
FIXADOR
FIKSER
FIKSER
KIINNITE
AGUA
VAND
VANN
VESI
CHEIO
TNK FULD
FULL
TAYNNA
ANTI-ALG
ANTI-ALG
ANTI-ALG
ANTI-ALG
Too low
Too high
Developer
Fixer
Water
Tank full
Anti-algae
Section 6.3 / A8
DANISH
NORWEGIAN
5210
FINNISH
SWEDISH
GREEK
S
SU
M
MO
TI
TU
ON
WE
TO
TH
FR
FR
L
SA
TONER
TIMER
PA?
ON?
DISPLAY?
SHOW?
TID?
CLOCK?
SATTI
ADJUST
KORRECT? CORRECT?
PROCESS
PROCESS
NDRA
MODIFY
MER FRAM
FILL DEV
MER FIX
FILL FIX
MER VATT
FILL WAT
KYL FRAM COOL DEV
VRM FRA HEAT DEV
VRM FIX
HEAT FIX
VRM TRK HEAT DRY
FILM
IM
FILM JAM
FILM JAM
FR. TEMP
EPM-EM
FIX TEMP
EPM-TE
NIV
TAMH
AVLOPPS- AOBHTA
REG
ANAZOO
VANTA
EPIMENE
NODFILM
EEION
FOR LAG
FOR HOG
FRAMKALL
FIX.
VATTEN
TNK FULL
ANTI-ALG
XAMHH
YHH
EMANIH
TEPEH
NEPOY
HPH
KATAOI
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Error messages via further displays
B.1
Error indications (4) at the synchro-drive (1)

LED (4)
ON
LED (4)
OFF
Synchro-motor O.K.
ERROR
Synchro-motor (1) defective

24 V power supply missing
Impeller (2) in the pump (5) fails to
turn
For an exact functional description refer to section 6.5
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / B1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Mechanical problems without display
C.1
Increasing tack - tack noises of the main drive shaft
Problem:
Noises are the result of the main drive shaft.
Cause:
Tolerance between bearing, sleeve (A) and worm gear to big
Remedy:
Introduction of the new shorter sleeve CM+9.5210.2753.0 (A) in the

drive shaft CM+9.5210.2750.1 and fitting of an additional O-ring (B)
CM+7.0338.9863.0.
To differentiate the sleeves this sleeve is marked with a groove.
Modification:
Tools:
Uncouple the coupling pipe from the main motor

Pull the drive shaft out of its holder
Remove the circlip (C)
Pull the straight spur gear (D) off the drive shaft
Remove the straight pin 2.5x16 (E)
Remove the dowel pin 2.5x20 (F) with a pin punch
Pull off the worm gear (G)
Pull off the old sleeve
Connect the new sleeve (A) (with groove)
Push the O-ring (B) back onto the shaft
Assemble all parts in reverse order - see drawing
Pin punch
Standard introduction see section 11 item 1
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.2
Poorly turning magnetic rollers of the film detection unit
Problem:
The problem only occurs after 3-4 months!

Incorrect counting of the processed film area
Decreasing consistency values in the sensitometry check
Replenishment rate does not correspond to the processed film area
Film feed is not detected
Cause:
Spacer pipes (A) expand

Due to a limited axial play the magnetic rollers jam (B) and cannot be
turned individually
Remedy:
Solution for machines installed in the field:

Remove the outer two spacer discs(C) at the installed units.
Standard solution: Introduction of modified spacer pipes (A)
CM+9.8188.6471.1 made of a new material
in the film detection unit CM+9.5200.1260.3.
Section 6.3 / C 2
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.3
Film transport problems due to a wire protection in the dryer
Problem:
Film transport problems in the dryer

Bent film edges
Scratches
Cause:
Some standard film sizes slip out of the guides and jam.
Remedy:
Introduction of the new wire protection CM+9.5210.6960.0 in the lower

dryer section
upper
guide unit
lower
guide unit
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.4
SERVICE 505 / dryer temperature not reached

Problem:
Frequent error message SERVICE 505

while machine is in STANDBY
Cause:
Incorrect mounting of the dryer temperature sensor

Intermittent control of the IR unit is too low during STANDBY phase
Remedy:
Mounting instructions have been prepared for the assembly line

In order to check the correct installation and replace the dryer
temperature sensor, where necessary, refer to the drawing.
The introduction of a third fixing clamp (C) as a standard feature result in
a sensor position which cannot be changed (retrofitting in older
equipment is not possible!)
Installation of an NTC sensor according to the drawing. The correct
position is important, since otherwise the measuring result may be
falsified. Slide the shrinking tube up to the stop position at the clamp
(see detail X)!
SOFTWARE modifications
Software modifications as of software version H3301614
(CM+9.5210.4061.0)
IR unit
Intermittent control
of the IR unit
in STANDBY
IR 1 (in%)
IR 2 (in%)
IR 3 (in%)
30
20 30
20 30
Standard introduction see section 11 item 5-6
Section 6.3 / C 4
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.5
Strange error messages about level problems
Frequent strange level error messages:
Problem:
Disposal tank empty - no disposal tank connected

Permanent replenishment - although the machine tank is full
Level error displayed - all tanks are OK
Occasional error messages:
Temperature display for the tanks : SERV 501/502/503/504
Drive motor - Error SERV 506
Cause:
Developer leaks through the chassis and drips onto the Low Voltage
Distributor Board GS1 !
Remedy:
Sealing the screw connections of the rack mounting bracket!
Modification:
Wrap sealing tape CM+9.5210.2111.0 (L = 20 2)

(M0.0000.14.166 Scotch Seal 5313 7x12)
around the screws (see A)
Tests proved that even after repeated opening the screws remain tight!
Check:
When the screws is correctly tightened the sealing tape is visible

below the washer, (see B)
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C5
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.6
Film error due to condensation in the developer rack
Problem:
Light or dark stains
Cause:
Condensation at the tie rod
Remedy:
Introduction of the slotted CROSSOVER guide in the developer rack

CM+7.5210.8505.0. The tie rod should be changed from 10 to 8
CM+9.5200.5114.1.
Observe the technical modification on the next page when ordering a spare part!
Section 6.3 / C 6
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.7
Developer splashes onto the feed table
Problem:
Developer splashes onto the film feed table

Film area detection
dirty due to developer splashes!
Crystallization and contamination of the feed table
Film feed is heavily impeded
Stains on the film
Cause:
During film transport into the developer rack, the loose end of the film
hits against the guide and splashes developer.
Remedy:
Introduction of the new CROSSOVER GUIDE CM+9.5210.8580.0 with

additional guide plate in the developer rack.
This guide plate CM+9.5210.8581.0 cannot be ordered as a spare
part for the conversion of older guides for the new crossover guide.
This modification is only permitted in STANDALONE machines!
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C7
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.8
Drive gear CM+9.5200.5133.0 breaks

in machines with distributor roller drive provided by the dryer
Problem:
The drive gear CM+9.5200.5133.0 breaks in old machines

(i.e. machines where the distributor rollers are still driven by the dryer)
Cause:
Due to sticky distributor rollers, the torque at the start of the drive may
be extremely high!
Remedy:
Replacement of the installed straight spur gear CM+9.5200.5133.0 (black)

by the new straight spur gear CM+9.5210.8305.0 (off-white).The material
of the gear has been modified for substantially higher torques!
The new straight spur gear must only be used for the dryer.
Arrangement see drawing (A)
The drive gear (A)

CM+9.5200.5133.0 is
installed in the following
machines:
5210/100
up to SN 1299
5211/100
up to SN 1029
5110/100
up to SN 7097
not SN 7070
not SN 7073 - 7076
not SN 7080
and 7083
not SN 7093
Section 6.3 / C 8
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.9
Modification of the distributor unit (5-fold to 8-fold distributor)

(5-fold to 5-fold distributor only in 8391/101)
Problem:
Water stains on HT films
Cause:
Insufficient water distribution on the film in the distributor unit
Remedy A:
Standard introduction of a 8-fold distributor with extensive

additional technical modifications. Drive of the 8-fold
distributor unit via the main drive shaft.
A modification for installed machines is not intended.
machines with the 5-fold distributor unit = drive via the dryer
are not compatible to the 8-fold distributor unit and the
following 5-fold distributor unit!
When ordering spare parts please observe the following
SN overview table: section 11 item 12
Remedy B:
Standard introduction of a 5-fold distributor (only in

8391/101) with extensive additional technical modifications.
Drive of the 5-fold distributor unit via the main drive shaft.
Remedy C:
Introduction of red Perbunan rollers in the 1st roller pair (13)

CM+9.5210.8280.0
Standard introduction for A, B and C see section 11 item 12
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C9
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
C.10
Further modifications in the distributor unit (8-fold to 5-fold distributor unit)
Problem:
Occasional water stains on HT films

Defects in the direct drive gear CM+9.5210.2736.0 for the 8-fold
distributor unit CM+8.5210.8480.2
Cause:
Water distribution still not sufficient

High torque for the 8-fold distributor roller
Remedy:
New 5-fold distributor unit CM+ 9.5210.8080.0

New 5-fold distributor unit CM+ 9.5210.8020.0 (only in 8391/101)
Drive of the 5-fold distributor unit via the dryer Drive of the 5-fold distributor unit via the main
drive shaft

The 5-fold distributor unit CM+9.5210.8080.0 with the drive provided
by the main drive shaft is not compatible with the 5-fold distributor
unit CM+9.5210.8450.0 or CM+9.5210.8450.1(see modification 3.12)
with drive via the dryer.
The 5-fold distributor unit CM+9.5210.8020.0with the drive provided
by the main drive shaft is not compatible with the 5-fold distributor
unit CM+9.5210.8400.1
When ordering spare parts please observe the overview table in
section 11 item 14!
Section 6.3 / C 10
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS052.98E
Troubleshooting
C.11
Water level is detected too soon
Problem:
Water tank "full" is briefly detected although the level has not been
reached.
Cause:
Water splashes on the level sensor.
Remedy:
Bend the water pipe elbow by 30 at the end

CM+ 9.5210.5580.1 (see drawing).
Standard modification see section 11 item 25
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C11
Repair and Service
DD+DIS052.98E
Troubleshooting
C.12
Decreasing consistency values in the sensitometry tests;

Easier measuring of the replenishment rate
Problem:
No consistency in the sensitometric tests
Cause:
Bent and blocked replenisher hoses after checking the replenishment

rate.
Remedy:
Modified shape of the pipe elbow DEV and FIX (A) for better handling.
The elbows can now be pulled out by 12 cm for checking the
replenisher.
Supply of chemicals via additional supply pipes (B).
Modified hose (C).
See Installation Instructions DD+DIS117.98E
Section 6.3 / C 12
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS006.00E
Troubleshooting
C.13
The feed rollers of the water rack rub on the intermediate wall
PROBLEM:
Tank wall between fixer and water tank bulges.

In some machines this bulging causes the feed rollers of the water rack to
rub on the intermediate wall.
CAUSES:
REMEDY:
Temperature differences between fixer and water tanks;

fixer tank full, water tank empty, while the machine is OFF, the
intermediate wall is bulging
parameters effective during tank manufacturing which cannot be
influenced.
Mounting of a U-shaped tank frame on the upper edge of the intermediate

wall between fixer and water tank.
Modification kit CM+9.5212.9030.0
with Installation Instruction DD+DIS252.99M (section 10)
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / C13
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Electrical problems without display
D.1
Strange error messages about levels problems (see C.5)
D.2
No display and no communication due to the introduction of a new LCD display
Problem:
No indication on the control panel display at the film feed table

No communication between the control panel and the electronic section
of the machine!
Cause:
This problem may occur after replacement of the spare parts described
below:
LCD display in the control panel
CM+9.5220.2123.2
GS1 Low Voltage Distributor Board
CM+8.5210.4940.0/1
The manufacturer uses a "new controller chip" for the LCD, However this
controller cannot process the signals transmitted by the Low Voltage
Distributor Board (GS1).
Remedy:
Upon replacement of the above mentioned components, the technical

standard of the other components must be checked (no, revision) and
adapted if necessary!
Make sure to refer to the illustration below!
Note: Also refer to the reference diagram GS1 page D3!
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / D1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Modify the Low Voltage Distributor Board (CM+8.5210.4940.0 or revision 1) to revision 2
An installed Low Voltage Distributor Board with revision no. 0 or 1 can be modified to revision 2
by unsoldering C34.
Reference diagram GS1 = Low Voltage Distributor Board: GS1 bottom view = solder side
Unsolder C34:
Use scissors and cut out the window of "C34" along the dotted line!
Align the reference diagram with the GS1.
Unsolder the components = C34 which is now visible in the window!
Section 6.3 / D2
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Reference diagram GS1
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / D3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS052.98E
Troubleshooting
D.3
Introduction of a synchro-motor drive with green circulation pumps

(see section 6.5 item 1.14)
D.4
No level detection although the water tank is full
Problem:
Water tank level sensor fails to detect water presence!
Cause:
Conductivity value too low (< 3S/cm) in case of water with low mineral
contents.
Remedy:
Introduction of the GS1 Low Voltage Distributor Board

CM+9.5210.4940.3 with sensitivity adjustment via the ST27.
ST 27 STANDARD SETTING (closed):
3S/cm
Higher sensitivity (open):
< 3S/cm (low mineral contents)
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / D5
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Problems due to the SOFTWARE without display
E.1
Set SOFTWARE switches are reset again upon exit from the
SERVICE PROGRAM
Problem:
Special functions activated in the service program were deleted upon

EXIT with the M key.
Cause:
Software error
Remedy in site of a defective SOFTWARE:
Remedy:
Press the M key only very briefly upon EXIT, in this case the activated
special functions remain activated.
or:
This problem has been solved with the introduction of the
SOFTWARE H3301614 (CM+9.5210.4061.0).
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / E1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
E.2
The machine does not reach STANDBY
Problem:
Cause:
Remedy:
Section 6.3 / E2
After turning ON with the mainswitch the machine remains in an undefined

function; never reaching O.K!
Standalone -machine never shows error messages!
The Handling-machine shows following error message:
"Processor out of operation"
Clock chip IC 6 on the CPU-board GS5 has a malfunction.
- i.e. the socket of the clock chip or the pins of the IC have a poor contact
(Corrosion)
- The clock chip batterie is empty!
All SOFTWARE-VERSIONS included H3301707 does not control the battery
level of the clock chip.
Put out, then put in the clock chip. Then turn OFF and ON the machine for
resetting the CPU board.
Change the clock chip CM+ 7.0441.7030.0 (CMOS-DS12887)
With the new SOFTWARE-VERSION which has not been released dtd
02,04.98 (following H3301707) there will be a better control over the clock
chip, the error message will be: "S527"
5210
08.03.2000
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Troubleshooting
Problems due to the films and/or chemicals without display
F.1
Decreasing consistency values during the sensitometry check (see C.2)
F.2
Bent film edges and scratches (see C.3)
F.3
Light or dark stains (see C.6)
F.4
Stains on the film (see C.7)
F.5
Water stains on HT films (see C.10)
F.6
Occasional water stains on HT films (see C.11)
08.03.2000
5210
Section 6.3 / F1
Reparatur und Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Elektrische und mechanische Kodierungen, Sicherungstabellen
Section 6 - 4
List of Contents
1.
2.
16.07.97
Switch codes .................................................................................................. 1

Fuses............................................................................................................... 2
CURIX HT 330
Register 6.4 / I
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuse Tables
1.
Switch codes
GS
Designation
Switch /
plug
Position
Remarks
Low voltage distributor
ST33
ST34
ST35
ST36
ST37
closed
closed
closed
closed
closed
2
4
Mains distributor
EC motor control
ST8
J1
1-2
Reserve, sensor input

Reserve, sensor input
without external tank FIX
without external tank DEV
without the option darkroom
feed table
Socket 2pol
Jumper (2 and 3 closed)
1 2 3
J2
1 2 3
16.07.97
CURIX HT 330
Jumper (1 and 2 closed)
Section 6.4 / 1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Electrical and Mechanical Codes, Fuse Tables
2.
Fuses
GS
Fuse
1
2
Si 1
Si 1
1 A slowblow
1 A slowblow
9 V~ supply voltage
Power supply unit 24 V/1 A 30GS31
Exhaust NC
Option humidifier
Si2
700 mA slowblow
NC
Si3
1 A slowblow
Primary fuse TR2
Si4
700 mA slowblow
Option cooling pump
Si6
3.2 A slowblow
+24 V1
solenoid clutch crossover 500MG2

circulation pumps NC
solenoid darkroom feed table 300MG1
Si7
3.2 A slowblow
+24 V2
cooling pump (IC1)

fan (HT330)
water supply solenoid
water drain solenoid
Si8
10 A slowblow
230 V~
fixer heater
circulation pump
IR lamp 1
dryer fan (cross-flow fan)
Si9
10 A slowblow
230 V~
IR lamp 2
developer heater
replenisher pump
IR lamp 3
Si10
1 A slowblow
NC
Si11
1 A slowblow
230 V~
supply EC motor control
Si12
1 A slowblow
19 V~
supply steam gate
Si1
1 A slowblow
230 V~
supply EC motor control
Section 6.4 / 2
Remarks (consumer)
CURIX HT 330
16.07.97
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Replacement of Parts, with Adjustment Instructions
Section 6 - 5
List of Contents
page
1. Replacing parts on the film processor (HT 330) .............................................. 1

1.1 Removing the panels ...................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Dryer................................................................................................................................. 2
1.3 Drive motor ...................................................................................................................... 3
1.4 Developer / fixer heater .................................................................................................. 4
1.5 Thermal cut-out developer / fixer heater....................................................................... 8
1.6 Level sensor developer / fixer / and water tank ......................................................... 12
1.7 Temperature sensor developer / fixer ......................................................................... 15
1.8 Pump board circulation pump ..................................................................................... 18
1.9 Replacing the machine software ................................................................................. 19
1.10 Replacing the mains distributor board GS2 .............................................................. 20
1.11 Replacing the IR lamps................................................................................................ 22
1.11.1 Replacing the IR lamps in the upper dryer section ..................................................... 22
1.11.2 Replacing the IR lamps in the dryer bottom ................................................................ 23
1.12 Replacing the NTC sensor in the dryer...................................................................... 25
1.13 Removal and installation of the tank covers (drain / overflow) ............................... 27
1.14 Introduction of the synchro-motor drive with green circulation pumps ................ 33
1.15 Instruction leaflet / Sketch about the installed circulation pumps ......................... 35
20.07.98
5210
Section 6.5 / I
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
1.
Replacing parts on the film processor (HT 330)
1.1
Removing the panels
Tools:
Philips screwdriver.
Remove the covers (4).

Loosen 1 screw (5) each and slide the stop bracket (6) to the stop position (oblong hole).
Remove the side panels left (3) and right (7).
Loosen the 4 screws (1) and remove the front cover (2).
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 1
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.2
Dryer
Tools:
Screwdriver
Socket wrench.
Remove the panels (refer to 1.1.).

Unplug connector (2) and (5).
Unplug the ground connection (1) at the machine chassis.
Lift the package of distributor rollers (4) upwards and out of the machine.
Loosen screw (6) and slide the mounting bracket (7) to the stop (oblong hole) until the shaft is
released.
Loosen screw (8), slide the mounting bracket (9) to the stop (oblong hole) (1.) and turn it to the
back (2.) until the shaft is released.

Ensure that the upper dryer section is correctly connected with the bottom section.
Lift the dryer (3) completely out of its holder (10).
Assemble in reverse order.
Section 6.5 / 2
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.3
Drive motor
Tools:
Screwdriver, Philips screwdriver

Socket wrench
Open end wrench.

Remove the dryer (refer to 1.2.).
Remove the circlip (8) and slide the drive clutch (7) on the drive shaft (9) towards the back of
the machine all the way to the stop position.

Unplug the connections ST4 (2), ST1 (3) and the motor connection cable on the GS4 (EC
motor control board).

Unplug the grounding connector (1) at the motor housing.
Loosen the 2 screws (5) on the motor mounting bracket (6) and remove the motor (4)
completely from the machine chassis (10).

Remove the motor (4) from the bracket (11) and mount the new motor.
Assemble in reverse order.
Note:
20.07.98
Consider the installation of the grounding cable of the dryer on the motor mounting
bracket (6).
Section 6.5 / 3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.4
Developer / fixer heater
Tools:

Fold the brackets (1) of the drain valves up.
Pull up all supply pipes (2) of the developer, fixer and water tank (cooling system) (2a) and
place them over the chassis edge (2b).

Loosen the 2 screws (3).
Section 6.5 / 4
20.07.98
DD+DIS017.95E
Repair and Service

Slide the cover plate (1) of the tanks first to the side (1a) and then lift it off (1b).
Pull the level sensors (2) and temperature sensors (3) out and undo the cables in the tank
section.
Pull the developer heater (4) and/or fixer heater (4) with the duct (5) completely out of the
machine.
ATTENTION: The capillary tube of the thermal protection must not be bent.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 5
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Unplug the connector of the developer heater (8) and/or fixer heater (8) at the thermal
protection of the developer heater (9) and/or fixer heater (9).

Open all cable clamps along the cable harness and take the cables out.
Loosen screw (6) and remove the developer heater (7) and/or fixer heater (7) completely from
their ducts (5).

Remove the 2 screws (11) completely from the clamps and remove the thermal cut-out sensor
developer (10) and/or fixer (10) from the heating element.

Open the clamp and remove it from the heating element together with the spacer plate.
Remove screw (12) and take the heating element (7) from its holder (13).
Section 6.5 / 6
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Mount the new heater to the holder (13) by means of screw (12).
Open the clamp (4) and push it onto the heater (1) together with spacer plate (3).
Insert the screws (5) in the clamp (do not tighten yet).
Slide the thermal cut-out sensor (2) through the holder (13) and into the clamp (4).
Adjust the position of the thermal cut-out sensor (2) according to the given dimensions (refer to
the drawing) and tighten the screws (5).

Plug the connector of the developer heater (8) and/or fixer heater (8) at the thermal cut-out of
the developer heater (9) and/or fixer heater (9) at plug 32 and 12.
Plug the green/yellow cable into the grounding point and position the cables in the cable
clamps.
Insert the heater (7) with its holder (13) in the duct (5) and tighten with screw (6).
Mount the duct and the sensor, pipes and covers in reverse order.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 7
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.5
Thermal cut-out developer / fixer heater
Tools:
Screwdriver, Philips screwdriver.

Remove the cover plate (refer to 1.4).
Pull the level sensors (2) and temperature sensors (3) out and undo the cables in the tank
section.
Pull the developer heater (4) and/or fixer heater (4) with the duct (5) completely out of the
machine.
Section 6.5 / 8
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Loosen screw (6) and remove the holder completely from the duct (5).
Loosen the screws (4) on the clamps (3).

Pull the thermal cut-out (2) up and remove it from the heater (1).
Note: Leave the clamps (3) on the heater.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 9
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Unplug the connector of the developer heater (8) and/or fixer heater (8) at the thermal cut-out
of the developer heater (12) and/or fixer heater (12).

Unplug the cables on the mains distributor board.
Open all cable clamps along the cable harness.
Release the thermal cut-out sensor developer (9) and/or fixer (9) with the capillary tube (10) all
the way to the thermal cut-out developer heater (12) and/or fixer heater (12).
Loosen the 2 screws (11) and remove the thermal cut-out developer heater (12) and/or fixer
heater (12) completely (including thermal cut-out sensor with capillary).
Section 6.5 / 10
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Mount the new thermal cut-out developer heater (12) and/or thermal cut-out fixer heater (12)
completely and connect it according to the connection diagram.
HZ1, developer
BU5 / 13, 15
BE1 32, 12
BE1 31, 11
HZ2, fixer
BU5 / 10, BU4 / 2
BE2 32, 12
BE1 31, 11
Connect the green/yellow cable on the grounding point of the thermal cut-out.
Position the new thermal cut-out sensor (12) with the capillary tube (10) carefully to the
developer heater (7) and/or fixer heater (7).

Slide the new thermal cut-out sensor developer (2) and/or fixer (2) through the holder (13) and
into the clamp (4) with the spacer plate (3) on the heater (1).
Adjust the position of the thermal cut-out sensor (2) according to the given dimensions (refer to
the drawing) and tighten the screws (5).

Insert the assembly in the duct and mount the duct and sensor, pipes and cover in reverse
order.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 11
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
1.6
Level sensor developer / fixer / and water tank
Tools:

Loosen the two screws (3).

Slide the cover plate (4) first to the side (4a) and then lift it off (4b).
Section 6.5 / 12
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Pull out the respective level sensor (1, 2, 3) and undo the cable (4) below the mounting
bracket (5) in the tank section.
1 = level sensor developer
2 = level sensor fixer
3 = level sensor water
Open the cable clamps along the cable harness and undo the cables (5) up to the low voltage
distributor board GS1.
Loosen the fixing screw (screening) of the connection cable and remove the cable from the
cable clamp.
Unplug the connector of the cable at the low voltage distributor board GS1:
20.07.98
Connector
Level sensor
ST10
ST11
ST12
developer
fixer
water
Section 6.5 / 13
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Insert the new level sensor.
Insert the cable in the cable clamps and close the cable clamps.
Insert the braided screening at the lower side of the socket below the clamp on the mounting
plate and tighten the screw of this clamp.

Plug the socket of this cable into the corresponding connector on the low voltage distributor
board GS1.
Attach the label of the old connection to the end of the cable or make a new label and mark
the cable.
Connector
Level sensor
ST10
ST11
ST12
developer
fixer
water
Slide the sensor in the tank section below the mounting bracket and insert it in the respective
duct.
Mount the cover plate, pipes and dryer in reverse order.
Section 6.5 / 14
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.7
Temperature sensor developer / fixer
Tools:

Loosen the two screws (3).

Slide the cover plate (4) first to the side (4a) and then lift it off (4b).
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 15
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Pull the respective temperature sensor (1, 2) out of its duct.
Undo the cable with temperature sensor below the mounting bracket (3) in the tank section
and remove it.
Open the cable clamps along the cable harness and remove the cable all the way to the low
voltage distributor board GS1.

Loosen the fixing screw of the cable clamp for the contact with the screening and remove the
cable from the clamp.

Unplug the cable on the low voltage distributor board GS1.
Remove the label from the old cable and attach it to the cable of the new temperature sensor,
or make a new label and mark the cable.
Section 6.5 / 16
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Insert the braided screening of the new temperature sensor cable into the clamp on the
mounting bracket and tighten the screw.

Plug the socket of the sensor into the respective connector on the low voltage distributor
board GS1.
Connector
Temperature
sensor
ST17
ST18
developer
fixer
Position the cable to the respective tank and slide the sensor below the mounting bracket.
Close the cable clamps and insert the sensor with holder in the duct.
Mount the cover plate, pipe, and dryer, as well as panels in reverse order.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 17
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.8
Pump board circulation pump

Tools:
Remove the panels on the right (refer to 1.1.).

Unplug the connector of the circulation pump (2).
Lift (1a) the pump board circulation pump (1) out of its holder and remove it to the front (1b).
NOTE:
The pump board is not connected by any screws, it is hanging in the chassis.
Assemble in reverse order
ATTENTION: Upon assembly make sure that the pump board is correctly in the guides
and that the (top) edge is precisely inserted. Otherwise the result may be temperature
errors due to insufficient circulation.
Section 6.5 / 18
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.9
Replacing the machine software

Tools:
Stripping tool for the PLCC housing (CM+9.9999.1005.0)
Remove the cover hoods.

Loosen the screw of the lock (left hand side panel) and slide the lock to the stop position
(oblong hole).
Lift the left hand side panel off.
Use the stripping tool to remove the EPROM, IC9 (1) on the pc board GS5 from its socket.
Note: For this purpose position the hooks of the stripping tool in the recesses (2) at the corners
of the IC base, squeeze the hooks and remove the EPROM.
Insert the new EPROM (IC9) in the socket according to the EPROM code.
ATTENTION: Insert the EPROM carefully to avoid damage on the connections.

After switching on, do a Base-Init and enter the customer specific setup again.
Mount the panels in reverse order.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 19
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.10
Replacing the mains distributor board GS2
Tools:
CAUTION: The machine must be completely disconnected from the mains.

Even when the machine is switched off there is still mains voltage applied on the pc
board.
Pull the mains plug !
Loosen the screw of the lock (left hand side panel) and slide the lock to the stop position
(oblong hole).
Remove the left hand side panel and the front panel.
Unplug the ribbon cable connectors ST1 at GS7 a ST2 at GS6.
Remove the pc boards GS7 and GS6 from the machine.
Unplug the cables at the distributor board GS2 and undo the cables on the terminal strip XK1.
Remove the pc board GS2 from the machine.
Remove the spacer from the pc board GS2 which has been removed and use the spacer for
the new board.

Insert the new pc board GS2 in the machine.
Connect all the cables again on terminal strip XK1 (refer to the table).
Specification of the cross section in AWG:
AWG 12 = 3.32 mm
AWG 18 = 0.82 mm
AWG 20 = 0.51 mm
Insert the pc boards GS6 and GS7 in the machine and connect the cables.
Mount the machine panels.
Connect the mains plug.
Check the machine function.
Section 6.5 / 20
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Table of the terminal strip XK1

Terminal
AWG
Colour
Consumer
XK1 / 1
XK1 / 2
XK1 / 3
XK1 / 4
XK1 / 5
XK1 / 6
XK1 / 7
XK1 / 8
XK1 / 9
XK1 / 10
XK1 / 11
XK1 / 12
XK1 / 13
12
18
12
12
18
12
20
18
18
20
12
12
12
black
brown
blue
white
violet
black
blue
white
grey
brown
black
white
green/yellow
Transformer TR1 /230

Main switch S1 / 1
Relay RS1 / 1 (L1)
Transformer TR1 / 0
Main switch S1 / 4
Relay RS1 / 5
Relay RS1 / A1
Main switch S1 / 5
Main switch S1 / 2
Relay RS1 / A2
Relay RS1 / 6
Relay RS1 / 2
Transformer TR1 / PE
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 21
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

1.11
Replacing the IR lamps

Tools:
Screwdriver, Philips screwdriver

Socket wrench 7
Removal tool CM+9.9999.0793.0
Pointed pliers
Tweezers
Remove the dryer as described in item 1.2.

Place the dryer on a plane surface which sufficient working space.
Unlock the dryer on the left and right, tilt the upper section up and secure with the safety bar.
Attention: Do not open the upper section too far, otherwise the brush for static
discharge may be damaged !
1.11.1 Replacing the IR lamps in the upper dryer section
Use the removal tool to remove the defective IR lamp from the plug 1 and the socket 2 (1).
Release the strain relief (2) on both sides, left and right.
Loosen the screws (3) on the left and on the right and pull the holder of the IR lamp down.
Remove the metal bracket, remove the wire protection from the reflector.
Pull the IR lamp out of its holder.
Section 6.5 / 22
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Insert the new IR lamp - observe the correct cable length - and plug it into the connection unit
(socket / plug).
Remove the cable identification of the old IR lamp and attach it to the new lamp close to the
plug connection.
Slide the wire grid back onto the reflector and mount the metal bracket on the holder by means
of the screws.
Slide the holder into stop position and mount it with the screws (3) on the right and on the left.
Slide the strain relief (2) onto the cable and insert it in the recess of the dryer side part.
Attention: The cable must be positioned straight along the side. It must not be bent or
positioned in loops which may protrude from the side part.
Insert the plug and socket in the corresponding housing section.
close the dryer again and secure it with the bracket at the sides.
Install the dryer in reverse order.
Check the dryer function before the panels are mounted.
1.11.2 Replacing the IR lamps in the dryer bottom

Remove the brush for static discharge at the dryer exit.
Remove the cable of the defective IR lamp from connector 20 (1) on the bottom of the dryer by
means of the removal tool.

Release the strain relief (2) from the side panel and pull the wire out.
Open the dryer fully, until the upper section can rest on the working surface.
Unplug the cable of the defective IR lamp from the corresponding temperature switch: SI1,
SI2, SI3 (3).

Loosen the two screws (4) and remove the temperature switch from its holder.
Cut the cable tie.
Remove the metal bracket (5) and the wire protection (6) of the reflector.
Remove the IR lamp (7) from its holder.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 23
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E
Remove the label from the long connection cable of the IR lamp and transfer it to the
connection cable of the new IR lamp.

Insert the new IR lamp in the holder and position the right hand (long) connection cable behind
the gears (9).

Slide the wire protection (6) onto the reflector (three fixing point!).
Screw the metal bracket (5) onto the holder.
Mount the temperature switch (3) (short screws !).
Plug the connection cable with a 6.3 sleeve onto the lug of the thermal switch.
Note: Mount the sleeve with the lower side facing the push button of the switch to make sure
that the switch is easily accessible.
Section 6.5 / 24
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Connect the cables with cable ties.
Place the strain relief (2) on the connection cable.
Attention: Position the strain relief on the connection cable so that the cable cannot rub
against the gears after assembling.
Insert the cable of the first IR lamp in the cable clamp.
Note: For better positioning of the cable the cover plate (8) and the gears (9) may be
dismounted.
Position the connection cable at the bottom with a loop and slide it through the cable clamp.
Insert the plug contact of the connection cable into plug 20.
Close the dryer and secure with the holders.
Mount the brush against static charges on the dryer exit.
1.12
Replacing the NTC sensor in the dryer

Tools:
Screwdriver
Flat nose pliers
Note: The NTC sensor in the dryer is replaced as a complete unit with cables and connector.
Remove the dryer as described in item 1.2.
Place the dryer on a plane surface which sufficient working space.
Remove the anti-static brush at the dryer exit.
Remove the strain relief (1) on the side plate.
If necessary, unplug the connector of the exit switch.
Open the dryer completely.
Loosen the clamps (2) in the upper dryer section, loosen the NTC sensor.
Pull the NTC sensor from the clamps and remove the cable from the cable clamp (3).
Loosen the holder of the last IR lamp (4) slightly.
Lift the holder slightly and slide the NTC sensor through the recess (5).
Slide the new NTC sensor - from above - through the recess and insert the sensor into the
clamps.
Tighten the screws of the IR lamp holder again.
20.07.98
Section 6.5 / 25
Repair and Service
DD+DIS017.95E

Press the cable into the cable clamp and tighten the screws of the clamps (2).
Place the strain relief (1) on the cable and press the strain relief into the corresponding recess
in the side plate (6).

Mount the anti-static brush on the dryer exit.
Section 6.5 / 26
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS009.95E

1.13
Removal and installation of the tank covers (drain / overflow)
Tools:
Philips screwdriver, large and small
Open the respective machine section / remove the upper mounting plate (3) (Fig. A):
Remove panels (upper hood, left hand side panel; see section 6.5 / 1, chapter 1.1,
DD+DIS017.95).
Remove the set of distribution rollers and all 3 racks.
Pull out all four supply pipes (1) as in (1a), turn them outwards and rest them across the
chassis edge (1b).
Loosen two screws (2) of the upper mounting plate (3).
Fold up bracket (4) of the tank cover caps.
First slide the upper mounting plate against film transport direction (3a), then lift it off (3b).
FIGURE A:
20.07.98
CURIX HT 330
Section 6.5 / 27
Repair and Service
DD+DIS009.95E

Remove the lower mounting plate (8) (FIGURES B and C):
Loosen the screw (5) of the dryer mounting bracket (6).

Fold the dryer mounting bracket (6) down.
Loosen two screws (7) and remove them.
Push the lower mounting plate (8) with the connected tank cover caps (10) in the direction of
the film transport (8a), until the cam (14) of the lower mounting plate (8) is pushed out of the
slot (15) in the chassis. Then lift the lower mounting plate (8) up and out of the machine (8b).
ATTENTION: Disconnect the grounding cable (9) and make sure that the cable and
capillary tube below are not catching on the mounting plate!
FIGURE B:
Replace the tank cover caps (10) and insert the lower mounting plate (8) (FIGURES C
and D):
Remove all three old tank caps (10) from the lower mounting plate (8) and discard them
immediately!
Place the new tank caps (10) in the recesses of the lower mounting plate (8) see (10a).
Note: The new tank cover caps (part no. F8.5210.2040.2) may be differentiated from the old
ones by the following features:
a) Different length of the sides (11) above the recess.
b) New designation >ABS-GF17< visible in the lower part of the tank cap.
Insert the lower mounting plate (8) with the tank caps (10) in the duct (12) of the tanks (10b),
and connect the grounding cable at the same time (13a).
The rounded recesses (11A) of the tank cover caps must face in the direction of the tanks.
ATTENTION: Press the mounting plate (8) down until the cam (14) engages in the slot
(15) of the chassis.
Insert tank caps (10) in the tank openings at the bottom (16), if necessary push them
slightly outwards by hand.
Section 6.5 / 28
CURIX HT 330
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS009.95E
Mount the lower mounting plate (8) with both screws (7).
Turn the tank caps (10) to the right (cam 18 faces the tanks) until you feel it engage.
ATTENTION: All cables for the solution heater (19), temperature sensor (20), level
sensor (21) and capillary tube (22) must be placed carefully as shown in FIGURE D!
They must not be crossed or clamped!
FIGURE C:
20.07.98
CURIX HT 330
Section 6.5 / 29
Repair and Service
DD+DIS009.95E

FIGURE D:
Insert the upper mounting plate (3) / close the machine section again (FIGURE E):
Proceed in reverse order of the description in Open the respective machine section / remove
the upper mounting plate, on page 27.
ATTENTION: When mounting the upper mounting plate (3) observe that all cables for the
solution heater (19), temperature sensor (20), level sensor (21), and capillary tube (22)
must be placed carefully as shown in the drawing! They must not be crossed or clamped!
Observe the colour codes when inserting the racks (developer = RED, fixer = BLUE, water =
WHITE)!
Section 6.5 / 30
CURIX HT 330
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS009.95E

FIGURE E:
20.07.98
CURIX HT 330
Section 6.5 / 31
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Replacement of Parts with Adjustment Instructions

1.14
Introduction of the synchro-motor drive with green circulation pumps

Function of the synchro-motor for circulation
At the outside of the machine tank (3) a synchro-drive (1) is installed. Opposite, at the inside of the
machine tank wall, the GREEN circulation pumps (5) CM+9.5210.2660.3 are installed.
The two-pole rotary field is generated by four magnetic coils in the synchro-drive (1)
(CM+7.0430.8262.0). This rotary field is transmitted to the circulation pumps (5) without any
mechanical connection. A two-pole permanent magnet (2) is integrated in the pump impeller.
Control:
The electronic control takes place inside the synchro-motor. Upon connection of the operating
voltage the program cycle, stored in the memory of a microcontroller, is executed.
Sequence:
The synchro-motor coupled with the pump motor is switched on.
Balancing of the permanent magnet t = 5s. Synchronisation between rotary field and the
permanent magnet in the pump impeller.
Linear acceleration t = 35 s to a pump speed of n = 960 min-1.
Check:
Upon deviation from the NOMINAL speed the synchro-motor tries twice to correct the speed by an
internal check. If it fails to correct, it will switch off.
If the LED (4) is switched on, the function cycle of the synchro-motor is correct.
If the LED is off, there is a malfunction and the motor has switched off.
LED (4)
ON
LED (4)
OFF
20.07.98
Synchro-motor
OK
ERROR

24 V supply voltage missing
Impeller (2) in pump (5) fails to turn
5210
Section 6.5 / 33
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Important note for the subsequent modification to synchro-motors:

Subsequent modification by simply replacing the mechanical pump drive board with the red pump
with the pump drive board (1) with synchro-drive and the green pump is illegal!
Reason:
Stronger transformer required (plus various assembly parts)

New Driver Board 24 V regulated is required
Replacement of the red circulation pumps by green circulation pumps
Therefore the costs for the modification are quite high!
A modification can only be recommended if the CLIENT is ready to take over the
substantial costs for this improvement of reliability!
At this time there are no plans for the preparation of a modification kit!
Standard introduction see section 11 item 11.
Section 6.5 / 34
5210
20.07.98
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E

1.15
Instruction leaflet / Sketch about the installed circulation pumps

solenoid drive with belt
solenoid synchro drive
20.07.98
5210
Section 6.5 / 35
ACHTUNG
ATTENTION
Dem Gert ist ein Umbaukit fr neue Tankverschlsse (3 x F.8.5210.2040.2) beigepackt .
The machine comes with a conversion kit for the new tank covers (3 x F.8.5210.2040.2)
La machine est livr avec un kit de modification pour les bouchons des cuves
(3 x F.8.5210.2040.2)
Im Umbaukit (3 x F.8.5210.2040.2) ist die Umbauanleitung DD+DIS009.95D enthalten.

The conversion kit (3 x F.8.5210.2040.2) includes the conversion instructions DD+DIS009.95E.
Le kit de transformation (3 x F.8.5210.2040.2) contient les instructions de pose DD+DIS009.95F.
Alle Gerte mssen gem der Umbauanleitung (DD+DIS009.95D) mit den

neuen Tankverschlssen umgerstet werden.
All machines must be equipped with the new tank cover caps according to
the conversion instructions (DD+DIS009.95E).
Toutes les machines doivent tre transforms selon les instructions
(DD+DIS009.95F) concernant les nouveaux bouchons des cuves.
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
Adjustments (Software and und Hardware)
Section 6 - 6
List of Contents
page
Service program H330 1301 ................................................................................................ 1
1. Service program H330 1707................................................................................................. 3
1.1 Activation of the service program....................................................................................................... 3
1.2 Service program VERSION H330 1707 PAGE 1/2............................................................................... 5
1.3 Service program VERSION H330 1703 PAGE 1/2............................................................................... 9
1.4 Service program VERSION H330 1614 PAGE 1/2............................................................................. 13
1.5 Service program VERSION H330 1420 / H330 1509 PAGE 1/2 ........................................................ 17
1.6 Service program VERSION H330 1806 PAGE 1/3............................................................................. 21
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / I
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
1.
Service program H330 1707

CAUTION: The SERVICE PROGRAM cannot be activated ...
In case of film cycle
In case of simulated film cycle (film saving routine) after every ON/OFF
1.1
Activation of the service program

Procedure
Turn the machine
on
ACTIVATION of
the SERVICE
PROGRAM
Press the key/

switch
S1
Display
Meaning / Remarks
POQ
POQ
//
N
Service program
activated
Adjust the
BASEINIT
15.01.99
/0
+@
5210
Insert the newest

SOFTWARE, machine
switched ON with main
FILLING/HEATING PHASE.
Press the M + S keys
"simultaneously" (longer
than 5 s) until SERVICE is
displayed!
Note:
shows "PROCESS" or "20
C" Press the M + S keys
Buzzer on
INPUT
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
"LOG BOOK"
"CLEANING"
"BASEINIT"
Section 6.6 / 3
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
Adjustments (Software and Hardware)

Procedure
Press the key/

switch
EXECUTE THE
BASEINIT
-
Meaning / Remarks
/010
BASEINIT is displayed for

a few seconds, then the
display changes to
01
+@
Exit from the

SERVICE
PROGRAM
The machine
continues in the
standard
sequence of
functions
Display
Leave the SERVICE

PROGRAM, press the M
key when EXIT is
displayed!
POQ
BASEINIT executed
NOTE: For continuing procedure please refer to the following flow charts.
Section 6.6 / 4
5210
15.01.99
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E

1.2
Service program VERSION H330 1707 PAGE 1/2

1. level
2. level
3. level
Display
Indication
M eaning / C ause, C hanges
S C N 0 00 00
W h ile a m a gne tic rolle r is tu rn in g, the co rresp ond in g bit

m ust a lterna te be tw ee n d isp lay 1 and 0.
LE V _P R O C
LE V _R E P L
LE V _D IS P
LE V D 0 000
SCANNERS
LE V E LS
KEYS
ACT TEMP
SENSO RS
3UHVV WKH %0% DQG %6% NH\V

VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DQG NHHS
WKHP SUHVVHG
S E RV IC E !
IN P U T
D R IV E
PUMPS
H E AT E R S
OTHERS
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORMAL
FU N C T IO N
"M " k ey =
"S " key =
A rrow key =
[ ] = L E D Triac B oa rd
( ) = LE D D river B oard
6(59034(1&'5
15.01.99
VHH QH[W SDJH
SELECT
R EQ UEST
S E LE C T 0
REQU 0
D EV TEMP
F IX T E M P
D RY TEMP
D E V T 33.9
F IX T 33 .9
D R Y T 39,9
E X H _T E S T
F IL M _E N D
M IX E R
COVER
G AT E L S
REPDSW I
REPFSW I
E X H T 1/0
F E N D 1/0
M IX 1/0
C O V E R 1 /0
S T E A M 11
D R S W 00
F R S W 00
D R IV M O T
STEAM GT
D R IV O N
STG OPEN
S oftw are version H 330 1707

P age 1
L evel, m ain w ash ta nk

L evel, fixe r tan k
L evel, d evelope r ta nk
R e serve
0 = le ve l n ot reac hed
1 = le ve l rea che d
L evel of de ve lop er re ple nishe r ta nk

L evel of fixer rep le nis her tan k
L evel of an ti-algae re plenishe r ta nk
R e serve
0 = ta nk e m p ty
1 = ta nk n ot em pty
L evel of w a te r dispo sal ta nk

L evel of fixer dispo sal ta nk
L evel of de ve lop er d isp osa l tank
R e serve
0 = ta nk n ot full
1 = ta nk fu ll
S E LE C T 1
REQU 1
T he d isp la y a ppe ars a s lo ng as the corres pon ding k ey

is pre ssed . If the dis pla y fails to cha nge to ze ro, th ere is
a m a lfun ction .
D isplay of the A C T. de ve lo per tem pe rature + circu la tion pum p O N

D isplay of the A C T. fixe r tem pe rature + circu la tion p um p O N
D isplay of the A C T. dryer tem pe rature + c irculatio n p um p O N
**) S w itch clo sed 1 (ventilatio n O K )

**) n o film = 0
D isplay M ixer (1 = M ixer O K )
**) M icrosw itch cover o f the fe ed ta ble (0 = close d)
**) Ste am gate lig ht ba rrier 1 an d 2 (0 = in terrup te d)
**) S w itc h co unting the stroke s of the develope r rep len ish m e nt pu m p
**) S w itc h co unting the stroke s of the fixe r replen ish m en t pum p
1 3 + /-1 / 50 H z
1 5 + /-1 / 60 H z
D R IV O F F
D rive m o to r for rack s O N /O F F
S T G S H U T **)O pen / clo se stea m ga te
**) D isp lays a ppe ar (ho w e ve r, n o func tion

in th e stan d-alone m a chine )
O nly in 511 0/20 0 an d 8 394 /200 active
**)C oolin g p um p O N /O F F (LE D 4 )

C ircu lation p um p, ta nks O N /O F F (LE D 2)
C H IL L_P U
C IR C _ P U
R E P D _P U
R E P F _P U
C H ILL O N
C IR C O N
REPD ON
REPF ON
C H ILL O F F
C IR C O F F
REPD OFF
REPF O FF
D E V _ H E AT
F IX _H E AT
IR 1
IR 2
IR 3
DEVH ON
F IX H O N
IR 1 O N
IR 2 O N
IR 3 O N
DEVH OFF
F IX H O F F
IR 1 O F F
IR 2 O F F
IR 3 O F F
D R A IN
SUPPL
B LO W E R
BUZZER
LE D _ R E Q
LIF T M G
D R A IN O N
SUPP ON
BLOW ON
BUZZ O N
LE D O N
LIF T O N
D R A IN O F F
D rain solen oid valve O N /O F F (L E D 6)(O P T IO N )
W ater su pply s ole noid O N /O F F (L E D 7)
SUPP OFF
D rye r blo w e r O N /O F F (LE D 4 )
B LO W O F F
B u zze r O N /O F F (fun ction te st)
BUZZ OFF
**)U pon activa tion of th e a rro w k ey, the LE D in the c ontrol pa nel go es O N /O F F
LE D O F F
**)Lift solen oid (ligh t tig ht cover) O N /O F F (L E D 2)
LIF T O F F
5210
R ep le nis her p um p "D "

/"F " O N /O F F (LE D 7 )
**) R e plenishe r pu m p "F " O N /O F F (L E D 7 )
D evelope r hea ter w ith circulation pu m p O N /O F F (L E D 6/2)

F ixe r hea ter w ith circulation pu m p O N /O F F (L E D 1/2)
IR h ea te r 1 w ith fan an d drive m o to r O N /O F F (L E D 3/4)
IR h ea te r 2 w ith fan an d drive m o to r O N /O F F (L E D 5/4)
IR h ea te r 3 w ith fan an d drive m o to r O N /O F F (LE D 8 /4 )
T he c irculatio n p um ps w ork a s w e ll.

T h e he ater w hich is ac tive is trigge red a t
the corres pon ding c loc k rate o f the curre ntly
se lec te d p ro ces s.
T h e ce ntrifug al fa ns a re also ru nning .
Section 6.6 / 5
Repair and Service
DD+DIS031.98E
1. level
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DQG
NHHS WKHP SUHVVHG
2. level
Display
Indication
3. level
M ean in g / C a use, C h an ge s
S oftw are version H 330 1707

P age 2
VHH SUHYLRXV SDJH
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
O UTPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORM AL
F U N C T IO N
ON_REP
SURF REP
T IM E _ R E P
J O G _R E P
REPLEN
D R IV E O N
C H ILL E R
CAL_DEV
LANGUAGE
MS_LOCK
E X H FA N
OEM
ON REP Y
S U R F 5 .0
TREP 20s
JO G _ R P Y
D R IV O N Y
C H IL O N N
C A L = + 0 .0
E N G L IS H
LOCK N
EXH CONT
D R IV O N N
C H IL O N Y
C A L = + 0 .1
GERMAN
LOCK Y
E X H F ILM
In itia l re p le n ish m e n t D E V / F IX o n fo r 1 m in u te :N = N O (d e fa u lt n o )
Y = Y E S , o nly a ctive if the m a ch in e is lo n ge r tha n 1 h ou r turne d o ff.
W a te r re p le n ish m e n t film cycle - o r O N fo r e ve ry 0 .2 5 m fo r 5 .0 / 7 .5 / 1 0 .0 / 1 2 .5 / 1 5 .0 s e c
S e t re p le n ish m e n t tim e o f d e ve lo p e r / fixe r o n 1 0 , 1 5 , 2 0 , o r 2 5 s e c (d e fa u lt 1 5 se c)
JO G cycle fo r D E V / F re p le n ish m e n t, p u m p ru n s e ve ry h o u r fo r a s e t T IM E _ R E P
P e rm a n e n t m o to r d rive Y E S /N O (n o = w ith s ta n d b y; ye s = p e rm a n e n t)
**) C o o lin g Y E S /N O
C a lib ra tio n o f th e d e ve lo p e r te m p e ra tu re (b e tw e e n -1 C a n d + 1 C )
S e t th e n a tio n a l la n g u a g e , s e le cte d w ith th e "S "-ke y a n d sto re w ith th e "M "-ke y
D isa b le c on trol pa ne l ke ys: N O /Y E S
F a n s e t-u p ; W ith the setting E X H FILM the exhaust only runs w hen the dryer is running .
w ith th is se t-u p sw itch S 1 /5 o n th e G S 6 m u st b e o p e n d !
C U R IX
MAMMO
S T E R L IN G
SHOW LOG
CLR LOG
LO G B O O K
C L R T IM E R
C L E A N IN G
R E P D VA L
--, R E P F VA L
SW _V ER S
DEMO
B A S E IN IT
ON REP N
SURF N
TR EP 15s
JO G _ R P N
SURE
YES=>M
N O =>S
Y:M
T h e p ro ce sse s a re a d ju s te d o n ly o n ce . A fte r re p la ce m e n t o f th e C P U B o a rd G S 5
th e b a sic a d ju stm e n t is "C U R IX ". T h e m a ch in e ve rsio n "C U R IX " / "M A M M O " / "S T E R L IN G "
m u st b e s elec ted acc ord ing to th e m ach ine versio n . O n ce th e sele ctio n h as b ee n co nfirm e d
th is m e n u o p tio n is n o lo n g e r o ffe re d . T h is a d ju stm e n t is n o t ch a n g e d w ith a "B A S E IN IT ".
L o g b o o k d isp la y
D e le tio n o f a ll lo g b o o k e n trie s " A " Ye s = M / N o = S
N :S
SURE
Y:M
N :S
-,
3 1 :0 3 :9 6
A :0 0 0 0 0
AT :0 0 0 0 0
"M " k ey =
"S " k ey =
A rro w ke y =
[ ] = L E D Tria c B oa rd
( ) = L E D D rive r B o a rd
D a te o f la st d e le tio n o f lo g b o o k e n trie s
A m o un t o f proc es se d film in m sin ce las t d e letio n
To ta l co u n te r, a m o u n t o f film p ro ce sse d in th e m a ch in e in m
D e ve lo p e r ta n k te m p e ra tu re to o h ig h
D e ve lo pe r ta nk tem pe ra tu re to o lo w.....
F ixe r ta n k te m p e ra tu re to o h ig h
F ixe r ta n k te m p e ra tu re to o lo w
D rye r te m p e ra tu re to o lo w
D rive s p e e d o u t o f to le ra n c e .....
**) E rro r: stro ke co u n tin g o f d e ve lo p e r re p le n ish m e n t p u m p
**) E rro r: stro ke co u n tin g o f fixe r re p le n ish m e n t p u m p
D e ve lo p e r ta n k le ve l to o lo w
F ixer tank leve l too low
W a te r ta n k le ve l to o lo w
L e ve l, a n ti-a lg a e su b sta n ce ta n k e m p ty N .C
L e ve l, d e ve lo p e r su p p ly ta n k e m p ty
L e ve l, fixe r s u p p ly ta n k e m p ty
L e vel, d is po sa l tank fu ll
--, Ste a m g a te e rro r
M ixer e rro r
**) F a n m o n ito rin g , in su ffic ie n t a ir circ u la tio n
--,S e n so r s ign als liqu id in the b o tto m tra y
--,F ilm ja m in th e p roc es so r (C IC versio n)
-, A fter pres sin g th e "M "-ke y

a ll e n te re d sw itch tim e s a re d e le te d !
--, N O T E : d isp la ys a p p e a r
(h o w e ve r, n o fu n ctio n in th e sta n d -a lo n e m a c h in e )
O n ly in 5 11 0 /20 0 an d 8 39 4 /20 0 ac tive
C le a n in g m o d e O N . T h e m o to r is sw itc h e d o n , a n d if
d e ve lo p e r / fixe r le ve l O K , th e h e a te r a n d circu la tio n a re a ctiva te d + C o o lin g p u m p O N (o p tio n in sta lle d )
C h e ck re p le n ish m e n t ra te , d e ve lo p e r
/fixe r re p le n ish e r p u m p ru n s fo r 3 0 s
--, C h e ck re p le n ish m e n t ra te , fixe r re p le n ish e r p u m p ru n s fo r 3 0 s
so ftw a re ve rs io n : film p ro ce sso r, typ e C X . H T-3 3 0 1 7 0 7 :
6(59035(1&'5
15.01.99
A c tiva te D E M O - ru n / film tra n sp o rt w ith o u t ch e m istry

A ll so ftw a re se ttin g s a re re s e t to s ta n d a rd se ttin g w h e n th e "E X IT "- k e y is co n firm e d (n o t a d ju stm e n t p ro ce sse s )
N O T a p p lic a b le
5210
Section 6.6 / 7
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E

1.3

1. level
2. level
3. level
D isplay
Indication
M ea ning / C a use, C ha nge s
S C N 0 0 0 00
W hile a m ag n e tic ro lle r is tu rn in g, th e co rres p on d in g b it

m u st a lterna te b e tw e e n d is p la y 1 a n d 0 .
LE V _ P R O C
LE V _ R E P L
LE V _ D IS P
L E V D 0 0 00
SCANNERS
LE V E L S
KEYS
ACT TEMP
SENSORS

VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DQG NHHS
WKHP SUHVVHG
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
D R IV E
PUMPS
H E AT E R S
OTHERS
OU TPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORMAL
FU N C T IO N
"M " ke y =
"S " ke y =
A rrow ke y =
[ ] = L E D Tria c B oa rd
( ) = L E D D river B o ard
6(59034(1&'5
15.01.99
VHH QH[W SDJH
S oftw are versio n H 330 170 3

page 1
L e ve l, m a in w a s h ta n k
L e ve l, fixe r ta n k
L e ve l, d eve lo pe r ta n k
NC
0 = le vel n o t re ach ed
1 = le vel re a ch e d
L e ve l o f d eve lo pe r rep len ish e r ta n k

L e ve l o f fixe r rep le nish e r ta n k
L e ve l o f A lg ez it rep le nish e r ta n k
R ese rve
0 = ta n k e m p ty
1 = ta n k n o t e m pty
L e ve l o f w a ter disp o sa l ta nk
L e ve l o f fixe r d isp o sa l tan k
L e ve l o f d eve lo pe r d isp o sa l tan k
R ese rve
0 = ta n k n o t fu ll
1 = ta n k fu ll
SELECT 1
REQU 1
T h e disp la y ap p e ars a s lo n g a s th e co rre s p on d in g k ey

is pre s se d . If the d isp lay fa ils to ch a n ge to ze ro, th e re is
a m a lfun c tio n .
S E LE C T
REQUEST
SELECT 0
REQU 0
DEV TEMP
F IX T E M P
D RY T E M P
D E V T 3 3.9
F IX T 3 3.9
D RY T 39 ,9
E X H _T E S T
F IL M _E N D
M IX E R
COVER
G AT E L S
REPDSW I
REPFSW I
E X H T 1 /0
F E N D 1 /0
M IX 1 /0
C O V E R 1 /0
S T E A M 11
DRSW 00
FRSW 00
D R IV M O T
STEAM GT
D R IV O N
STG OPEN
D R IV O F F
D rive m oto r fo r ra ck s O N /O F F
S T G S H U T **) O p e n / clo se s te a m g ate
C H IL L _P U
C IR C _P U
REPD_PU
R E P F _P U
C H IL L O N
C IR C O N
REPD ON
REPF ON
C H IL L O F F
C IR C O F F
REPD OFF
REPF OFF
D E V _ H E AT
F IX _ H E AT
IR 1
IR 2
IR 3
DEVH ON
F IX H O N
IR 1 O N
IR 2 O N
IR 3 O N
DEVH OFF
F IX H O F F
IR 1 O F F
IR 2 O F F
IR 3 O F F
D R A IN
SUPPL
BLOW ER
BUZZER
LED_REQ
L IF T M G
D R A IN O N
SUPP ON
BLO W O N
BUZZ ON
LED O N
L IF T O N
D R A IN O F F
A N ti a lg va lve O N /O F F (L E D 6 )(O P T IO N )
W a ter su p p ly so le n oid O N /O F F (L E D 7 )
SUPP OFF
BLO W O FF
D rye r b low e r O N /O F F (L E D 4)
B u zzer O N /O F F (fu n ction te st)
BUZZ OFF
**) U p o n a c tiva tio n o f th e a rro w ke y, th e L E D in th e co n trol pan e l g o e s O N /O F F
LED OFF
**)L ift so len o id (lig ht tig ht co ve r) O N /O F F (L E D 2 )
L IF T O F F
D is pla y o f the A C T. d e ve lo p er tem pe ra tu re + circu latio n pu m p O N

D is pla y of th e A C T. fixer te m p e ra ture + c ircu latio n p u m p O N
D is pla y o f the A C T. d rye r te m p eratu re + circ ula tio n p um p O N
**) S w itch c lo s ed 1 (ve n tila tio n O K )

**) n o film = 0
D ispla y M ixe r (1 = M ixe r O K )
**)
**)
**)
**)
M ic ro sw itch cove r o f th e fee d ta ble (0 = clo se d )

Ste a m g a te lig ht b a rrie r 1 a n d 2 (0 = inte rru p te d)
S w itc h co u n tin g th e s tro ke s of th e d e velo p er re ple n is hm en t p u m p
S w itc h co u n tin g th e s tro ke s of th e fixer re ple n is hm en t p u m p
5210
1 3 +/-1 / 5 0 H z
1 5 +/-1 / 6 0 H z
**) D is p la ys a p p e ar (h ow e ve r, n o fu n ctio n
in th e stan d -a lo n e ve rsio n)
**)C o o lin g pu m p O N /O F F (L E D 4 )
C ircu latio n pu m p , ta nks O N /O F F (L E D 2)
R e p le n ish e r p u m p "D "/"F " O N /O F F (LE D 7 ) *
**) R e ple n is he r pu m p "F " O N /O F F (L E D 7 ) *
* O nly in 5 110 / 2 0 0 a nd 8 3 9 4 / 20 0 a ctiv
D e ve lo p er h ea te r w ith circu latio n pu m p O N /O F F (LE D 6 /2 )

F ixe r h e ate r w ith circ ula tio n p u m p O N /O F F (L E D 1/2 )
IR h e ate r 1 w ith fan a n d m a in m o to r O N /O F F (LE D 3 /4 )
T h e circu la tio n p um ps w o rk a s w e ll.

T h e h e a te r w hich is ac tive is trig g e re d a t
th e co rre sp o n din g clo ck ra te of th e curren tly
se le cte d proce ss.
T h e cen trifu ga l fa ns a re a lso ru nn in g.
Section 6.6 / 9
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
1. level
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DQG
NHHS WKHP SUHVVHG
2. level
Display
Indication
3. level
M eaning / C ause, C hange s
S oftware versio n H 330 1703

pag e 2
VHH SUHYLRXV SDJH
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
O U TPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORM AL
FU N C T IO N
O N _R E P
SURF REP
T IM E _R E P
JO G _ R E P
REPLEN
D R IV E O N
C H ILL E R
C A L_ D E V
LANG UAGE
M S_LOCK
ELPO W ER
OEM
S U C K FA N
In itia l rep lenish m ent D E V / F IX on fo r 1 m in ute:N = N O (d e fa u lt n o )

Y = Y E S , o nly a ctive if th e m a chin e is lo ng e r th a n 1 h ou r tu rn ed o ff.
ON REP N
SURF N
T R E P 15 s
JO G _ R P N
ON REP Y
S U R F 5.0
T R E P 20 s
JO G _ R P Y
D R IV O N Y
C H ILO N N
C A L= + 0,0
GERMAN
LOCK N
P O W E R 16
A G FA
SUCK CNT
P e rm an e nt m o to r d rive Y E S /N O (n o = w ith stan db y; ye s = pe rm an e n tly )

D R IV O N N
C o oling Y E S /N O
C H IL O N Y
C a libratio n of the deve lo pe r tem pe ra ture (b etw e en -1 C a n d + 1 C )
C A L= + 0 ,1
S e t th e na tion a l la ng ua g e, s electe d w ith th e "S "-ke y a n d s tore w ith the "M "-ke y
E N G L IS H
D isa b le co ntro l pa ne l ke ys: N O /YE S
LO C K Y
P O W E R 25 **)
S T E R L IN G
D e fau lt se t-u p: A G FA . T he se le cte d se t-u p is n ot c ha n ged du ring "B a seinit"
S U C K F IL M
S U C K C N T: the exhaus fan runs p e rm an e ntly a fte r sw itc hed on
W ate r rep le n ishm e n t film cycle - or O N for e ve ry 0.25m fo r 5 .0 / 7 .5 / 1 0.0 / 1 2.5 / 1 5 .0 s ec

S e t re ple n ish m e n t tim e o f d evelop er / fixe r on 1 0 , 15 , 20, o r 2 5 se c (d efa ult 1 5se c)
JO G cycle for D E V / F re plen ish m en t, p um p ru n s e very h o ur fo r a s et T IM E _R E P
S U C K F IL M . the exhaust fan only runs w hen the dryer is running .
SHOW LOG
CLR LOG
LOG BOOK
C L R T IM E R
C L E A N IN G
R E P D VA L
--, R E P F VA L
S W _V E R S
DEMO
B A S E IN IT
Y:M
L o gbo o k disp lay

D eletion of a ll lo gbo o k e n trie s " A " Ye s = M / N o = S
N :S
31 :03 :96
A :00 00 0
AT :0 0 00 0
SURE
Y:M
N :S
-,
"M " k ey =
"S " ke y =
A rro w k ey =
[ ] = L E D Tria c B oard
( ) = LE D D river B oard
D a te o f la st d e le tion of logb o ok e n trie s

A m ou nt o f proce sse d film in m sin ce last d e letio n
To ta l co un ter, am ou n t o f film p ro ce sse d in th e m a ch ine in m
D e ve lo pe r tan k tem p era ture to o h igh
D e ve lo pe r tan k tem p era ture to o lo w.....
F ixe r tank te m pe ratu re too hig h
F ixe r tank te m pe ratu re too low
D ryer te m pera tu re too low
D rive spe e d o ut of toleranc e.....
**) E rro r: stro ke cou n tin g o f de velop e r re p len ish m en t p um p
**) E rro r: stro ke cou n tin g o f fixer reple nis hm e nt pu m p
D e velo pe r ta n k leve l to o lo w
F ixer ta nk level to o low
W ater ta nk le vel to o low
Le vel, a n ti-alga e su b sta nce ta n k e m p ty N .C
Le vel, d e velo per su pply tan k e m pty
Le vel, fixe r s up p ly ta n k em p ty
Le vel, d isp os al ta nk full
--, Steam g ate e rro r
M ixe r error
**) F a n m on ito rin g, in su ffic ien t air circ ula tion
--,S e n so r s ign a ls liquid in the bo ttom tra y
--,F ilm ja m in th e p roce sso r (C IC versio n)
-, A fter pre ssin g th e "M "-k ey

all en te re d sw itc h tim es a re d e lete d!
--, N O T E : d isp la ys a pp ea r
(h o w e ve r, n o fun ctio n in the sta n d-alo n e vers ion )
O n ly in 5 11 0 /2 00 an d 8 39 4 /2 0 0 ac tive
C lean ing m od e O N . T he m o tor is sw itche d o n, an d if

de velop e r / fixer le ve l O K , th e he ate r an d circulatio n a re a ctiva ted + C o olin g p um p O N (o ption in sta lle d )
C h eck re p len ish m en t ra te, d eve lop er
/fixe r reple nis he r pu m p ru ns for 3 0 s
--, C h eck re p len ish m en t ra te, fixer re p len ish e r p u m p run s fo r 30 s
so ftw a re ve rsion : film proce sso r, typ e C X . H T-33 0 17 0 3:
6(59035(1&'5
A c tiva te D E M O - ru n / film tra ns port w itho u t ch em istry

A ll softw a re s ettin gs are rese t to sta n da rd s etting w he n the "E X IT "- ke y is con firm e d (no t adjustm en t p ro ce sse s )
N O T a pp lica ble
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / 11
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E

1.4

1. level
2. level
3. level
Display
Indication
M e an in g / C au se, C h an ge s
SSCCNN000
0000
000
W hile a m agne tic ro lle r is tu rn ing, th e correspond ing b it

m ust alternate betw een display 1 and 0.
LE V _P R O C
LE V _R E P L
LE V _D IS P
LE V D 000 0
ER
SS
SCANN
ER
LEVELS
KEYS
ACT TEMP
SENSORS
D R IV E
PUMPS
H E AT E R S
OTHERS
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
OUTPUT
S
EE
X TITU P
MODE
E X IT
NORMAL
F U N C T IO N
"M " ke y =
"S " key =
A rro w ke y =
[ ] = LE D Triac B oard
( ) = LE D D rive r B oard
6(5903&(1&'5
15.01.99
VHH QH[W SDJH
VE R SIO N H 3301614
page 1
Level, m ain w ash tank

Level, fixer ta nk
Level, developer tank
NC
0 = leve l not reache d

1 = leve l reache d
Level of develope r rep lenisher ta nk

Level of fixer replenish er tan k
Level of A lgezit replenish er tank
R e se rve
0 = tank em pty
1 = tank no t em pty
Level of w ater d isposal ta nk

Level of fixer disposal tan k
Level of develope r d isposa l ta nk
R e se rve
0 = tank n ot full
1 = tank full
S E LE C T 1
REQU 1
T he d isplay ap pears as lo ng as the correspo nding key

is pressed. If th e disp lay fails to chang e to zero, there is
a m alfunction.
S E LE C T
REQUEST
S E LE C T 0
REQU 0
DEV TEMP
F IX T E M P
D RY T E M P
D E V T 33,9
3 3.9
33,9
F IX T 33.9
D RY T 3 9,9
E X H _T E S T
F ILM _E N D
M IX E R
COVER
G AT E L S
E X H T 1/0
F E N D 1/0
M IX 1/0
C O V E R 1/0
S T E A M 11
D R IV M O T
STEAM GT
D R IV O N
STG OPEN
D R IV O F F
D rive m otor fo r racks O N /O F F
S T G S H U T **)O pen / clo se stea m gate
C H ILL_P U
C IR C _ P U
R E P L_P U
C H ILL O N
C IR C O N
REPL ON
C H ILL O F F
C IR C O F F
REPL OFF
D E V _H E AT
F IX _H E AT
IR 1
IR 2
IR 3
DEVH ON
F IX H O N
IR 1 O N
IR 2 O N
IR 3 O N
DEVH OFF
F IX H O F F
IR 1 O F F
IR 2 O F F
IR 3 O F F
D R A IN
BUZZER
SUPPL
LE D _R E Q
B LO W E R
LIF T M G
BUZZER
LE D _R E Q
D R A IN O N
BUZZ ON
SUPP ON
LED ON
B LO W O N
L IF T O N
BUZZ ON
LED ON
L IF T O N
D R A IN O F F
D rain so leno id valve O N /O F F (LE D 6)(O P T IO N )
BUZZ OFF
W ate r su pply solen oid O N /O F F (LE D 7 )
SUPP OFF
LE D O F F
D ryer blow er O N /O F F (LE D 4 )
B LO W O F F
LIF T O F F
B uzzer O N /O F F (function test)
BUZZ OFF
**)U pon a ctivation of the a rrow key, the LE D in th e control pan el go es O N /O F F
LE D O F F
**)Lift solen oid (light tight cover) O N /O F F (LE D 2)
LIF T O F F
LIF T M G
D isplay of the A C T. de veloper tem perature + circulation pu m p O N

D isplay o f th e A C T. fixer tem p eratu re + circulatio n p um p O N
D isplay of the A C T. dryer tem perature + circulatio n pum p O N
**) S w itch closed 1 (ventilation O K )

**) no film = 0
D isplay M ixe r (1 = M ixer O K )
**) M icro sw itch cover of the feed table (0 = closed)
**) Steam gate light barrier 1 an d 2 (0 = interrupted)
**) D isplays a ppear (how ever, no function

in the stan d-alone versio n)
**)C ooling p um p O N /O F F (LE D 4)

C irculation pu m p, tanks O N /O F F (LE D 2 )
R eplenisher pum p O N /O F F (L E D 7)
D eve lope r h eater w ith circulation p um p O N /O F F (LE D 6/2)

F ixer he ate r w ith circulation pu m p O N /O F F (LE D 1/2)
IR h eater 1 w ith fan a nd m ain m otor O N /O F F (LE D 3/4 )
IR h eater 2 w ith fan a nd m ain m otor O N /O F F (LE D 5/4 )
IR h eater 3 w ith fan a nd m ain m otor O N /O F F (LE D 8/4)
5210
Section 6.6 / 13
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
V ER S IO N H 3301614
page 2
1. Level
2. Level
D isplay
3. Level
M ean in g / C a use, C h an ges
SUHYLRXV SDJH
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORMAL
F U N C T IO N
O N _R E P
SURF REP
T IM E _ R E P
JO G_REP
RE PLEN
D R IV E O N
C H ILL E R
CA L_DEV
LA N G U A G E
M S_LO C K
OEM
LO G B O O K
C L E A N IN G
R E P VA L U
SW _VERS
DEMO
B A S E IN IT
M -k ey =
S -key =
A rro w k ey =
[ ] = L E D Triac b o ard
( ) = LE D D river b oa rd
6(5903'(&'5
SH O W LO G
CLR LOG
ON REP N
SURF N
TR EP 15s
JO G _ R P N
ON REP Y
S U R F 5.0
TR EP 20s
JO G _ R P Y
D R IV O N Y
C H IL O N N
C A L= + 0,0
E N G L IS H
LO C K N
A G FA
D R IV O N N
C H ILO N Y
C A L= + 0,1
GERMAN
LO C K Y
S T E R L IN G
Y:M
N :S
3 1 :0 3:9 6
A :0 0 00 0
AT :00 0 0 0
In itia l re p le n is h m e n t D E V / F IX o n fo r 1 m in u te :N = N O (d e fa u lt n o )
Y = Y E S , o n ly a ctive if th e m a ch in e is lo n g e r th a n 1 h o u r tu rn e d o ff.
W a te r re p le n ish m e n t film cycle = > N O o r O N fo r e ve ry 0 .2 5 m fo r 5 .0 / 7 .5 / 1 0 .0 / 1 2 .5 / 1 5 .0 se c
S e t re p le n ish m e n t tim e o f d e ve lo p e r / fixe r o n 1 0 , 1 5 , 2 0 , o r 2 5 se c (d e fa u lt 1 5 se c )
JO G cycle fo r D E V / F re p le n ish m e n t, p u m p ru n s e ve ry h o u r fo r a s e t T IM E _ R E P
P e rm a n e n t m o to r d rive Y E S /N O (n o = w ith sta n d b y; ye s = p e rm a n e n tly )

C o o lin g Y E S /N O
C a lib ra tio n o f th e d e ve lo p e r te m p e ra tu re (b e tw e e n -1 C a n d + 1 C )
S e t th e n a tio n a l la n g u a g e , se le cte d w ith th e S -ke y a n d sto re w ith th e M -ke y
D isab le c on trol pa ne l ke ys: N O /Y E S
D e fa u lt se t-u p: A G FA . T he s ele cte d se t-u p is n o t c han g ed d u ring "B a se init"
L o g b o o k d isp la y
D e le tio n o f a ll lo g b o o k e n trie s a n d " A " Ye s = M / N o = S
D a te o f la st d e le tio n o f lo g b o o k e n trie s
P roce sse d film su rfa ce in m s in ce las t d e le tio n
To ta l co u n te r, a m o u n t o f film p ro ce sse d in th e m a ch in e in m
D e ve lo p e r te m p e ra tu re to o h ig h .
D e ve lo p e r te m p e ra tu re to o lo w.....
F ixe r te m p e ra tu re to o h ig h
F ixe r te m p e ra tu re to o lo w
D rye r te m p e ra tu re to o lo w
D rive sp e e d o u ts id e to le ra n ce ra n g e .....
D e ve lo p e r ta n k le ve l to o lo w
F ixe r ta nk level to o low
W a te r ta n k le ve l to o lo w
Le vel anti-a lg ae su bs ta nce ta nk e m pty
Le vel deve lo per sup ply ta n k em pty
Le vel fixe r su pp ly ta nk e m p ty
Le vel disp os al ta n k full
**)Ste a m g a te e rro r
M ixe r error
**)F a n m o n ito rin g , in su ffic ie n t a ir circu la tio n
**)S e n so r sig n a ls liq u id in th e b o tto m tra y
**)F ilm jam in proc ess or (C IC ve rs ion)
C le an ing m o d e O N . T h e m o to r is sw itch e d o n , if
d e ve lop e r / fixe r le ve l O K , th e h e a te r a n d c ircu la tio n a re a ctiva te d
C h eck rep le n is h m e n t ra te , re p le n is h e r p u m p ru n s fo r 3 0 s
so ftw a re versio n: film pro ces sor typ e H T 33 0; 1 61 4
de m o cycle ( te st of film tran sp ort w itho u t ch em istry, )
A ll so ftw a re s ettin g s are set o n s tan d ard se t-u p
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / 15
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E

1.5
Service program VERSION H330 1420 / H330 1509 PAGE 1/2

Display
1. Level
Le ve l
2. Level
VER SION H3301420

as of VER SIO N H3301509 (1)
M ean ing / C a use, C h ang es
3. Level
page 1
S C N 0 00 0 0
LE V _ P R O C
LE V _ R E P L
LE V _ D IS P
L E V D 00 0 0
SCANERS
LE V E LS
KEYS
ACT TEMP
SENSORS
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
D R IV E
PUMPS
H E AT E R S
OTHERS
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORMAL
F U N C T IO N
If a m a gn etic ro lle r is tu rn in g th e re sp e ctive b it

m u st be a ltern atin g be tw e en 1 a nd 0 .
Le vel m ain w a sh ta nk
Le vel fixe r ta nk
Le vel d e ve lo p e r ta n k
NC
0 = le ve l n o t re a ch e d
1 = le ve l rea ch ed
R e p len ishe r ta nk level, d evelo pe r

R e p len ishe r ta n k le v e l, fixe r
R e p len ishe r ta n k le v e l, A lg e z it
R e se rve
0 = ta n k e m p ty
1 = ta n k n o t e m p ty
D is p o sa l ta nk level,w ate r
D is p o sa l ta nk level, fixer
D is p o sa l ta nk level, d evelo pe r
R e se rve
SE LEC T 1
REQU 1
0 = ta n k n o t fu ll
1 = ta n k fu ll
T h e d isp la y re m a in s a s lo n g a s th e re sp e ctive ke y
is p re sse d. If th e dis pla y fails to ch an ge to zero ,
th e re is a m a lfu n ctio n .
S ELE CT
REQUEST
S ELE CT 0
REQU 0
DEV TEMP
F IX T E M P
DRY TEM P
D E V T 3 3 ,9
F IX T 3 3 ,9
D R Y T 39 ,9
EXH_TEST
F IL M _ E N D
M IX E R
COVER
G AT E LS
E X H T 1 /0
F E N D 1 /0
M IX 1 /0
C O V E R 1/0
S T E A M 11
D R IV M O T
STEAM GT
D R IV O N
STG OPEN
D R IV O F F
D rive m o tor for rack s O N /O F F
S T G S H U T **)Ste a m g a te clo se / o p e n
C H ILL _ P U
C IR C _P U
R E P L_ P U
C H ILL O N
C IR C O N
REPL ON
C H ILL O F F
C IR C O F F
REPL OFF
D E V _ H E AT
F IX _ H E AT
IR 1
IR 2
IR 3
DEVH ON
F IX H O N
IR 1 O N
IR 2 O N
IR 3 O N
DEVH OFF
F IX H O F F
IR 1 O F F
IR 2 O F F
IR 3 O F F
D R A IN
SUPPL
BLOW ER
BUZZER
LED_REQ
D R A IN O N
SUPP ON
BLOW ON
BU ZZ O N
LE D O N
L IF T O N
D R A IN O F F
SUPP OFF
BLOW OFF
BUZZ OFF
LED OFF
L IF T O F F
D is p la y o f th e A C T d evelo p er te m p era ture

D is pla y o f th e A C T fixe r te m p e ra tu re
D is p la y o f th e A C T d ryer tem pe ra tu re
**)S w itch clo se d 1 (ven tila tion O K )

**)no film = 0
D is p la y M ixe r re ad y ( 1 = M ixer O K )
**)M icro sw itch fe e d ta b le co ve r (0 = clo se d )
**)Ste a m g a te lig ht b arrie rs 1 a nd 2 ( 0 = in te rru pted )
**)C o o lin g syste m p u m p O N /O F F (L E D 4 ) O P T IO N

C ircu la tio n p u m ps ta n ks O N /O F F (L E D 2 )
R e p le n ish e r p u m p O N /O F F (L E D 7 )
D e ve lo p e r h e a te r w ith circ u la tio n p u m p O N /O F F (L E D 6 /2 )

F ixer h ea te r w ith circula tio n pu m p O N /O F F (L E D 1/2)
IR ra d ia to r 1 w ith fa n a n d m a in m o to r O N /O F F (L E D 3 /4 )
M -key =
S -key =
A rro w ke y =
[ ] = L E D Triac bo ard
( ) = L E D D river b o ard
6(5903$(1&'5
15.01.99
VHH QH[W SDJH
L IF T M G
A n ti a lg va lve O N /O F F (L E D 6 ) O P T IO N
W ater su p ply so len oid valve O N /O F F (L E D 7)
D rye r fa n O N /O F F (L E D 4 )
B u zze r O N /O F F (fu n ctio n a l te st)
**)U p o n o p e ra tio n o f th e a rro w ke y th e L E D in th e co n tro l p a n e l lig h ts u p O N /O F F.
**)L ift s o le n o id (lig h t tig h t co ve r) O N /O F F (L E D 2 )
5210
Section 6.6 / 17
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E

VERSIO N H3301420
as of VERSIO N H3301509 (1)
page 2
1. Level
2. Level
D isplay
3. Level
M ea n in g / C a us e, C h an ge s
SUHYLRXV SDJH
S E R V IC E !
IN P U T
OUTPUT
SETUP
MODE
E X IT
NORM AL
F U N C T IO N
ON_REP
SURF REP
T IM E _ R E P
JO G _ R E P
REPLEN
D R IV E O N
C H IL L E R
CAL_DEV
LA N G U A G E
M S_LO CK
(1) O E M
LO G B O O K
C L E A N IN G
R E P VA L U
S W _V E R S
DEMO
B A S E IN IT
M -ke y =
S -ke y =
A rro w ke y =
[ ] = L E D Tria c b o a rd
( ) = L E D D rive r b o a rd
6(5903%(1&'5
SHOW LOG
CLR LOG
ON REP N
SURF N
TREP 15s
JO G _ R P N
ON R EP Y
S U R F 5 .0
TREP 20s
JO G _ R P Y
D R IV O N Y
C H IL O N N
C A L = +0 ,0
GERMAN
LO C K N
A G FA
D R IV O N N
C H IL O N Y
C A L = +0 ,1
E N G L IS H
LO CK Y
DU_PONT
Y:M
N :S
3 1 :0 3 :96
A :0 0 0 0 0
AT :0 0 0 0 0
In itia l re p len ish m e n t D E V / F IX o n fo r 1 m in ute :N = N O (d e fa u lt n o )

Y = Y E S , o nly a ctive if the m a c h in e is lo n g e r th a n 1 h o u r tu rn e d o ff.
W a te r re p len ish m e n t film cycle - o r O N for e ve ry 0 .2 5 m fo r 5 .0 / 7 .5 / 10 .0 / 1 2 .5 / 1 5 .0 se c
S e t re p len ish m e n t tim e o f d e velop e r / fixe r o n 1 0 , 1 5 , 2 0 , o r 2 5 s e c (d e fa u lt 1 5 s ec )
JO G cycle fo r D E V / F re p le n is hm e n t, p um p ru n s e ve ry h o u r fo r a s e t T IM E _R E P
P e rm a ne n t m o to r d rive Y E S /N O (n o = w ith sta n d b y; yes = p e rm a n e n tly )

C o o lin g Y E S /N O
C a lib ra tio n o f th e de v e lo pe r te m pe ra tu re (b e tw e e n -1 C a n d + 1 C )
S e t th e n a tion a l la n g ua g e, s ele c te d w ith th e S -ke y an d sto re w ith th e M -k ey
D isab le co n trol p an e l ke ys: N O /Y E S
D e fa u lt se t-u p : A G FA . T h e s e le cte d s e t-u p is n o t c h a n g e d du ring "B a se in it"
a s o f (1 )
L o gb o ok d isp la y
D e le tio n o f a ll lo g b o o k e n trie s an d " A " Ye s = M / N o = S
D a te of la s t d e le tio n o f lo g b o o k en trie s
P ro c e s se d film s u rfa c e in 0 .2 5 m sin c e la st d e le tion
To tal co u n te r, a m ou n t o f film p ro ce ss e d in th e m a c h ine in 0 .2 5 m
D e ve lo p e r te m p e ra tu re too hig h
D e ve lo p e r te m p e ra tu re too lo w.....
F ixer te m p e ra ture to o h ig h
F ixer te m p e ra ture to o lo w
D ryer te m p e ra tu re to o lo w
D rive sp e e d o u ts ide tole ran ce ran g e.....
D e ve lo p e r ta nk le ve l too lo w
F ixer ta nk le ve l to o lo w
W ate r ta n k le ve l to o low
L e vel a n ti-a lg a e s u b sta nce ta n k e m p ty
L e vel d e v elo p e r su p p ly ta n k em p ty
L e vel fixe r s u p p ly ta n k e m p ty
L e vel d isp o s al ta n k fu ll
**)Ste a m g a te e rro r
M ixe r erro r
**)F a n m o nito rin g , in s u fficie n t a ir circ u la tio n
**)S e n s o r s ig n a ls liq u id in th e b o tto m tra y
**)F ilm ja m in p ro ce ss o r (C IC ve rs io n )
C le a n in g m o d e O N . T h e m o tor is sw itc he d o n, if
de ve lo pe r / fixe r leve l O K , th e h e a te r a n d c ircu la tio n a re a c tiv a te d
C h eck re p le n ish m e n t ra te , re p le n is h e r p u m p ru n s fo r 3 0 s
so ftw a re ve rs io n : film pro ce s s o r typ e H T 33 0 ; 1 5 0 9
d e m o cycle ( film tra n s p o rt, w ith o ut che m is try, )
A ll so ftw a re se ttin g s a re s e t o n sta n d a rd se t-up
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / 19
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E

1.6
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / 21
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / 23
Repair and Service
DD+DIS230.98E
15.01.99
5210
Section 6.6 / 25
DD+DIS017.95E
Section 7
List of Contents
1.
2.
3.
Codes .............................................................................................................. 1
LED displays................................................................................................... 2
Reference diagrams ....................................................................................... 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Side view, left ........................................................................................................... 3

Side view, right......................................................................................................... 4
Rear view .................................................................................................................. 5
Top view.................................................................................................................... 6
Dryer ......................................................................................................................... 7
General View PCB

General circuit diagram
24.01.97
Back to Reg 07 D
CURIX HT 330
Back to Reg 07 F
Section 7 / I
DD+DIS017.95E
1.
Codes
Code
Designation
GS1
GS2
GS4
GS5
GS6
GS7
Low voltage distributor board

Mains distributor board
EC motor control board
SK537 CPU board
24V driver board
Triac board
M1
Drive motor (
LEV DEV
LEV F
LEV W
Level sensor developer

Level sensor fixer
Level sensor water
TR1
TR2
Auto-transformer for voltage adaptation

Transformer low voltage supply
R1 (ENT)
R2 (FIX)
1R1
RS1
Temperature sensor developer

Temperature sensor fixer
Temperature sensor dryer
Contactor
S1
S2
Jumper (S3)
Main machine switch

Cover switch
Exhaust monitoring
1HZ1
1HZ2
1HZ3
Heating lamp IR1

Heating lamp IR2
Heating lamp IR3
1M1
1M2
Radial-flow fan dryer bottom

Radial-flow fan dryer top
1SI1
1SI2
1SI3
Thermal cut-out lamp IR1

2M1
3M1
3M2
3M3
Circulation pump DEV / F / W

Circulation pump +24V DEV
Circulation pump +24V F
Circulation pump +24V W
Control panel (Display, Buzzer)
24.01.97
125C)
CURIX HT 330
optional
optional
optional
Section 7 / 1

2.
DD+DIS017.95E
LED displays
GS
LED
Plug
Consumer
GS5
GS6
D43
D11
D12/0
D12/1
D12/2
D12/3
D13/4
D13/5
D13/6
D13/7
D16
D1/1
D1/2
D1/3
D1/4
D2/5
D2/6
D2/7
D2/8
ST1/5
ST1/1
ST1/2
ST1/3
ST1/4
ST1/9
ST1/10
ST1/11
ST1/12
ST1/8
ST3/1
ST3/2
ST3/3
ST3/4
ST3/11
ST3/12
ST3/13
ST3/14
+5V supply voltage

+24V1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Fan 4M3 (optional)
Solenoid valve water drain 4MG1 (optional)
Solenoid valve water supply 4MG2 (optional)
+24V2
Heater HZ2, fixer
Circulation pump 2M1
Lamp IR1
Radial flow fan dryer: 1M1, 1M2
Lamp IR2
Heater HZ1, developer
Replenisher pump 4M1
Lamp IR3
GS7
Section 7 / 2
CURIX HT 330
24.01.97
DD+DIS017.95E
3.
Reference diagrams
3.1
Side view, left
BE1
Thermal cut-out developer solution
BE2
TR1
Thermal cut-out fixer solution

1HZ1
1SI1
Heating lamp IR1

Thermal cut-out IR1
1HZ2
1SI2
Heating lamp IR2

Thermal cut-out IR2
1HZ3
1SI3
Heating lamp IR3

Thermal cut-out IR3
1M1
1M2
2M1
4MG1
Solenoid valve water drain
4MG2
Solenoid valve water supply
24.01.97
CURIX HT 330
Section 7 / 3

3.2
DD+DIS017.95E
Side view, right
ST5 /
BU5
Clutch; Power Dryer
ST7 /
BU7
Clutch; 1R1; S1 - Dryer
GS1
Low voltage distributor board
GS1/S1
Reset key film processor
GS2
Mains distributor board
GS4
EC motor control board
GS5
SK537 CPU board
GS6
24V driver board
GS7
Triac board
M1
Drive motor
1R1
4M1
Replenisher pump D / F
S2
Cover switch
Section 7 / 4
CURIX HT 330
24.01.97
DD+DIS017.95E
3.3
Rear view
M1
Drive motor
RS1
Contactor
S1
Main machine switch
TR1
TR2
24.01.97
CURIX HT 330
Section 7 / 5

3.4
DD+DIS017.95E
Top view
BE1.1
BE1
Thermal cut-out - Sensor

Thermal cut-out developer solution
BE2.1
BE1
Thermal cut-out - Sensor

Thermal cut-out fixer solution
HZ1
Developer solution heater
HZ2
Fixer solution heater
M1
Drive motor
MC1
Power supply filter
LEV / D
Level monitoring developer solution
LEV / F
Level monitoring fixer solution
LEV / W Level monitoring water

R1
Temperature sensor (NTC) developer solution
R2
Temperature sensor (NTC) fixer solution
RS1
Contactor, tw consumer switch-off
S1
Main machine switch (film processor)
S1...S5
Film feed scanner roller
S2
Cover switch
TR1
TR2
2M1
4M3
Exhaust motor
Section 7 / 6
CURIX HT 330
24.01.97
DD+DIS017.95E
3.5
Dryer
Film feed direction
1HZ1
Heating lamp IR1
1HZ2
Heating lamp IR2
1HZ3
Heating lamp IR3
1M1
1M2
1MA1
Ground connection
1R1
1Si1
Thermal cut-out (95C) of 1HZ1
1Si2
1Si3
24.01.97
CURIX HT 330
Section 7 / 7
CURIX HT330
PCB FUSE
ACCOUNT DESCRIPTION
GS1
GS2
1A delay
1A delay
Si 1
Si 1
9V~ supply voltage
PCB LED
PLUG
GS5 D43
GS6 D11
0
ST1/5
ST1/1
DESCRIPTION
PCB PLUG DESCRIPTION
PCB PLUG
+5V supply voltage

+24V1
GS1 ST1
GS1 ST31
ST32
ST33
ST34
Si 2
Si 3
Si 4
Si 6
700mA delay
1A delay
Primary fuse TR2
700mA delay Option cooling pump 4M2
3.2A delay
+24V1
1
2
ST1/2
ST1/3
ST1/4
Si 7
3.2A delay
+24V2
4
5
ST1/9
ST1/10
ST1/11
Cooling pump 4M2 (option)

Exhaust fan 4M3
(S1/5 closed)
4MG2 drain (option)
Si 8
10A delay
230V~ triac board GS7

7
ST1/12
4MG1 inlet
ST1/8
ST3/1
ST3/2
ST3/3
ST3/4
ST3/11
ST3/12
ST3/13
ST3/14
+24V2
Heater HZ2, fixer
Circulation pump 2M1
Heater IR1 (1.HZ1)
Dryer 1M1, 1M2
Heater IR2 (1.HZ2)
Heater HZ1, developer tank
Repl. pump 4M1
Heater IR3 (1.HZ3)
GS7
Si 9
10A delay
Si 10
Si 11
1A delay
1A delay
Si 12
1A delay
230V~ triac board GS7
230V~ supply
EC motor control
D16
D1 /1
D1 /2
D1 /3
D1 /4
D2 /5
D2 /6
D2 /7
D2 /8
Reserve
ST3
Jumper
ST4
ST5
ST6
ST7
ST8
ST9
ST10
ST11
ST12
ST13
ST14
ST15
ST16
ST17
ST18
ST19
ST20
ST21
ST23
ST24
ST25
ST26
Display, keys, buzzer

GS6/ST2 24V driver board
Si 1
1A delay
230V~ supply
Water disposal
Disposal (Reserve)
Jumper closed (Reserve)
Jumper closed
WATER
ST35
Jumper closed
FIXER
ST36
Jumper closed
DEVELOPER
ST37
Closed
ST38
Mixer
R30
Brightness LCD display
R12
Contrast LCD display
S1
Reset key
GS2 ST1
NC
ST3/ 1, 2
Primary winding TR2 / 2, 7
ST4/ 1
NC
ST4/ 2 / 10 HZ2
ST5/10
BE2/11,31 Fixer
ST4/ 4, 8
Replenishment pump 4M1
ST4/ 3,6
NC
PIN PLUG
DESCRIPTION
GS2 ST7/ 3; 6
ST7/ 8; 11
ST7/ 1; 2
ST7/ 4; 5
ST7/ 7; 10
ST8/ 1, 2
ST9/ 1, 5
BU1/ 1, 5
BU1/ 3, 6
BU1/ 4, 6
BU1/ 7,9
BU1/ 12, 10
BU1/ 15, 10
BU1/ 14, 11
XK1/ 1
XK1/ 2
XK1/ 3
XK1/ 4
XK1/ 5
XK1/ 6
XK1/ 7
XK1/ 8
XK1/ 9
XK1/ 10
XK1/ 11
XK1/ 12
PE
N3 (NC)
230V~ (NC)
EC motor control GS4
Cover switch S2
Jumper (N3)
NC
NC
NC
NC
19V~ TR2 / 9, 11
4MG1 water supply
4MG2 water drain
Exhaust fan
(black) MC1 / L
(brown) mains switch S1 / 1
(blue) contactor RS1/1 (L1)
(white) MC1 / N
(violet) mains switch S1/4
(black) contactor RS1/5 (L3)
(blue) contactor RS1/A2
(white) mains switch S1/5
(grey) mains switch S1/2
(brown) contactor RS1/A1
(black) contactor RS1/6 (T3)
(white) contactor RS1/2 (T1)
GS4/ST5 EC motor control
ST4/ 7,9
Cooling pump 4M2
ST5/ 1, 14 IR1, thermal cutout SI1
ST5/ 3, 6
PE
ST5/ 4, 11/8 Cross flow fan 1M1, 1M2
GS5/ST1 SK537 CPU
ST5/ 5, 9
Circulation pump M1
ST28 TR2 / 13, 14, 9V ~
ST5/ 5, 13
HZ1 developer BE1 /11, 31
ST29 TR2 / 15, 16, 12V ~
ST5/ 7, 8
IR2, thermal cutout SI2
J2 ( 1 - 2)
motor turning, left
ST30 Fixer disposal
ST5/ 12, 11 IR3, thermal cutout SI3
ST1 / ST4
Drive motor M1
BU1
GS4
Developer supply
Jumper (closed)
GS7/ST1 Triac board
Developer level (tanks)
Fixer level (tanks)
Water level (tanks)
Scanner rollers
Fixer supply
Water supply
NC
Developer temperature sensor
Fixer temperature sensor
Temperature sensor (Reserve)
Supply (reserve)
Service key
Dryer temperature sensor
Developer disposal
DESCRIPTION
XK1/ 13
GS4 J1 ( 2 - 3)
(green) PE, protective earth

speed adjustment by CPU
MP1-MP5
MP2-MP5
MP3-MP5
MP4-MP5
MP7-MP6
MP8-MP6
MP9-MP6
MP10-MP6
HOME
Fixer heater
Circulation motor
IR1 heater
Fan (dryer)
IR2 heater
Developer heater
Replenishment pump
IR3 heater
HT 330
HOME
CSO
Technical
Documentation
Customer Support
Operations
Order No. DD+DIS017.97M
*11ARR2W
Sec 8
CURIX HT330 U
Typ/Type 5210 / 100/200
1 piece 1AR2W MA1
Ersatzteilliste
Spare Parts List
Liste des Pices de Rechange
1. Ausgabe ab FN1300
1 st edition from SN1300
1 re dition a partir du FN1300
521001AM.CDR
Die Ersatzteilliste ist gesondert lieferbar: Bestellnummer bis FN1299 DD+DIS091.94M

ab FN1300 DD+DIS017.97M
The spare parts list is available separately: Order number up to SN1299 DD+DIS091.94M
from SN1300 DD+DIS017.97M
La liste des pices detaches est votre disposition sparment: No. de Ref. jusqu'au FN1299 DD+DIS091.94M
partir du FN1300 DD+DIS017.97M
Printed in Germany
AGFA
SPARE PARTS LIST
Sec 8
DD+DIS017.97M
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Index
Table de Matires
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
27
27
27
VERTEILEREINHEIT
DISTRIBUTOR UNIT
UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
06
06
06
GESTELL PROZESSOR
FRAME PROCESSOR
CHASSIS PROCESSEUR
SEITEN 20 - 22
PAGES 20 - 22
PAGES 20 - 22
ENTWICKLERRACK
DEVELOPER RACK
RACK DEVELLOPPEUSE
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
07
07
07
ANTRIEBSWELLE
DRIVE SHAFT
ENTRANEMENT
SEITEN 23 - 24
PAGES 23 - 24
PAGES 23 - 24
FIXIERRACK
FIX RACK
RACK
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
10
10
10
SEITENWAND, LINKS
SIDE PANEL, LHS
PAROI LATERALE, A GAUCHE
SEITEN 25 - 26
PAGES 25 - 26
PAGES 25 - 26
WASSERRACK
WASH RACK
RACK
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
12
12
12
ELEKTRONIKPLATTE
ELEKTRONICS
PLAQUE DE L'LEKTRONIQUE
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
WALZENSCHEMA
ROLLER POSTIONING PLAN
SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX
28
28
28
SEITEN 02
PAGES 02
PAGES 02
Hinweise
Notes
Remarques
EINGABETISCH
FEED TABLE
TABLE D'INTRODUCTION
Hinweise
Anschlsse und Reparaturen elektrischer Art drfen nur von einer Elektrofachkraft
durchgefhrt werden!
Anschlsse und Reparaturen mechanischer Art drfen nur von einer Fachkraft durchgefhrt werden!
D
= Normteil. Die Bestellnummer ist der separaten Normteileliste ,,DD+DIS011.93M zu entnehmen.

= Baugruppe.
= Ersatzteil, nicht ab Lager lieferbar. Bei Bestellung verlngerte Lieferzeit.
nderungen von Daten und Eigenschaften, die dem technischen Fortschritt dienen, vorbehalten.
Notes
Electrical connections and repairs must only be made by authorised electricians.
Mechanical connections and repairs must only be made by authorised technicians.
TROCKNER
DRYER
SECHOIR
08
08
08
SEITENWAND, RECHTS
SIDE PANEL, RHS
PAROI LATERALE, A DROIT
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
11
11
11
BADHEIZUNG
BATH HEATING
CHAUFFAGE DES BAINS
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
09
09
09
PUMPENANTRIEB
PUMP DRIVE
ENTRAINEMENT DE POMPE
521008AM.CDR
SEITEN 13 - 19
PAGES 13 - 19
PAGES 13 - 19
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
= Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts
DD+DIS011.93M
= Assembly
= Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery times.
We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical progress.
Remarques
Seul un spcialiste est autoris raliser les branchements et rparations lecriques.
Seule une personne qualifie est autorise raliser les raccords et rparations mcaniques.
D
= Pice normalise. Vous trouvez leur rfrence dans la liste, part, des pieces normalisees
DD+DIS011.93M
= Modul
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
01
01
01
VERKLEIDUNGSTEILE
EXTERNAL PANELS
PICES DE REVTEMENT
SEITEN 03 - 05
PAGES 03 - 05
PAGES 03 - 05
VERSCHLAUCHUNG
TUBING
TUYAU FLEXIBLE
= Piece detachee nest pas disponible depart stock. Dlai prolong en cas de commande.
Sous rserve de modifications de donnes et de caractristiques pouvant servir au progrs

technique.
SEITEN 29 - 32
PAGES 29 - 32
PAGE
29 - 32
01.03.97
BUCHSEN, SCHLAUCH-LISTE, FLACHKABELHALTER, STECKER

SOCKETS, HOSE LIST, FLAT CABLE HOLDER, PLUGS
DOUILLES, LISTE DE TUYAUX FLEXIBLES, SUPPORTS DE CBLES PLAT, FICHES
CHAPTER 07/ii
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Index
Table de Matires
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
27
27
27
VERTEILEREINHEIT
DISTRIBUTOR UNIT
UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
06
06
06
GESTELL PROZESSOR
FRAME PROCESSOR
CHASSIS PROCESSEUR
SEITEN 20 - 22
PAGES 20 - 22
PAGES 20 - 22
ENTWICKLERRACK
DEVELOPER RACK
RACK DEVELLOPPEUSE
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
07
07
07
ANTRIEBSWELLE
DRIVE SHAFT
ENTRANEMENT
SEITEN 23 - 24
PAGES 23 - 24
PAGES 23 - 24
FIXIERRACK
FIX RACK
RACK
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
10
10
10
SEITENWAND, LINKS
SIDE PANEL, LHS
SEITEN 25 - 26
PAGES 25 - 26
PAGES 25 - 26
WASSERRACK
WASH RACK
RACK
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
12
12
12
ELEKTRONIKPLATTE
ELEKTRONICS
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
WALZENSCHEMA
ROLLER POSTIONING PLAN
SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX
28
28
28
SEITEN 02
PAGES 02
PAGES 02
Hinweise
Notes
Remarques
EINGABETISCH
FEED TABLE
Hinweise
Anschlsse und Reparaturen elektrischer Art drfen nur von einer Elektrofachkraft
durchgefhrt werden!
Anschlsse und Reparaturen mechanischer Art drfen nur von einer Fachkraft durchgefhrt werden!
D
= Normteil. Die Bestellnummer ist der separaten Normteileliste ,,DD+DIS011.93M zu entnehmen.

= Baugruppe.
= Ersatzteil, nicht ab Lager lieferbar. Bei Bestellung verlngerte Lieferzeit.
nderungen von Daten und Eigenschaften, die dem technischen Fortschritt dienen, vorbehalten.
Notes
Electrical connections and repairs must only be made by authorised electricians.
Mechanical connections and repairs must only be made by authorised technicians.
TROCKNER
DRYER
SECHOIR
08
08
08
SEITENWAND, RECHTS
SIDE PANEL, RHS
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
11
11
11
BADHEIZUNG
BATH HEATING
CHAUFFAGE DES BAINS
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
09
09
09
PUMPENANTRIEB
PUMP DRIVE
521008AM.CDR
SEITEN 13 - 19
PAGES 13 - 19
PAGES 13 - 19
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
= Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts
DD+DIS011.93M
= Assembly
= Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery times.
We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical progress.
Remarques
Seul un spcialiste est autoris raliser les branchements et rparations lecriques.
Seule une personne qualifie est autorise raliser les raccords et rparations mcaniques.
D
= Pice normalise. Vous trouvez leur rfrence dans la liste, part, des pieces normalisees
DD+DIS011.93M
= Modul
SEITE
PAGE
PAGE
01
01
01
VERKLEIDUNGSTEILE
EXTERNAL PANELS
PICES DE REVTEMENT
SEITEN 03 - 05
PAGES 03 - 05
PAGES 03 - 05
VERSCHLAUCHUNG
TUBING
TUYAU FLEXIBLE
= Piece detachee nest pas disponible depart stock. Dlai prolong en cas de commande.
Sous rserve de modifications de donnes et de caractristiques pouvant servir au progrs

technique.
SEITEN 29 - 32
PAGES 29 - 32
PAGE
29 - 32
01.03.97
BUCHSEN, SCHLAUCH-LISTE, FLACHKABELHALTER, STECKER

SOCKETS, HOSE LIST, FLAT CABLE HOLDER, PLUGS
DOUILLES, LISTE DE TUYAUX FLEXIBLES, SUPPORTS DE CBLES PLAT, FICHES
CHAPTER 07/ii
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Erklrung zur Ersatzteil - Sortimentsliste

Sortiment A: Beinhaltet nur Verschleiteile fr ein Gert und ein Jahr.
Sortiment B: Beinhaltet nicht Sortiment A und C, jedoch alle Teile, die zur Funktionssicherheit whrend zwei Betriebsjahren
je Techniker notwendig sind.
Sortiment C: Beinhaltet nicht Sortiment A und B, sondern Teile und Baugruppen, die selten bentigt werden und die im
Vertretungszentrallager oder in Lndern mit Einfuhrbeschrnkung vorhanden sein sollten.
Anwendung: In der Praxis arbeitet der Techniker nur mit Sortiment A und Teilen aus Sortiment B, abhngig von der Anzahl
der Gerte und deren regionalen Verteilung.
Wagen- und Zentrallagerbestand mssen je nach Gerteanzahl aus Erfahrungswerten der Vertretung vom
jeweiligen Serviceleiter mit Untersttzung seines Produktspezialisten ermittelt werden.
BESTELLEN VON ERSATZTEILSORTIMENTEN:
1. Die Listen werden automatisch aktualisiert, sie knnen mit und ohne Preisangebote bei AgfaGevaert Mnchen, Abteilung LOG-T angefordert werden.
2. Bei Bestellung unbedingt siebenstellige Typnummer angeben: .... / ...
3. Die Bestellangabe braucht nur die Anzahl der gewnschten Sortimente A, B, C zu enthalten
(also ohne Einzelpositionen).
Description of spare parts list / kits

KIT A: Comprises of wear parts for one machine in one year.
KIT B: Does not include the parts in kits A and C, however, all parts required per technician to provide reliable function for
two years.
KIT C: Does not include the parts of kit A and B, but those parts and assemblies which are only occasionally required and
should be kept in the warehouse of the subsidiary, or should be on stock in countries with import restrictions.
Application: In practice, the technician only works with kit A and parts of kit B, always depending on the number of machines and the location distances.
Supplies in the technicianss car and the central warehouse must be determined and completed by the
service manager, supported by the product specialist, according to the experience in the agency and with
respect to the number of machines.
HOW TO ORDER SPARE PARTS KITS:
1. The listings are automatically updated, they are avaliable with or without price list from
Agfa-Gevaert Munich, department LOG-T.
2. Always specify the 7-digit type number in your order: .... / ...
3. Only the number of required kits A, B, C must be ordered (not the individual parts).
Explication dassortiments des pices dtaches

Assortiment A: Comprend seulement des pices dusure par machine et an.
Assortiment B: Ne comprend pas les assortiments A et C, mais toutes les pices ncessaires par technicien pour assurer
le fonctionnement sr durant deux annes de fonctionnement.
Assortiment C: Ne comprend pas les assortiments A et B, mais toutes les pices et ensembles peu utiliss qui doivent
tre disponsibles dans le magasin central de lagence ou dans les pays avec restrictions dimportation.
Application: En pratique, le technicien travaille seulement avec lassortiment A et quelques pices de lassortiment B,
dpenant du nombre de machines et de leur rpartition rgionale.
Les stocks de voiture et du magasin central doivent tre fixs par le chef de service en collaboration avec les
spcialistes des produits, en fonction du nombre de machines et la base de valeurs empiriques de lagence.
Commande de assortiments des pices dtaches:
1. Les listes sont actualises automatiquement, elles peuvent tre obtenues de Agfa-Gevaert
Munich, Service LOG-T avec ou sans indication des prix.
2. Indiquer imprativement le no. de type 7 chiffres lors dune commande: ..../...
3. Il suffit dindiquer uniquement le nombre dsir des assortiments A, B, C (sans indication des
positions individuelles).
01.03.97
CHAPTER 07/iii
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Typenverzeichnis
CURIX HT330 U
CURIX HT330 U
5210/100
5210/200
3PHNC
33KGD
5210/100
5210/200
3PHNC
33KGD
5210/100
5210/200
3PHNC
33KGD
Type list
CURIX HT330 U
CURIX HT330 U
List de type
CURIX HT330 U
CURIX HT330 U
01.03.97
CHAPTER 07/iv
DD+DIS017.97M
SPARE PARTS LIST
Zubehr
ANTIALGENVENTIL
LICHTSCHUTZDECKEL
REGENERATTANKS 2x30l MIT NIVEAUABTASTUNG (5M)
REGENERATTANKS 2x80l MIT NIVEAUABTASTUNG (6M)
ROLLENSATZ FR UNTERGESTELL FR 5210/200
PUMPENEINHEIT 230V/60HZ FR ANTIALGENMITTEL
DOSIERUNG
PUMPENEINHEIT 230V/50HZ FR ANTIALGENMITTEL
DOSIERUNG
ZEITGEBER-DOSIEREINHEIT 230V/50HZ FR
ANTIALGENMITTEL DOSIERUNG
5210 / 500
5205 / 170
8186 / 700
8186 / 800
CM+9.5210.9030.0
CM+9.8966.0399.0
3TUYF
27WV5
FJ1QL
FP6J7
CM+9.8966.0531.0
CM+9.8966.0530.0
ACCESSORIES
ANTI ALGAE SOLENOID VALVE
LIGHT TIGHT LID
REPLENISHER TANKS 2x30l WITH LEVEL FEELER (5M)
REPLENISHER TANKS 2x80l WITH LEVEL FEELER (6M)
ROLLER SET FOR BASE FOR 5210/200
PUMP UNIT FOR ANTI-ALGAE METERING 230V/60HZ
PUMP UNIT FOR ANTI-ALGAE METERING 230V/50HZ
TIMER FOR ANTI-ALGAE METERING 230V/50HZ
5210 / 500
5205 / 170
8186 / 700
8186 / 800
CM+9.5210.9030.0
CM+9.8966.0399.0
CM+9.8966.0531.0
CM+9.8966.0530.0
3TUYF
27WV5
FJ1QL
FP6J7
5210 / 500
5205 / 170
8186 / 700
8186 / 800
CM+9.5210.9030.0
CM+9.8966.0399.0
CM+9.8966.0531.0
CM+9.8966.0530
3TUYF
27WV5
FJ1QL
FP6J7
ACCESSOIRIES
SOUPAPE ANTI ALGUES
PROTECTION ANTI LUMIERE
CUVE DE REGENERATION 2x30l (5M)
CUVE DE REGENERATION 2x80l (6M)
JEU DE ROULEAUX POUR CHASSIS POUR 5210/200
UNITE DE POMPE POUR ANTIALGUES DOSAGE 230/60HZ
UNITE DE POMPE POUR ANTIALGUES DOSAGE 230/50HZ
MINUTERIE POUR ANTIALGUES DOSAGE 230V/50HZ
01.03.97
CHAPTER 07/v
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
17*
N
TIO
EC
FIL
R
DI
18*
03*
07*
08*
02*
05*
12*
15*/20*
D9
D82
D246
D246
11*
13*
09
06*
04*
D13
D13
01*
10*
D84
D2223
16*/21*
14*/19*
5
52102801.CDR
VERKLEIDUNGSTEILE
EXTERNAL PANELS
PICES DE REVTEMENT
CHAPTER 08/01
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0335.0042.0*
DRUCKFEDER / COMPRESSION SPRING / RESSORT DE PRESSION
02
CM+9.5210.2183.0*
AUFKLEBER ELEKTRONIK / ADHESIVE LABEL, ELECTRONICS /

PLAQUE ADHESIVE, LECTRONIQUE
03
CM+9.5210.3031.0*
VORDERWAND / FRONT WALL / PAROI FRONTALE
04
CM+9.5210.3113.2*
RUECKWAND SOLO / PANEL, SOLO / PANNEAU ARRIERE, SOLO
05
CM+9.5210.3150.3*
GERAETEDECKEL TROCKNER / COVER DRYER / COUVERCLE

SECHOIR
06
CM+9.5210.3200.1*
SEITENVERKLEIDUNG RECHTS / SIDE PANEL, RHS / REVETEMENT A

DROITE
07
CM+9.5210.3250.1*
SEITENVERKLEIDUNG LINKS / SIDE PANEL, LHS / REVETEMENT A

GAUCHE
08
CM+9.5210.3300.4*
GERAETEDECKEL NASS / COVER TANKS / COUVERCLE

DEVELOPPEUSE
09
CM+9.5210.3601.0
DRAHTSCHUTE CURIX HT 330-U / WIRE CHUTE / PROTECTION FIL
10
CM+9.5210.7217.0*
BUCHSE / BUSHING / DOUILLE
11
CM+9.5210.8011.1*
KLEBESCHILD WALZENSCHEMA 7 C 1 / LABEL, ROLLER

POSITIONING PLAN / ETIQUETTE, SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX
12
CM+9.8391.3043.0*
WINKEL / BRACKET / EQUERRE
13
CM+9.8391.4046.2*
DECKEL / COVER / COUVERCLE

NUR FR TYP 5210/100 / ONLY FOR TYPE 5210/100 / SEULEMENT
POUR TYPE 5210/100:
14
CM+9.5210.7110.2*
VERKLEIDUNG LINKS / PANELING, LHS / REVETEMENT A GAUCHE
15
CM+9.5210.7130.2*
VERKLEIDUNG RECHTS / PANELING, RHS / REVETEMENT A DROITE
16
CM+9.5210.7180.3*
VERKLEIDUNG RUECK / PANELING / REVETEMENT

NUR FR TYP 5210/200 / ONLY FOR TYPE 5210/200 / SEULEMENT
POUR TYPE 5210/200:
17
CM+9.5210.3705.0*
VORDERWAND OBERTEIL / FRONT WALL, TOP PART / PAROI FRONTALE, PARTIE SUPERIEURE
18
CM+9.5210.3709.0*
VORDERWAND UNTERTEIL / FRONT WALL, BOTTOM PART / PAROI

FRONTALE, PARTIE INFERIEURE
19
CM+9.5210.7620.0*
VERKLEIDUNG LINKS / PANELING, LHS / REVETEMENT A GAUCHE
20
CM+9.5210.7630.0*
VERKLEIDUNG RECHTS / PANELING, RHS / REVETEMENT A DROITE
21
CM+9.5210.7640.0*
UNTERGESTELL RUECKWANDVERKLEIDUNG / BASE, REAR PANEL /

CHASSIS, PANNEAU ARRIERE
CM+9.5210.9030.0
BEIPACK: ROLLENSATZ FR CURIX HT 330-G / ROLLER SET FOR

CURIX HT 330-G / JEU DE ROULEAUX POUR CURIX HT 330-G
IM BEIPACK TYP 5210/100/200 / ACCESSORY KIT TYPE 5210/100/200 /
KIT ACCESSOIRE TYPE 5210/100/200:
CM+9.5210.1035.0
EINFUELLHILFE / FILLING DEVICE / TUBE DE REMPLISSAGE
D = Normteil. Die Bestellnummer ist der separaten Normteileliste ,,DD+DIS011.93M zu entnehmen.

D = Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts DD+DIS011.93M.
D = Pice normalise. Vous trouvez leur rfrence dans la liste, part, des pieces normalisees DD+DIS011.93M.
* = Ersatzteil, nicht ab Lager lieferbar. Bei Bestellung verlngerte Lieferzeit.
* = Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery times.
* = Piece detachee nest pas disponible depart stock. Dlai prolong en cas de commande.
VERKLEIDUNGSTEILE
EXTERNAL PANELS
PICES DE REVTEMENT
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/01a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
IO
CT
RE
FIL
DI
08*
06*
09
16
(S7-9)
01
04
07
12
14*
19
20
05*
21
15
13*
10*
D684
17
(H1)
18*
D244
11
D195
D82
D139
03*
D244
02*
52102806.CDR
EINGABETISCH
FEED TABLE
CHAPTER 08/02
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0425.7970.0
REEDKONTAKT / REED CONTACT / CONTACT REED
02
CM+9.5110.7004.0*
PLATTE / PLATE / PLAQUE
03
CM+9.5200.1012.0*
04
CM+9.5200.1260.1
FILMERKENNUNG / FILM DETECTION / DETECTION DE FILM
05
CM+9.5200.1261.0*
STANGE / ROD / BARRE
06
CM+9.5200.1270.1*
TISCHPLATTE / TABLE PLATE / PLAQUE DE TABLE
07
CM+9.5200.1605.0
DRUCKSTUECK / PRESSURE BLOCK / PIECE DE PRESSION
08
CM+9.5200.1622.0*
TISCHLEISTE / TABLE BAR / REGLETTE DE TABLE
09
CM+9.5200.7150.0
KABELBAUM, REEDKONTAKTE (S1 - S5) / CABLE HARNESS REED

CONTACT / CONTACT REED FAISCEAU DE CABLE
10
CM+9.5210.3510.0*
EINGABETISCH / FEED TABLE / TABLE DINTRODUCTION
11
CM+9.5210.4280.0
KABEL-FL+RD (DISPLAY) / CABLE / CABLE
12
CM+9.5220.1680.1
ABTASTROLLE / SCANNING ROLLER / ROULEAU DE DTECTION
13
CM+9.5220.2001.0*
14
CM+9.5220.2121.1*
GEHAEUSE / HOUSING / BOITIER
15
CM+9.5220.2123.2
LCD-DISPLAY / LCD DISPLAY / DISPLAY LCD
16
CM+9.5220.2124.1
FOLIENTASTATUR / TOUCH KEY / CLAVIER TACTILE
17
CM+9.5230.2430.0
SUMMER / BUZZER / AVERTISSEUR
18
CM+9.5230.2460.0*
19
CM+9.8185.6572.0
SCHEIBE / WASHER / RONDELLE
20
CM+9.8188.6471.0
ROHR / PIPE / TUBE
21
CM+9.9432.3025.0
SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE / RETAINER RING / RONDELLE DARRET

EINGABETISCH
FEED TABLE
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/02a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
09
16
18*
10*
18*
17*
01
04
03
02
05
07
12
(4M3)
08
14
08
15
100
75
100
75
50
50
25
25
13
(4M1)
11
23
(4MG1)
20
5
19
22
09
21
24
21
06
52102802.CDR
VERSCHLAUCHUNG, GRUNDGERT
TUBING, BASIC MACHINE
TUYAU FLEXIBLE, MACHINE DE BASE
CHAPTER 08/03
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+0.0000.07.025
PVC-SCHLAUCH TRANSPARENT 19X2,5 (7.5210.5533.0, L=1500MM) /

HOSE / TUYAU FLEXIBLE
02
CM+0.0000.17.056
SILICON RUBBER RTV 103 BLACK
03
CM+0.0000.64.117
ABLUFTSCHLAUCH 100 (7.5210.7507.0,L=650MM) / EXHAUST HOSE /

TUYAU DVACUATION DAIR
04
CM+0.0000.64.131
PVC-SCHLAUCH BLAU 19X2,5 (7.5210.5523.0, L=1500MM) / HOSE /

TUYAU FLEXIBLE
05
CM+0.0000.64.132
PVC-SCHLAUCH ROT 19X2,5 (7.5210.5513.0, L=1500MM) / HOSE /

TUYAU FLEXIBLE
06
CM+7.0342.0031.0
SCHMUTZFNGER / DIRT FILTER / FILTRE A EAU
07
CM+7.0362.6016.0
WASSERZULAUFSCHLAUCH, 3/4"X2M / WATER SUPPLY HOSE /

TUYAU DARRIVE DEAU
08
CM+7.0372.7023.0
SCHLAUCHSCHELLE / HOSE CLAMP / COLLIER DE GAINE
09
CM+7.0372.0040.0
SCHLAUCHSCHELLE (CORBIN) / HOSE CLAMP / COLLIER DE GAINE
10
CM+7.0399.0283.0*
UMLENKSTCK MIT ROHRSTUTZEN / ELBOW WITH CONNECTION

PIECE / COUDE AVEC RACCORDS DE TUYAU
11
CM+7.0424.2134.0
MAGNETVENTIL, WASSERZULAUF (4.MG2) / SOLENOID VALVE,

WATER SUPPLY / SOUPAPE MAGNETIQUE, ARRIVEE DEAU
12
CM+7.0431.7140.0
DC-LFTER 24V (4.M3) / FAN / VENTILATEUR
13
CM+7.0431.7181.0
DOSIERPUMPE 230V 50/60HZ (4.M1) / METERING PUMP / POMPE DE

DOSAGE
14
CM+9.5210.5560.0
E - ROHRKRMMER / PIPE BEND, DEVELOPER / TUYAU COUDE,

REVELATEUR
15
CM+9.5210.5570.0
F - ROHRKRMMER / PIPE BEND, FIXER / TUYAU COUDE, FIXATEUR
16
CM+9.5210.5580.0
W - ROHRKRMMER / PIPE BEND, WATER / TUYAU COUDE DEAU
17
CM+9.5210.7054.1*
ABSAUGKRUEMMER / EXTRACTION ELBOW / COUDE DASPIRATION
18
CM+9.5210.7056.1*
ROHR / PIPE / TUBE
19
CM+9.5210.7270.1
FILTER / FILTER / FILTRE
20
CM+9.5210.7504.0
SCHLAUCHANSCHLUSS 20/16 / HOSE CONNECTION / RACCORD

TUYAU
21
CM+9.5210.7505.0
GEWINDEBUCHSE / THREADED BUSH / DOUILLE FILETEE
22
CM+9.5210.7516.0
SCHLAUCHANSCHLUSS D8 / HOSE CONNECTION / RACCORD TUYAU
23
CM+9.8904.1227.0
FILTER / FILTER / FILTRE
24
CM+9.8906.3414.1
KNIE / ELBOW / COUDE

VERSCHLAUCHUNG, GRUNDGERT
TUBING, BASIC MACHINE
TUYAU FLEXIBLE, MACHINE DE BASE
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/03a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
05*
07*
08*
06*
03*
01
10
(4MG2)
04
02
01
04
09*
03*
TYP/TYPE 5210/500
52102804.CDR
VERSCHLAUCHUNG, OPTION
TUBING, BASIC OPTION
TUYAU FLEXIBLE, OPTION
CHAPTER 08/04
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+0.0000.64.090
PVC SCHLAUCH 15X2 (7.5210.7351.0, L=45MM) / HOSE / TUYAU

FLEXIBLE
02
CM+0.0000.64.096
SIL SCHLAUCH 15X3 (7.5210.7352.0, L=65MM) / HOSE / TUYAU FLEXIBLE
03
CM+7.0342.0033.0*
REDUZIERUNG 20-16 / REDUCTION / RDUCTEUR
04
CM+7.0372.0030.0
05
CM+9.5210.5510.0*
ROHR E / PIPE, DEVELOPER / TUBE, REVELATEUR
06
CM+9.5210.5520.0*
ROHR F / PIPE, FIXER / TUBE, FIXATEUR
07
CM+9.5210.5530.0*
ROHR W / PIPE, WATER / TUBE, DEAU
08
CM+9.5210.5540.0*
ROHR UEBERLAUFWANNE / PIPE, OVERFLOW TRAY / TUBE,

CUVETTE TROP PLEIN
09
CM+9.5210.7370.0*
Y-STUECK / Y-PIECE / RACCORD Y
10
CM+9.8391.7790.0
MAGNETVENTIL-ABLAUF (4.MG2) / SOLENOID VALVE, DRAIN /

SOUPAPE MAGNETIQUE, EVACUATION

VERSCHLAUCHUNG, OPTION
TUBING, BASIC OPTION
TUYAU FLEXIBLE, OPTION
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/04a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
STANDARD
MODIFICATION
06
06
04
04
05
05
01
03
02
03
WASSERFILTER (SCHMUTZFNGER) INSTALLATION

WATER FILTER INSTALLATION
FILTRE A EAU D'INSTALLATION
CHAPTER 08/05
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0342.0031.0
SCHMUTZFNGER (MAGNETVENTIL) / DIRT FILTER (SOLENOID

VALVE) / FILTRE A EAU (SOUPAPE MAGNETIQUE)
02
CM+7.0342.0039.0
SCHMUTZFNGER (WASSERHAHN) / DIRT FILTER (WATER TAP) /

FILTRE A EAU (ROBINET DEAU)
03
CM+7.0362.6016.0
WASSERZULAUFSCHLAUCH, 3/4"X2M / WATER SUPPLY HOSE /

TUYAU DARRIVE DEAU
04
CM+7.0372.0023.0
05
CM+7.0424.2134.0
MAGNETVENTIL 2/2 WEGE (4.MG2) / SOLENOID VALVE / SOUPAPE

MAGNETIQUE
06
CM+9.5210.5580.0
WASSERFILTER (SCMUTZFNGER) INSTALLATION

WATER FILTER INSTALLATION
FILTRE A EAU D'INSTALLATION
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/05a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
12
14
D2797
D83
06*
D2369
13
D2799
08
(M1)
09*
03
(BE1)
03
(BE2)
07*
15
(S1)
01*
02
(RS1)
D244
D2328
11*
D82
D195
04
(TR2)
10
(MC2)
D142
5
05
(MC1)
GESTELL PROZESSOR
FRAME PROCESSOR
CHASSIS PROCESSEUR
CHAPTER 08/06
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0416.4006.0*
RC-LSCHGLIED FR SCHTZ / RC DELETION UNIT FOR

CONTACTOR / UNITE DEFFACEMENT RC POUR CONTACTEUR
02
CM+7.0422.2082.0
SCHTZ (RS1) / CONTACTOR / CONTACTEUR
03
CM+7.0426.6374.0
TEMPERATURBEGRENZER 63C (BE1, BE2) / TEMPERATURE LIMITER

/ LIMITATEUR DE TEMPERATURE
04
CM+7.0433.7132.0
TRAFO 19V 2A7 9V 2A (TR2) / TRANSFORMER / TRANSFORMATEUR
05
CM+7.0436.6025.0
FILTER (MC1) / FILTER / FILTRE
06
CM+9.5210.2102.0*
MOTORBEFESTIGUNGSPLATTE / MOTOR MOUNTING BRACKET /

PLAQUE DE FIXATION DU MOTEUR
07
CM+9.5210.2104.0*
BLENDE / COVER / RECOUVREMENT
08
CM+9.5210.2110.1
MOTOR (M1) / MOTOR / MOTEUR
09
CM+9.5210.2113.0*
GEWINDEPLATTE / THREADED PLATE / PLAQUE FILETEE
10
CM+9.5210.4290.0
FUNKENTSTOERKONDENSATOR (MC2) FR SCHTZ / ANTI

INTERFERENCE CAPACITOR FOR CONTACTOR /CONDENSATEUR
ANTIPARASITAGE POUR CONTACTEUR
11
CM+9.5220.2501.0*
TRAGSCHIENE / CARRYING RAIL / RALL SUPPORT
12
CM+9.8157.6229.0
13
CM+9.9402.1101.1
GERADSTIRNRAD, Z=15 / SPUR GEAR / ROUE DENTEE
14
CM+9.9460.2108.2
KUPPLUNGSROHR / PIPE UNION / RACCORD
15
CM+9.9460.2552.1
WIPPENSCHALTER (S1) / ROCKER SWITCH / TOUCHE A BASCULE

GESTELL PROZESSOR
FRAME PROCESSOR
CHASSIS PROCESSEUR
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/06a
SPARE PARTS LIST
52102808.CDR
CHAPTER 08/07
D2797
D2328
D83
15
D196
D82
04*
06*
D9
07
05
D2797
RE
FIL
D83
IO
CT
DI
16
D196
10
D10
D81
D3980
14
D44
03
ANTRIEBSWELLE
DRIVE SHAFT
ENTRANEMENT
CURIX HT330
11
02
10
13
12*
10
09
03
01
13
01
08
D2390
D44
14
01.03.97
11
5
DD+DIS017.97M
01
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.6106.1
SCHNECKE, Z=2 / WORM GEAR / VIS SANS FIN
02
CM+9.5200.6107.1
SCHNECKE / WORM GEAR / VIS SANS FIN
03
CM+9.5210.2050.0
LAGERBOCK / BEARING BRACKET / SUPPORT
04
CM+9.5210.2720.0*
RACKTRAEGER RECHTS / RACK CARRIER RHS / PORTEUSE DE

RACK A DROITE
05
CM+9.5210.2732.0
HALTER VERTEILEREINHEIT / HOLDER, DISTRIBUTOR UNIT /

FIXATION, UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION
06
CM+9.5210.2734.0*
VERRIEGELUNG / LOCK / VERROUILLAGE
07
CM+9.5210.2736.0
KOMBIRAD / COMBINATION GEAR / ROUE COMBINEE
08
CM+9.5210.2750.0
ANTRIEBSWELLE / DRIVE SHAFT / ARBRE DENTRAINEMENT
09
CM+9.5210.2752.0
SCHNECKE / WORM GEAR / VIS SANS FIN
10
CM+9.5220.1011.1
HALTER / HOLDER / FIXATION
11
CM+9.8157.6229.0
12
CM+9.8391.5251.2*
WELLE / SHAFT / ARBRE
13
CM+9.8391.5254.0
HUELSE / SLEEVE / MANCHON
14
CM+9.9402.1101.1
15
CM+9.9402.1129.0
16
CM+9.9460.2108.2
KUPPLUNGSROHR / PIPE UNION / RACCORD
= Baugruppe / Assembly / Modul

ANTRIEBSWELLE
DRIVE SHAFT
ENTRANEMENT
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/07a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
IO
CT
RE
FIL
DI
D2797
D83
D12
02
D143
04*
D162
07 *
03*
06*
01
(S2)
D244
05*
52102807.CDR
SEITENWAND, RECHTS
SIDE PANEL, RHS
CHAPTER 08/08
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0426.6311.0
DECKELSCHALTER (S2) / COVER SWITCH / INTERRUPTEUR DE

COUVERCLE
02
CM+9.5210.2004.1
03
CM+9.5210.2105.0*
WIPPE / ROCKER / BASCULE
04
CM+9.5210.2106.1*
BOLZEN / BOLT / BOULON
05
CM+9.5210.2107.1*
ABDECKUNG (DECKELSCHALTER) / COVER / RECOUVREMENT
06
CM+9.5210.2108.0*
HALTERUNG / HOLDER / FIXATION
07
CM+9.5210.2140.0*
DECKELSCHALTER / COVER SWITCH / INTERRUPTEUR DE

COUVERCLE

SEITENWAND, RECHTS
SIDE PANEL, RHS
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/08a
SPARE PARTS LIST
52102809.CDR
CHAPTER 08/09
D2797
D83
D12
IO
CT
RE
12
FIL
DI
13
D16
D82
D4009
16 *
PUMPENANTRIEB
PUMP DRIVE
CURIX HT330
D38
D211
D886
09
03
(TR1)
07
D142
D9
10
11
15
02
(2M2)
D2372
D197
D81
D146
D82
D143
04
08
D893
05
14*
D83
D196
D506
D128
5
01.03.97
17
D82
06
01
DD+DIS017.97M
D2207
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0399.0229.0
FLACHRIEMEN / FLAT BELT / COURROIE PLATE
02
CM+7.0430.8204.0
MOTOR 230V 50/60HZ (2M2) / MOTOR / MOTEUR
03
CM+7.0433.7133.0
SPARTRAFO FX 230V 17,4A (TR1) / AUTO-TRANSFORMER /

AUTOTRANSFORMATEUR
04
CM+9.5200.1104.0
05
CM+9.5200.1105.0
06
CM+9.5200.1106.0
07
CM+9.5200.1108.0
LAGERFLANSCH / BEARING FLANGED / PALIER BRIDE
08
CM+9.5200.1116.0
RING / RING / ANNEAU
09
CM+9.5200.1120.3
10
CM+9.5200.1123.0
11
CM+9.5200.1160.0
12
CM+9.5210.2004.1
13
CM+9.5210.2103.0
14
CM+9.8391.5401.0*
15
CM+9.8391.5404.0
AUFKLEBER / ADHESIVE LABEL / PLAQUE ADHESIVE
16
CM+9.8391.5420.3*
PUMPENANTRIEB / CIRCULATION PUMP DRIVE / COMMAN DE LA

POMPE
17
CM+9.8391.5421.3
WINKEL / BRACKET / EQUERRE

PUMPENANTRIEB
PUMP DRIVE
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/09a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
12
11
D908
10
D3715
08
D908
05
03
02
09*
D2799
D197
04
D143
D186
D83
D196
D82
06*
07
01
01
01
SEITENWAND, LINKS
SIDE PANEL, LHS
CHAPTER 08/10
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0338.9506.0
O-RING / O-RING / O-RING
02
CM+7.0374.7291.0
KLEBESCHILD, BLAU / LABEL, BLUE / ETIQUETTE, BLEU
03
CM+7.0374.7293.0
KLEBESCHILD, WEISS / LABEL, WHITE / ETIQUETTE, BLANC
04
CM+7.0374.7294.0
KLEBESCHILD, ROT / LABEL, RED / ETIQUETTE, ROUGE
05
CM+9.5200.4282.0
BUEGEL / BRACKET / ETRIER
06
CM+9.5210.2013.1*
RIEGEL / LATCH / VEROU
07
CM+9.5210.2040.2
ABLAUFROHR / DRAIN PIPE / TUBE DEVACUATION
08
CM+9.5210.2161.3
ABDECKUNG / COVER / RECOUVREMENT
09
CM+9.5210.2712.0*
RACKTRAEGER LINKS / RACK CARRIER LHS / PORTEUSE DE RACK A

GAUCHE
10
CM+9.5210.5560.0
E - ROHRKRMMER / PIPE BEND, DEVELOPER / TUYAU COUDE,

REVELATEUR
11
CM+9.5210.5570.0
F - ROHRKRMMER / PIPE BEND, FIXER / TUYAU COUDE, FIXATEUR
12
CM+9.5210.5580.0

SEITENWAND, LINKS
SIDE PANEL, LHS
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/10a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
14
16
(HZ1, HZ2)
D2319
D2328
01, 02, 03
D82
D16
15
08
01, 03
11
07
12
D94
D146
D10
D81
D4010
05
D184
04
(BE1, BE2)
13
10*
D184
09
06
10*
BADHEIZUNG
BATH HEATING
CHAUFFAGE DES BAINS
CHAPTER 08/11
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7291.0
02
CM+7.0374.7293.0
03
CM+7.0374.7294.0
04
CM+7.0426.6374.0
TEMPERATURBEGRENZER 63C (BE1, BE2) / TEMPERATURE LIMITER

/ LIMITATEUR DE TEMPERATURE
05
CM+7.0471.3188.0
ADAPTER / ADAPTER / ADAPTATEUR
06
CM+9.5200.4004.1
KNIE / ELBOW / COUDE
07
CM+9.5200.4151.5
HALTERUNG / HOLDER / FIXATION
08
CM+9.5200.4153.0
09
CM+9.5200.9010.3
PUMPENGEHAEUSE (ROT) MIT KNIE / PUMP HOUSING (RED) WITH

ELBOW / BOITIER DE POMPE (ROUGE) AVEC COUDE
10
CM+9.5210.2070.1*
SCHACHT / TUNNEL / CHEMINEE
11
CM+9.5210.2211.1
KLEMMSCHELLE / CLAMPING CLIP / COLLIER DE SERRAGE
12
CM+9.5210.2212.1
13
CM+9.5210.2642.0
ROHRKRUEMMER WASSERUMWAELZUNG / PIPE BEND / TUYAU

COUDE
14
CM+9.5210.4200.1
NTC-FUEHLER (E) / NTC SENSOR / SONDE NTC
15
CM+9.5210.4220.2
STIFT VULK. (E) / PIN / FICHE DE CONTACT MALE
16
CM+9.5210.4260.0
ROHRHEIZUNG (HZ1/E, HZ2/F) / TUBULAR HEATER / CHAFFAGE

TUBULAIRE

BADHEIZUNG
BATH HEATING
CHAUFFAGE DES BAINS
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/11a
SPARE PARTS LIST
52102812.CDR
CHAPTER 08/12
FILM DIRECTION
10
17
(GS6)
05
02
BU 2
10
02
XK1
SI10 SI1
02
11
ST2
SI8 SI9 SI4
15
(GS7)
13
(GS2)
02
02
ST5
BU 3
IC 1
ST3
XS2
ST7
ST4
ST1
SI11 SI2 SI3
01
11 12 13
SI7
SI6
ST1
BU 1
ST2
IC 3
IC 1
IC 2
ST2
ST8
ST21 ST22
ST8
SI12
ST29
14
(GS1)
06
04 04
01
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
12
03
02
XS4
ST28
02
ST1
03
BU 2
ST9
IC 4
IC 5
+
ST5
ST6
ST26
07
(GS4)
ST16 ST11 ST18
IC 3
IC 6
ST30 ST14
ST25
IC 5
BU1
ST4
ST32 ST10 ST17 ST23
ST3
ST6
ST9
SI1 ST24 ST7
ST2
ST1
ST20 ST12 ST19
09
IC 1
ST1
BU2
ST13
IC 8
ST3
XS1
ST4
ST31 ST15
ST3
16
(GS5)
ST27
ELEKTRONIKPLATTE
ELEKTRONICS
CURIX HT330
08*
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0451.9706.0
SICHERUNG T 0.7A (GS2/SI2, SI4) / FUSE / FUSIBLE
02
CM+7.0451.9716.0
SICHERUNG T 1A (GS1/SI1, GS2/SI1, SI3, SI10, SI11, SI12, GS4/SI1) /

FUSE / FUSIBLE
03
CM+7.0452.3032.0
SICHERUNG T 3.2A (GS2/SI6, SI7) / FUSE / FUSIBLE
04
CM+7.0452.3035.0
SICHERUNG T 10A (GS2/SI8, SI9) / FUSE / FUSIBLE
05
CM+7.0479.1016.0
ABSTANDSHALTER / SPACER / ECARTEUR
06
CM+7.0479.1305.0
ABSTANDSHALTER / SPACER / ECARTEUR
07
CM+9.5210.9050.0
GS MOTORREGELUNG (GS4) / DC MOTOR CONTROL BOARD /

CARTE DE COMMANDE DU MOTEUR C. C.
08
CM+9.5210.2260.4*
ABSCHIRMBLECH / SCREENING PLATE / TOLE DE PROTECTION
09
CM+9.5210.4061.0
EPROM PROG. (IC 9) VERSION 16.14 / EPROM PROG. / EPROM NON

PROG.
10
CM+9.5210.4170.0
KABEL FL 20POL GS1 - GS6 / FLAT CABLE / CABLE PLAT
11
CM+9.5210.4180.0
12
CM+9.5210.4190.0
13
CM+9.5210.4800.2
NETZVERTEILER HT330 (GS2) / MAINS DISTRIBUTOR BOARD /

REPARTITEUR RESSEAU
14
CM+9.5210.4940.2
GS NIEDERSPANNUNGSVERTEILER (GS1) / LOW VOLTAGE

DISTRIBUTOR BOARD / CI-DISTRIBUTEUR DE TENSION
15
CM+9.9499.0220.1
GS. TRIAC-KARTE (GS7) / TRIAC BOARD / CARTE DE TRIAC
16
CM+9.9499.2460.1
GS CPU SK537 UNPROG. (GS5) / PCB CPU SK537 UNPROG. / CI CPU

SK537 NON PROG.
17
CM+9.9499.2680.0
24V-TREIBERKARTE (GS6) / 24V DRIVER BOARD / 24V CARTE DRIVER

ELEKTRONIKPLATTE
ELEKTRONICS
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/12a
SPARE PARTS LIST
CHAPTER 08/13
TROCKNEROBERTEIL, TEIL 1
DRYER, TOP PART, PART 1
SECHOIR; PARTIE SUPERIEURE, PARTIE 1
CURIX HT330
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5101.1008.0
KABELKLAMMER / CABLE CLAMP / COLLIER DE SERRAGE
02
CM+9.5210.6022.0*
ABDECKUNG FUER GEBLAESE OBEN / COVER / RECOUVREMENT
03
CM+9.5210.6023.0*
ABDECKUNG OBEN / COVER TOP / RECOUVREMENT EN HAUT
04
CM+9.5210.6025.0
HANDSCHUTZ / HAND GUARD / PROTEGE-MAINS
05
CM+9.5210.6031.0*
HALTEWINKEL / SUPPORT BRACKET / EQUERRE DE FIXATION
06
CM+9.5210.6059.0
KANTENSCHUTZ / EDGE PROTECTION / PROTECTION DARETES
07
CM+9.5210.6121.0*
ABDECKUNG OBEN LINKS / COVER TOP LHS / RECOUVREMENT EN

HAUT A GAUCHE
08
CM+9.5210.6830.1
NTC FUEHLER / NTC SENSOR / SONDE NTC
09
CM+9.5210.6922.0*
PLATINE OBEN LINKS / PLATE TOP LHS / PLAQUE EN HAUT A DROITE
10
CM+9.5210.6924.0*
PLATINE OBEN RECHTS / PLATE TOP RHS / PLAQUE EN HAUT A

GAUCHE
11
CM+9.5210.8483.0*
ZUGANKER / TIE ROD / TIRANT
12
CM+9.8391.7740.0
LUEFTER OBEN (1M2) / FAN, TOP / VENTILATEUR, EN HAUT
13
CM+9.8391.8001.0
14
CM+9.8391.8103.0*
LEISTE / BAR / REGLETTE
15
CM+9.8391.8112.5*
PLATTE OBEN / PLATE TOP / PLAQUE EN HAUT
16
CM+9.8391.8118.1*
ABSCHLUSSWINKEL / TERMINATION BRACKET / EQUERRE

MAITRESSE

SECHOIR; PARTIE SUPERIEURE, PARTIE 1
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/13a
D3713
D81
D81
D81
14*
03
SECHOIR, PARTIE SUPERIEURE, PARTIE 2
05*
CURIX HT330
13*
12*
08
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
D4010
D185
D3713
07
D122
01
11*
10*
SPARE PARTS LIST
CHAPTER 08/14
04*
02
09
06*
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0371.7510.0
KABELDURCHFUEHRUNG / GROMMET / PASSE CABLE
02
CM+9.5210.6130.0
WINKEL MIT DRAHTSCHUTZ / BRACKET WITH WIRE PROTECTION /

EQUERRE AVEC FIL METALLIQUE
03
CM+9.5210.6550.1

04
CM+9.5210.8483.0*
05
CM+9.5220.6301.0
KLOTZ / BLOCK / BLOC
06
CM+9.5220.6302.0
07
CM+9.5220.6303.0
FEDER / SPRING / RESSORT
08
CM+9.5220.6304.0
REFLEKTOR / REFLECTOR / REFLECTEUR
09
CM+9.8187.6921.2
STRAHLER 110 V / 400 W / RADIATOR / RADIATEUR
10
CM+9.8391.8162.0*
11
CM+9.8391.8181.1*
WINKELLEISTE / BRACKET BAR / REGLETTE COUDEE
12
CM+9.8391.8200.3*
STRAHLEREINHEIT I OBEN / IR LAMP UNIT, TOP / UNITE RADIATEUR,

EN HAUT
13
CM+9.8391.8210.4*
STRAHLEREINHEIT II OBEN / IR LAMP UNIT, TOP / UNITE

RADIATEUR, EN HAUT
14
CM+9.8391.8220.3*
STRAHLEREINHEIT III OBEN / IR LAMP UNIT, TOP / UNITE

RADIATEUR, EN HAUT

SECHOIR, PARTIE SUPERIEURE, PARTIE 2
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/14a
06
02
02
D82
01
CURIX HT330
TROCKNERUNTERTEIL , TEIL 1
DRYER, BOTTOM PART, PART 1
SECHOIR, PARTIE INFERIEURE - PARTIE 1
07
M
CHAPTER 08/15
02
04
03*
06
09*
SPARE PARTS LIST
N
52102815.CDR
RE
DI
FIL
05*
10*
IO
CT
D135
06
08
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.5112.1
LAGER / BEARING / PALIER
02
CM+9.5200.5142.2
03
CM+9.5210.6051.1*
PLATINE UNTEN LINKS / PLATE BOTTOM LHS / PLAQUE EN BAS A

DROITE
04
CM+9.5210.6059.0
KANTENSCHUTZ LG 90 MM / EDGE PROTECTION / PROTECTION

DARETES
05
CM+9.5210.6122.0*
ABDECKUNG UNTEN LINKS / COVER BOTTOM LHS /

RECOUVREMENT EN BAS A DROITE
06
CM+9.5220.6170.0
LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT / BEARING / PALIER
07
CM+9.5220.6210.0
08
CM+9.8391.8075.1
ABWEISER / DEFLECTOR / DEFLECTEUR
09
CM+9.8391.8116.1*
10
CM+9.8391.8117.0*

01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/15a
17
20*
09*
13
21
16
21
22
D39
02
DD+DIS017.97M
01
01.03.97
01
07
06
03
04
14
05
14
13
D126
08*
12
10*
18*
19
D82
D128
D142
CURIX HT330
15
14
14
05
FIL
02
13
13
17
15
M
03
04
D81
02
SPARE PARTS LIST
52102816.CDR
N
CHAPTER 08/16
03
04
RE
DI
IO
CT
11*
D4097
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.5112.1
02
CM+9.5200.5113.0
03
CM+9.5200.5132.0
ZAHNRAD, Z=15 / GEAR 15 T. / ROUE DENTEE 15 DENTS
04
CM+9.5200.5141.2
05
CM+9.5210.6010.0
BOLZEN MIT Z=15 FEST AUS STAHL / BOLT / BOULON
06
CM+9.5210.6012.0
BOLZEN AUS STAHL / BOLT / BOULON
07
CM+9.5210.6014.0
ZAHNRAD, Z=15 AUS STAHL / GEAR 15 T. / ROUE DENTEE 15 DENTS
08
CM+9.5210.6064.0*
09
CM+9.5210.6065.0*
HALTESTANGE / HOLDING ROD / TIGE DE MAINTIEN
10
CM+9.5210.6066.0*
11
CM+9.5210.6950.1*
PLATINE UNTEN RECHTS / PLATE BOTTOM RHS / PLAQUE EN BAS A

GAUCHE
12
CM+9.5220.6170.0
13
CM+9.5220.6180.1
BOLZEN 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT / BOLT / BOULON
14
CM+9.5220.6190.1
15
CM+9.5220.6205.1
GERADSTIRNRAD / SPUR GEAR / ROUE DENTEE
16
CM+9.5220.6210.0
17
CM+9.5220.6240.1
18
CM+9.8391.8052.1*
ABDECKPLATTE / COVER PLATE / PLAQUE DE RECOUVREMENT
19
CM+9.8391.8077.0
KOMBIRAD / COMBINATION WHEEL / ROUE COMBINEE
20
CM+9.8391.8117.0*
21
CM+9.9402.1129.0
22
CM+9.9432.3025.0

01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/16a
SPARE PARTS LIST
CHAPTER 08/17
CURIX HT330
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0426.6195.0
TEMPERATUR-SCHALTER 95C / TEMPERATURE SWITCH /

INTERRUPTEUR DE TEMPERATURE
02
CM+9.5210.6960.0

03
CM+9.5210.6550.1

04
CM+9.5220.6301.0
05
CM+9.5220.6302.0
06
CM+9.5220.6303.0
07
CM+9.5220.6304.0
08
CM+9.5220.6310.2
STRAHLER (400W) / RADIATOR / RADIATEUR
09
CM+9.8391.8160.3*
STRAHLEREINHEIT I UNTEN / IR LAMP UNIT, BOTTOM / UNITE

RADIATEUR, EN BAS
10
CM+9.8391.8162.0*
11
CM+9.8391.8180.4*
STRAHLEREINHEIT II UNTEN / IR LAMP UNIT, BOTTOM / UNITE

RADIATEUR, EN BAS
12
CM+9.8391.8181.1*
13
CM+9.8391.8190.3*
STRAHLEREINHEIT III UNTEN / IR LAMP UNIT, BOTTOM / UNITE

RADIATEUR, EN BAS

01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/17a
D122
D81
06*
D10
D81
CHAPTER 08/18
01*
D122
D81
03*
05*
CURIX HT330
05*
04
SPARE PARTS LIST
D122
01*
07*
D10
D81
D122
02*
01.03.97
02*
DD+DIS017.97M
(M1)
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5210.6052.3*
02
CM+9.5210.6053.1*
03
CM+9.5210.6058.4*
PLATTE UNTEN / PLATE BOTTOM / PLAQUE EN BAS
04
CM+9.8391.7720.0
LUEFTER UNTEN (1M1) / FAN, BOTTOM / VENTILATEUR EN BAS
05
CM+9.8391.8057.0*
06
CM+9.8391.8067.0*
ABSCHLUSSWINKEL / TERMINATION BRACKET / EQUERRE

MAITRESSE
07
CM+9.8391.8103.0*

01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/18a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
D185
01
07
05
02*
D2370
06
07
03*
D4010
IO
CT
RE
FIL
DI
04*
52102803.CDR
CHAPTER 08/19
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0362.6036.0
BRSTE / BRUSH (STATIC.DISCHARGE) / BROSSE (DECHARGE

STATIQUE)
02
CM+9.5210.6051.1*
PLATINE UNTEN LINKS / PLATE BOTTOM LHS / PLAQUE EN BAS A

DROITE
03
CM+9.5210.6058.4*
04
CM+9.5210.6111.1*
ABDECKUNG, UNTEN / COVER, BOTTOM / RECOUVREMENT EN BAS
05
CM+9.5210.6942.0
AB FN1639 WINKEL LINKS / FROM SN1639 BRACKET, LHS / A PARTIR

DU FN1639 EQUERRE A DROITE
06
CM+9.5210.6943.0
AB FN1639 WINKEL RECHTS / FROM SN1639 BRACKET, RHS / A

PARTIR DU FN1639 EQUERRE A GAUCHE
07
CM+9.8391.8054.1

01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/19a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
15
01
18
01
03*
08
D117
D83
D12
14
02
10
07
19
21
12
D82
D128
03*
D195
17
02
13
D142
D82
21
16*
04
11
08
13
06
20
19
12
20
03*
05
05
09
09
05
5
11
05
09
ENTWICKLERRACK, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8500.3

DEVELOPER RACK, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8500.3
RACK REVELATEUR, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8500.3
CHAPTER 08/20
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7298.0
02
CM+9.5200.5105.1
03
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
04
CM+9.5200.5116.4
LEITELEMENT MITTE / GUIDE ELEMENT, MIDDLE / ELEMENT GUIDE

AU MILIEU
05
CM+9.5200.5119.0
06
CM+9.5200.5142.2
07
CM+9.5200.5145.1
08
CM+9.5200.5241.0
09
CM+9.5200.5260.0
10
CM+9.5200.5402.0
SCHIEBER / SLIDE / GLISSIERE
11
CM+9.5200.5601.1
HALTER, RECHTS / HOLDER, RHS / FIXATION A GAUCHE
12
CM+9.5200.5602.1
HALTER, LINKS / HOLDER, LHS / FIXATION A DROITE
13
CM+9.5200.5603.1
LEITBLECH, UNTEN / LOWER GUIDE PLATE / TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN

BAS
14
CM+9.5210.8104.0
15
CM+9.5210.8105.0
16
CM+9.5210.8501.1*
PLATINE LINKS E- 7B / PLATE LHS / PLAQUE A DROITE
17
CM+9.5210.8502.0
LEITBLECH MITTE / GUIDE PLATE, MIDDLE / PLAQUE DE GUIDAGE

AU MILIEU
18
CM+9.5210.8505.2
LEITELEMENT E, GESCHLITZT / GUIDE ELEMENT / ELEMENT GUIDE
19
CM+9.5210.8520.1
20
CM+9.5220.5670.0
LAGER (DOPPELTE ANFEDERUNG) / BEARING / PALIER
21
CM+9.8185.6023.1
HALTESTOPFEN / STOPPER / BOUCHON DE RETENUE

ENTWICKLERRACK, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8500.3

DEVELOPER RACK, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8500.3
RACK REVELATEUR, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8500.3
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/20a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
ENTWICKLERRACK, ANTRIEB, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8500.3

DEVELOPER RACK, DRIVE, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8500.3
RACK REVELATEUR, ENTRAINEMENT, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8500.3
CHAPTER 08/21
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7298.0
02
CM+9.5200.5103.0
03
CM+9.5200.5104.1
04
CM+9.5200.5105.1
05
CM+9.5200.5113.0
06
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
07
CM+9.5200.5119.0
08
CM+9.5200.5123.0*
09
CM+9.5200.5131.1
SCHRAEGSTIRNRAD, Z=24 / HELICAL SPUR GEAR / ROUE

HELICOIDALE
10
CM+9.5200.5132.0
11
CM+9.5200.5133.0
12
CM+9.5200.5134.0
13
CM+9.5200.5135.0
14
CM+9.5200.5136.0
15
CM+9.5200.5137.0
16
CM+9.5200.5138.0
17
CM+9.5200.5141.2
18
CM+9.5200.5146.0
19
CM+9.5200.5149.1
20
CM+9.5200.5220.2
21
CM+9.5200.5230.2
22
CM+9.5200.5241.0
23
CM+9.5200.5250.2
24
CM+9.5200.5260.0
25
CM+9.5203.5805.0
HALTER RECHTS / HOLDER, RHS / FIXATION A GAUCHE
26
CM+9.5210.8506.0
27
CM+9.5210.8508.1
28
CM+9.5210.8510.2*
PLATINE RECHTS E- 7B / PLATE RHS / PLAQUE A GAUCHE
29
CM+9.5210.8520.1
30
CM+9.5210.8550.0
31
CM+9.5210.8551.1
32
CM+9.5210.8570.1
WALZE / ROLLER / ROULEAU
33
CM+9.5210.8560.1
WALZE / ROLLER / ROULEAU

5


01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/21a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M

CHAPTER 08/22
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
34
CM+9.5220.5660.1
BOLZEN (DOPPELTE ANFEDERUNG) / BOLT / BOULON
35
CM+9.5220.5670.0
36
CM+9.8157.6225.0
37
CM+9.9402.1129.0


01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/22a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
FIXIERRACK, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8250.1

FIX RACK, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8250.1
RACK DE FIXAGE, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8250.1
CHAPTER 08/23
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7295.0
KLEBESCHILD BLAU / LABEL, BLUE / ETIQUETTE, BLEU
02
CM+9.5200.5105.1
03
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
04
CM+9.5200.5116.4
LEITELEMENT MITTE / GUIDE ELEMENT MIDDLE / ELEMENT GUIDE

AU MILIEU
05
CM+9.5200.5119.0
06
CM+9.5200.5142.2
07
CM+9.5200.5145.1
08
CM+9.5200.5241.0
09
CM+9.5200.5260.0
10
CM+9.5200.5402.0
11
CM+9.5200.5502.0
12
CM+9.5200.5601.1
13
CM+9.5200.5602.1
14
CM+9.5200.5603.1

BAS
15
CM+9.5210.8101.0*
PLATINE LINKS / PLATE LHS / PLAQUE A DROITE
16
CM+9.5210.8104.0
17
CM+9.5210.8105.0
18
CM+9.5220.5670.0
19
CM+9.8185.6023.1
20
CM+9.8391.6331.0
LEITELEMENT F / GUIDE ELEMENT / ELEMENT GUIDE

FIXIERRACK, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8250.1

FIX RACK, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8250.1
RACK DE FIXAGE, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8250.1
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/23a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
FIXIERRACK, ANTRIEB, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8250.1

FIX RACK, DRIVE, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8250.1
RACK DE FIXAGE, ENTRAINEMENT, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8250.1
CHAPTER 08/24
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7295.0
KLEBESCHILD BLAU / LABEL, BLUE / ETIQUETTE, BLEU
02
CM+9.5200.5103.0
03
CM+9.5200.5104.1
04
CM+9.5200.5105.1
05
CM+9.5200.5113.0
06
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
07
CM+9.5200.5119.0
08
CM+9.5200.5123.0*
09
CM+9.5200.5131.1
SCHRAEGSTIRNRAD, Z=24 / HELICAL SPUR GEAR / ROUE

HELICOIDALE
10
CM+9.5200.5132.0
11
CM+9.5200.5133.0
12
CM+9.5200.5134.0
13
CM+9.5200.5135.0
14
CM+9.5200.5136.0
15
CM+9.5200.5137.0
16
CM+9.5200.5138.0
17
CM+9.5200.5141.2
18
CM+9.5200.5144.1
19
CM+9.5200.5146.0
20
CM+9.5200.5149.1
21
CM+9.5200.5220.2
22
CM+9.5200.5230.2
23
CM+9.5200.5240.2
24
CM+9.5200.5241.0
25
CM+9.5200.5250.2
26
CM+9.5200.5260.0
27
CM+9.5200.5502.0
28
CM+9.5210.8110.0*
PLATINE RECHTS / PLATE RHS / PLAQUE A GAUCHE
29
CM+9.5220.5660.1
30
CM+9.5220.5670.0
31
CM+9.8157.6225.0
32
CM+9.9402.1129.0

FIXIERRACK, ANTRIEB, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8250.1

FIX RACK, DRIVE, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8250.1
RACK DE FIXAGE, ENTRAINEMENT, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8250.1
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/24a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
WASSERRACK, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8350.2

WASH RACK, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8350.2
RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEURE, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8350.2
CHAPTER 08/25
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7297.0
KLEBESCHILD WEISS / LABEL, WHITE / ETIQUETTE, BLANC
02
CM+9.5200.5105.1
03
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
04
CM+9.5200.5119.0
05
CM+9.5200.5142.2
06
CM+9.5200.5145.1
07
CM+9.5200.5241.0
08
CM+9.5200.5260.0
09
CM+9.5200.5402.0
10
CM+9.5200.5502.0
11
CM+9.5200.5601.1
12
CM+9.5200.5602.1
13
CM+9.5200.5603.1

BAS
14
CM+9.5210.8104.0
15
CM+9.5210.8105.0
16
CM+9.5210.8301.1*
PLATINE, LINKS / PLATE LHS / PLAQUE A DROITE
17
CM+9.5210.8302.0
LEITELEMENT W / GUIDE ELEMENT W / ELEMENT GUIDE W
18
CM+9.5220.5603.0
19
CM+9.5220.5604.1
LEITELEMENT / GUIDE ELEMENT / ELEMENT GUIDE
20
CM+9.5220.5670.0
21
CM+9.8185.6023.1

WASSERRACK, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8350.2

WASH RACK, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8350.2
RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEURE, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8350.2
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/25a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
07
05
13
17
09
20
D195
D82
D142
13
16
05
09
D149
03
25
06*
24
13
05
14
09
01
19
04
18
21
D46
15
27
26
D47
08
D195
D82
11
02
D128
10
27
22*
23
18
16
12
24
27
10
16
16
17
17
12
16
IO
CT
RE
FIL
DI
52102824.CDR
WASSERRACK, ANTRIEB, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8350.2

WASH RACK, DRIVE, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8350.2
RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEURE, ENTRAINEMENT, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8350.2
CHAPTER 08/26
CURIX HT330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7297.0
KLEBESCHILD WEISS / LABEL, WHITE / ETIQUETTE, BLANC
02
CM+9.5200.5103.0
03
CM+9.5200.5104.1
04
CM+9.5200.5105.1
05
CM+9.5200.5113.0
06
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
07
CM+9.5200.5119.0
08
CM+9.5200.5131.1
SCHRAEGSTIRNRAD Z=24 / HELICAL SPUR GEAR / ROUE

HELICOIDALE
09
CM+9.5200.5132.0
ZAHNRAD Z=15 / GEAR 15 T. / ROUE DENTEE 15 DENTS
10
CM+9.5200.5133.0
11
CM+9.5200.5135.0
12
CM+9.5200.5138.0
13
CM+9.5200.5141.2
14
CM+9.5200.5144.1
15
CM+9.5200.5146.0
16
CM+9.5200.5220.2
17
CM+9.5200.5230.2
18
CM+9.5200.5240.2
19
CM+9.5200.5241.0
20
CM+9.5200.5260.0
21
CM+9.5200.5502.0
22
CM+9.5210.8310.1*
PLATINE RECHTS / PLATE RHS / PLAQUE A GAUCHE
23
CM+9.5220.5602.1
24
CM+9.5220.5660.1
25
CM+9.5220.5670.0
26
CM+9.8157.6225.0
27
CM+9.9402.1129.0

WASSERRACK, ANTRIEB, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8350.2

WASH RACK, DRIVE, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8350.2
RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEURE, ENTRAINEMENT, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8350.2
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/26a
SPARE PARTS LIST
CHAPTER 08/27
VERTEILEREINHEIT, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8480.2

DISTRIBUTOR UNIT, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8480.2
UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8480.2
CURIX HT330
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.5112.1
02
CM+9.5200.5113.0
03
CM+9.5200.5132.0
04
CM+9.5200.5141.2
05
CM+9.5200.5142.2
06
CM+9.5210.8401.1
07
CM+9.5210.8483.0*
08
CM+9.5210.8485.1*
PLATINE LINKS FUER 8 WALZEN / PLATE LHS / PLAQUE A DROITE
09
CM+9.5210.8489.0
BOLZEN KURZ / BOLT, SHORT / BOULON, COURT
10
CM+9.5210.8490.1*
PLATINE RECHTS 8 WALZEN / PLATE RHS / PLAQUE A GAUCHE
11
CM+9.5210.8492.0*
ABDECKUNG FUER LAGER / COVER FOR BEARING /

RECOUVREMENT POUR PALIER
12
CM+9.5210.8496.0
13
CM+9.5220.6170.0
14
CM+9.5220.6180.1
15
CM+9.5220.6190.1
16
CM+9.8391.8034.0

VERTEILEREINHEIT, BAUGRUPPE CM+9.5210.8480.2

DISTRIBUTOR UNIT, ASSEMBLY CM+9.5210.8480.2
UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION, NO. DE MODULE CM+9.5210.8480.2
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/27a
11
03
05
CURIX HT330
WALZENSCHEMA - 7 C 1
ROLLER POSTIONING PLAN - 7 C 1
SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX - 7 C 1
05
13
03
05
05
05
05
05
05
04
04
08
10
SPARE PARTS LIST
52102826.CDR
CHAPTER 08/28
02
TROCKNER
DRYER
SECHOIR
WASSER-RACK
WATER RACK
RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEURE
FIXIER-RACK
FIX RACK
RACK DE FIXAGE
ENTWICKLER-RACK
DEVELOPER RACK
RACK REVELATEUR
07
05
07
14
07 12
07
07
05
07
01 05
01
07
07 12
05
07
01
07
13
14 14
03 03
03 03
13
03
03
12
13
03
03
06
14 14
II
III
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
VERTEILERWALZEN-EINHEIT
DISTRIBUTOR ROLLER UNIT
MODULE DE ROULEAU DE DISTRIBUTATION
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. PartNr.
Pos. no. Nr.de Ref.
ABCCode
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.5150.0
WALZE (GUMMI - 22,5) GRAU / ROLLER GREY / ROULEAU GRIS
02
CM+9.5200.5160.0
WALZE (GUMMI - 48) GRAU / ROLLER GREY / ROULEAU GRIS
03
CM+9.5220.6150.0
04
CM+9.5200.5420.2
WALZE (PUR - 48) GELB / ROLLER YELLOW / ROULEAU JAUNE
05
CM+9.5200.5430.3
WALZE (PUR - 22,5) GELB / ROLLER YELLOW / ROULEAU JAUNE
06
CM+9.5210.6068.1
WALZE (GUMMI - 22,6 MIT EINSTICH) ROT / ROLLER RED / ROULEAU

ROUGE
07
CM+9.5200.5440.3
08
CM+9.5210.8260.0
STAHLWALZE / STEEL ROLLER / ROULEAU EN ACIER
10
CM+9.5210.8560.1
11
CM+9.5210.8570.1
12
CM+9.5210.8270.1
13
CM+9.5210.8280.0
WALZE (GUMMI - 22,6) ROT / ROLLER RED / ROULEAU ROUGE
14
CM+9.5210.8360.0
WALZENSCHEMA - 7 C 1
ROLLER POSTIONING PLAN - 7 C 1
SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX - 7 C 1
01.03.97
CURIX HT330
CHAPTER 08/28a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Steckverbinder AMP / Universal Mate-N-Lok

Connector AMP / Universal Mate-N-Lok
Connecteur fliches AMP / Universal Mate-N-Lok
1pol.
2pol.
3pol.
4pol.
6pol.
9pol.
12pol.
15pol.
Steckergehuse
Aufnahmegehuse (Kupplung)
Lt-Sockel kpl. mit Stiften
Lt-Sckel kpl. mit Buchsen
Plug enclosure
Housing (clutch)
Botier de fiches
Botier-logement (embrayage)
Soldering base assy with

pins
Soldering base assy with

jacks
Socle soudure complet avec
broches
doullies
CM+7.0471.1351.0
CM+7.0471.1708.0
CM+7.0471.1327.0
CM+7.0471.1336.0
CM+7.0471.1325.0
CM+7.0471.1307.0
CM+7.0471.1703.0
CM+7.0471.1306.0
CM+7.0471.1349.0
CM+7.0471.1709.0
CM+7.0471.1326.0
CM+7.0471.1335.0
CM+7.0471.1324.0
CM+7.0471.1308.0
CM+7.0471.1704.0
CM+7.0471.1305.0
Stift CM+7.0471.1701.0
Pin
Broche
Entnahmewerkzeug
Extracting tool
Outil dèxtraction
-----------CM+7.0471.1749.0
CM+7.0471.1751.0
CM+7.0471.1752.0
CM+7.0471.1753.0
CM+7.0471.1712.0
CM+7.0471.1413.0
CM+7.0471.1754.0
Buchse CM+7.0471.1702.0
Jack
Douille
------------CM+7.0471.1412.0
CM+7.0471.1786.0
CM+7.0471.1407.0
CM+7.0471.1408.0
CM+7.0471.1736.0
CM+7.0471.1713.0
CM+7.0471.1403.0
Steckhlse - A CM+7.0471.3405.0 (6,3x0.82,5)

'E' Socket - A
'F' Douille - A
CM+9.9999.0793.0
Minimodul-Steckverbinder Lumberg
Minimolule -Connecters Lumberg / Minimodul Connecteurs (Lumberg)
Lt-Sockel kpl. mit Stiften
Soldering base assy with pins
broches
2pol.
3pol.
4pol.
5pol.
6pol.
7pol.
8pol.
9pol.
10pol.
11pol.
12pol.
13pol.
14pol.
15pol.
16pol.
18pol.
20pol.
Buchsenleiste ohne Kontaktbuchsen

Muiltipoint connector without jacks
Rglette douilles sans douilles de
contact
CM+7.0471.8836.0
CM+7.0471.8839.0
CM+7.0471.8829.0
CM+7.0471.8837.0
CM+7.0471.8838.0
CM+7.0471.8840.0
CM+7.0471.8841.0
CM+7.0471.1405.0
CM+7.0471.8842.0
CM+7.0471.1416.0
CM+7.0471.1342.0
CM+7.0471.1721.0
CM+7.0471.8843.0
CM+7.0471.1768.0
CM+7.0471.1716.0
CM+7.0471.1726.0
CM+7.0471.8844.0
CM+7.0471.1385.0
CM+7.0471.1401.0
CM+7.0471.1391.0
CM+7.0471.1397.0
CM+7.0471.1415.0
CM+7.0471.1403.0
CM+7.0471.1399.0
CM+7.0471.1404.0
Federkontakt
Spring contact
Contact ressort
CM+7.0471.1312.0
0,10 - 0,25
(vergoldet)
(gold-plated) (dor)
CM+7.0471.1383.0
0.30 - 0,60
(vergoldet)
(gold-plated) (dor)
STECKVERBINDUNGEN
CONNECTORS
CONNECTEURS
CHAPTER 08/29
CURIX HT 330
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
Schlauch aus Neopren (3 x 1,5 mm) Neoprene tube - Tuyau flexible en Noprne
Dieser Schlauch kann unter der Nummer CM+0.0000.64.041 als Meterware bestellt werden.
This tube is available by the metre under number CM+0.0000.64.041.
Ces tuyau flexible peuvent tre commands au mtre sous le n CM+0.0000.64.041.
Schlauch aus Silicon (3 x 1 mm) Silicone tube Tuyau flexible en Silicone

Dieser Schlauch kann unter der Nummer CM+0.0000.08.123 als Meterware bestellt werden.
This tube is available by the metre under number CM+0.0000.08.123.
Ces tuyau flexible peuvent tre commands au mtre sous Ie n CM+0.0000.08.123.
1 Meter = 1 Stck
1 metre = 1 piece
1 mtre = 1 pice
Kabelbinder / Cable tie / Atache cable

CM+7.0371.8700.0
CM+7.0371.8880.0
CM+7.0371.9000.0
CM+7.0371.9200.0
CM+7.0479.1122.0
Kabelbinder
Kabelbinder
Kabelbinder
Kabelbinder
Kabelbinder
(102 x 2,4 mm)

(254 x 4,8 mm)
(140 x 2,4 mm)
(98 x 2,5 mm)
(132 x 4,8mm)
Flachkabelhalter und Schellen Ribbon cable holder and clamps Support de cble plat et colliers
Schelle / Clamp / Collier
Klebeschelle / Adhesive clamp / Collier adhsif
CM+7.0371.8019.0 - < 5 mm
CM+7.0371.8011.0 - < 8mm
CM+7.0371.8012.0 - < 20mm
CM+7.0371.9230.0
Flachkabelhalter / Ribbon cable holder /

Support de cble plat
Haftschelle / Supporting clamp / Collier de fixation

CM+7.0479.0010.0
CM+7.0477.0801.0 - 30 mm
CM+7.0370.0060.0 - 57 mm
CM+7.0479.0001.0 - 88 mm
Befestigungssockel / Mounting base / Socle de montage
Abstandshalter f. Platinen / Spacer / Ecarteur pour carte

enfischable
CM+7.0370.0080.0
CM+7.0479.1016.0
CM+7.0479.1272.0
CM+7.0479.1305.0
SCHLAUCHLISTE, FLACHKABELHALTER UND SCHELLEN

HOSE LIST, FLAT CABLE HOLDER AND CLAMPS
LISTE DES TUYAUX FLEXIBLES, SUPPORT POUR CBLES PLATS ET COLLIERS
01.03.97
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/30
Stiftleiste liegend (90 abgewinkelt)

Male connector horizontal (90 angel)
Rglette goupilles horizontal (en angle de 90)
einreihig ohne
doppelreihig mit doppelreihig
ohne Rastlasche Rastlasche
Rastlasche
CURIX HT 330
MINIMODUL-LUMBERG-STECKVERBINDER
MINIMODULE CONNECTORS LUMBERG
CONNECTEURS MINIMODULE LUMBERG
Polzahl
einreihig mit
Rastlasche
einreihig ohne
Rastlasche
No. of
poles
one-row with
latch
one-row without two-row with

latch
latch
two-row without
latch
Buchse
Receptacle
Douille
Leerbuchse
Blank receptacle
Douille vide
Schneid-Klemm- ohne Kodierdoppelreihig mit doppelreihig

stift
ohne Rastlasche verbinder
Rastlasche
one-row without two-row with

latch
latch
two-row without
latch
cut-and-clamp
connector
without encoding
pin
Nombre une renge,

de
avec languette
ples
de crantage
une renge,
sans languette
de crantage
deux ranges, deux ranges, une renge,

sans languette
avec languette sans languette
de crantage
de crantage
de crantage
deux ranges, deux ranges, jonction autoavec languette sans languette coupante
de crantage
de crantage
sans goupille de
codage
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
7.0471.1738.0
7.0471.1384,0
7.0471.1385.0
7.0471.1401.0
7.0471.1809.0
7.0471.1414.0
7.0471.1391.0
7.0471.1395.0
7.0471.1402.0
7.0471.1397.0
7.0471.1415.0
7.0471.1403.0
7.0471.1756.0
7.0471.1732.0
7.0471.1807.0
7.0471.1338.0
7.0471.1743.0
7.0471.1348.0
7.0471.1393.0
7.0471.8836.0
7.0471.8839.0
7.0471.8829.0
7.0471.8837.0
7.0471.8838.0
7.0471.8840.0
7.0471.8841.0
7.0471.1405.0
7.0471.8842.0
7.0471.1416.0
7.0471.1342.0
7.0471.1721.0
7.0471.8843.0
7.0471.1768.0
7.0471.1716.0
7.0471.1739.0
7.0471.1741.0
7.0471.1724.0
7.0471.1314.0
7.0471.1388.0
7.0471.1717.0
7.0471.1394.0
7.0471.1386.0
7.0471.1387.0
7.0471.1389.0
7.0471.1392.0
7.0471.1339.0
7.0471.1396.0
7.0471.1341.0
7.0471.1398.0
7.0471.1764.0
7.0471.1343.0
7.0471.1766.0
7.0471.1767.0
7.0471.1719.0
7.0471.1765.0
7.0471.1399.0
7.0471.1714.0
7.0471.1448.0
7.0471.1418.0
7.0471.1419.0
7.0471.1437.0
7.0471.1438.0
7.0471.1439.0
7.0471.1421.0
7.0471.1431.0
7.0471.1422.0
7.0471.1813.0
7.0471.1441.0
7.0471.1452.0
7.0471.1423.0
7.0471.1424.0
SPARE PARTS LIST
CHAPTER 08/31
Stiftleiste stehend
Male connector vertical
Rglette goupilles verticale
7.0471.1725.0
7.0471.1404.0
7.0471.8844.0
DD+DIS017.97M
01.03.97
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS017.97M
SCHLAUCHKLEMME
HOSE CLAMP
AGRAFE TUYAU
CM+7.0371.9801.0
CM+7.0371.9820.0
CM+7.0371.9840.0
CM+7.0371.9860.0
CM+7.0371.9880.0
CM+7.0371.9900.0
CM+7.0371.9930.0
CM+7.0371.9920.0
CM+7.0372.0010.0
CM+7.0372.0011.0
SCHLAUCHSCHELLE
HOSE CLAMP
COLLIER DE GAINE
23,00
18,54
12,45
13,99
15,50
20,12
24,61
26,00
58,73
11,00
24,50
19,56
12,95
14,55
16,00
21,13
26,19
27,50
61,90
11,60
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
CM+7.0372.0020.0
CM+7.0372.0021.0
CM+7.0372.0022.0
CM+7.0372.0023.0
CM+7.0371.7009.0
CM+7.0371.7011.0
CM+7.0371.7026.0
CM+7.0371.7027.0
CM+7.0371.7028.0
CM+7.0372.0019.0
CM+7.0372.0030.0
CM+7.0372.0040.0
11,50
13,00
21,80
14,50
11,40
19,80
19,00
28,50
25,00
15,70
17,80
23,60
13,90
14,90
25,10
16,50
13,00
22,80
21,50
32,90
28,80
18,00
20,40
27,20
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
MM
SCHLAUCHKLEMMEN UND SCHLAUCHSCHELLEN

HOSE CLAMP
AGRAFE ET COLLIER DE GAINE
01.03.97
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/32
Technical
Documentation
Order No.: DD+DIS188.98M
*1Q6N 511*
1 Piece Q6N51 MA1
Sec 8
CURIX HT 330 U
Type 5210 / 100/200
Ersatzteilliste
Spare Parts List
Liste des Pices de Rechange
Nachtrag zu Ersatzteilliste DD+DIS017.97M ab FN 2572
Supplement to Spare Parts List DD+DIS017.97M from SN 2572
Complment de List des Pices de Rechange DD+DIS017.97M a Partir du FN 2572
521001AM.CDR
Die Ersatzteilliste ist gesondert lieferbar: Bestellnummer DD+DIS188.98M

The spare parts list is available seperatly: Order number DD+DIS188.98M
La liste des pices detaches est votre disposition sparment: No. de Ref. DD+DIS188.98M
printed in Germany
SPARE PARTS LIST

Inhaltsverzeichnis
Contents
Table de matires
DD+DIS188.98M
Sec 8
SEITEN 7
PAGES 7
PAGES 7
VERTEILEREINHEIT (AB FN2572)

DISTRIBUTOR UNIT (FROM SN2572)
UNITE DE DISTRBUTION (A PARTIER DU FN2572)
SEITEN 5-6
PAGES 5-6
PAGES 5-6
WASSERRACK (AB FN2572)

WATER RACK (FROM SN2572)
RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIUR (A PARTIER DU FN2572)
SEITEN 3-4
PAGES 3-4
PAGES 3-4
FIXIER-RACK (AB FN2572)

FIX RACK (FROM SN2572)
RACK DE FIXAGE (A PARTIER DU FN2572)
SEITEN 1-2
PAGES 1-2
PAGES 1-2
ENTWICKLER-RACK (AB FN2572)

DEVELOPER RACK (FROM SN2572)
RACK DEVELOPPEUSE (A PARTIER DU FN2572)
(A PARTIER DU FN2572)
Steckverbindungen/Schluche
Connectors/Hoses
Connecteurs/Tuyaux
521001bm.cdr
CHAPTER 08/ii
CURIX HT 330 U
29.03.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Ersatzteilsortimente
1.
Sortiment Typen
Ersatzteilsortimente sind eine Auswahl funktionswichtiger Teile aus der Ersatzteiliste,

empfohlen vom Hersteller.
Die Sortimente unterliegen technisch und inhaltlich dem nderungsdienst.
Folgende Sortimentstypen sind verfgbar:
R
`repair`
Teilebedarf zur Reparatur
ìnstallation`
Gertespezifische Teile zur Installation des

Gertes, die nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten sind
`maintenance`
Teilebedarf fr eine Wartung, inklusive

gertespezifischer Hilfsstoffe und Schmiermittel
`local stock`
strategisch wichtige oder sperrige Teile, die im

zentralen Lager bereitliegen sollen
Das R-Sortiment soll der Techniker im Auto mitfhren = Carstock.

Die Sortimente I und M knnen dem Carstock hinzugefgt werden.
Alternativ knnen sie als eigenstndige (Koffer-) Lger bereitgehalten werden, auf die bei
einer Installation bzw. Wartung zugegriffen wird ( planbare Einstze).
Technologieabhngig kann es Zusatzsortimente fr ein Gert geben, wie z.B. 50, 60 HzTeile.
Bestellnummern fr Zusatzsortimente (sofern relevant) finden sie unter Punkt 5.
1.
Mengen
Alle Sortimente stellen eine Startmenge dar, jeweils kalkuliert fr 1-10 Gerte.
Wir empfehlen die Mengen individuell anzupassen, in Abhngigkeit von folgenden
Parametern:
18.05.99
Gerteanzahl
Gre des betreuten Servicegebiets
Servicestruktur (zentral/dezentral)
Bevorratungszeit und Bevorratungsart
Anzahl der Wartungskontrakte (trifft nur fr M-Sortiment zu)
CHAPTER 08/iii
SPARE PARTS LIST
1.
DD+DIS188.98188.98M
Bestellverfahren
Die verfgbaren Sortimente finden Sie unter Punkt 5.
Sie erhalten bei Angabe der Sortimentsnummer den vollstndigen Teileinhalt des
Sortiments, separat verpackt in einer Box.
Bitte beachten Sie: die Sortimente werden laufend technisch aktualisiert (erkennbar an der
Rev.- Nummer in der Sortimentsbenennung). Es wird jeweils das technisch aktuellste
Sortiment ab Lager geliefert, dies kann zu Abweichungen bei Stckzahl und Abgabepreis
fhren. Bei Rckfragen bitten wir deshalb, stets die Revision-Nummer aus der
Sortimentsbenennung zu entnehmen und mit anzugeben.
1.
Bestelladresse
LOG-T, Mnchen
Tegernseer Landstr.161
81536 Mnchen
Tel.: +49 - 89 - 6207 3760
Fax.: +49 - 89 - 6207 7388
2.
Sortimentsliste
CM+052100100731
CM+052100100732
CM+052100100733
CM+052100100734
CHAPTER 08/iv
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
Sortiment R Verion
Sortiment I Versio n
Sortiment M Version
Sortiment L Version
18.05.99
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Spare Parts Kits
Types of spare parts kits
The Spare parts kits are a selection of functionally important parts from the spare parts list,
recommended by the manufacturer.
Technical characteristics and contents of the spare parts kits are subject to the notification
service for technical modifications.
The following kits are available:
R
`repair`
parts required for repair
ìnstallation`
`maintenance`
`local stock`
machine specific parts for the machine installation

which are not included in the machine shipment
parts required for maintenance, including machine
specific materials and lubricants
strategically important or bulky parts which should be
kept at hand in the central warehouse
The R kit is the kit which the technician should keep in the car = car stock.
The kits I and M can be added to the car stock.
As an alternative they can also be kept as separate ( suitcases) stocks, ready for access in
case of an installation or maintenance job (calls which can be planned ahead).
Depending on the technology there may be additional kits for a machine as e.g. 50, 60 Hz
parts.
For order numbers for additional kits (if relevant) refer to item 5.
2.
Quantities
All these kits represent the initially required quantities calculated for 1-10 machines.
We recommend to adapt the quantities individually, always depending on the following
parameters:
18.05.99
Number of machines
Size of the service area to be covered
Service structure (centralized/ decentralized)
Stock time and stock type
Number of maintenance contracts ( this only applies to the M kit)
CHAPTER 08/v
SPARE PARTS LIST
3.
DD+DIS188.98188.98M
Ordering procedure
The available kits are listed in item 5.
They receive the complete contents of the kit, separately packed in a box, upon
specification of the kit number.
Please note: the kits are continuously updated with respect to their technical standard
(visible by the rev.-numbers in the designation of the kit). Always the kit with the latest
technical standard will be delivered from stock. This may result in variations regarding the
quantities and the price.
4.
Ordering address
LOG-T, Munich
81536 Munich
Tel.: +49 - 89 - 6207 3760
Fax.: +49 - 89 - 6207 7388
5.
Listing of spare parts kits
CM+052100100731
CM+052100100732
CM+052100100733
CM+052100100734
CHAPTER 08/vi
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
Kit R Version
Kit I Version
Kit M Version
Kit L Version
18.05.99
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Kits de pices dtaches
1.
Types de kits
Les kits comprennent des pices recommandes par le fabricant dont le fonctionnement est
important et qui ont t slectionnes dans la liste des pices dtaches.
Les caractristiques techniques et le contenu des kits de pices dtaches sont grs par le
service technique.
Kits disponibles:
R
`rparation`
pices requises pour la rparation
ìnstallation`
`maintenance`
`local stock`
pices spcifiques la machine et ncessaires

pour son installation qui ne sont pas contenues
dans la livraison
pices requises pour la maintenance, y compris
les moyens auxiliaires et les lubrifiants spcifiques
la machine
pices stratgiques ou encombrantes qui
devraient tre stockes dans le magasin central
Le kit R est le kit que le technicien devrait avoir dans sa voiture = car stock.
Les kits I et M peuvent tre ajouts au stock de voiture.
Autre possibilit: ces kits peuvent tre conservs part, dans des valises, auxquelles il est
possible d'accder en cas d'installation ou de rvision (pour interventions prvues d'avance).
Suivant la technologie il peut y avoir des kits spciaux pour un appareil par ex. pices pour
50, 60 Hz.
Vous trouvez sous le point 5 les rfrences de ces kits (si significatives).
2.
Quantits
Tous ces kits reprsentent les quantits requises initialement, calcules pour 1 10
machines. Nous vous recommandons d'adapter les quantits individuellement d'aprs les
paramtres suivants:
18.05.99
Nombre de machines
Superficie de la zone d'intervention du technicien
Structure du service technique ( centralis/dcentralis)
Temps et type d'approvisionnement des stocks
Nombre de contrats d'entretien (n'est valable que pour le kit M)
CHAPTER 08/vii
SPARE PARTS LIST
3.
DD+DIS188.98188.98M
Mthode pour passer commande

Les kits disponibles sont indiqus au point 5.
Ils reoivent, sous indication de la rfrence, un kit complet emball dans une bote part.
Veuillez observer: les kits sont actualiss constamment (reconnaissables au numro de
rfrence sur le nom du kit). Il y a toujours livraison, partir du magasin, de la version
technique la plus rcente. Ce qui peut provoquer des diffrences au point de vue quantit
et prix. Nous vous demandons de bien vouloir joindre toute demande de
renseignements la rfrence du kit que vous trouvez sur la liste.
4.
Adresse pour la commande

LOG-T, Munich
81536 Munich
Tel.: +49 - 89 - 6207 3760
Fax.: +49 - 89 - 6207 7388
5.
Liste des kits de pices dtaches

CM+052100100731
CM+052100100732
CM+052100100733
CM+052100100734
CHAPTER 08/viii
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
CURIX HT 330 U
KIT R Version
KIT I Version
KIT M Version
KIT L Version
18.05.99
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
20
09
B
06
06
18*
17
16
01
06
D183
19
05
01
15
D12
D117
D83
14*
03*
D128
10
02
D195
D82
08
07
02
D82
D142
D195
21
04
13
12
03*
5
11
52108N01.CDR
ENTWICKLERRACK CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

DEVELOPER RACK CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK REVELATEUR CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/1
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7298.0
KLEBESCHILD ROT / LABEL RED / ETIQUETTE ROUGE
02
CM+9.5200.5105.1
03
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
04
CM+9.5200.5116.4
LEITELEMENT MITTE / GUIDE ELEMENT / ELEMENT GUIDE
05
CM+9.5200.5119.0
06
CM+9.5200.5142.2
07
CM+9.5213.9020.0
08
CM+9.5200.5241.0
09
CM+9.5200.5260.0
10
CM+9.5200.5402.0
11
CM+9.5200.5601.2
HALTER, RECHTS / HOLDER RHS / FIXATION DROITE
12
CM+9.5200.5602.2
HALTER, LINKS / HOLDER LHS / FIXATION GAUCHE
13
CM+9.5200.5603.2
LEITBLECH, UNTEN / LOWER GUIDE PLATE / TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS
14
CM+9.5210.8101.0*
PLATINE LINKS / PLATE LHS / PLAQUE GAUCHE
15
CM+9.5210.8104.0
16
CM+9.5210.8105.0
17
CM+9.5210.8580.1
18
CM+9.5210.8582.0*
19
CM+9.5210.8583.0
LEITBLECH / GUIDE PLATE / TOLE DE GUIDAGE
20
CM+9.5220.5670.0
21
CM+9.8185.6023.2
q =Baugruppe / Assembly / Modul

D=Normteil. Die Bestellnummerist der separaten Normteileliste "DD+DIS011.93M" zu entnehmen.
D=Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
D=Pece normalise. Vous trouvez leur rfrence dans la liste, part, des pieces normalises "DD+DIS011.93M"
*=Ersatzteil, nicht ab Lager lieferbar. Bei Bestellung verlngerte Lieferzeit.
*=Spare part, not available from stock. Expect extended delivery times.
*=Piece detachee nest pas disponible depart stock. Dlai prolong en cas de commande.
ENTWICKLERRACK CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

DEVELOPER RACK CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK REVELATEUR CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/1a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
26
21
17
07
22
05
05
17
10
10
28
06*
17
05
07
05
17
10
D47
D46
25
29
10
14
04
D195
D82
D142
01
03
18
23
04
24
13
19
31
30
09
D195
02
D128
11
16
31
31
08
27*
D82
12
31
D
A
07
15
17
D218
20*
C
5
52108N02.CDR
ENTWICKLERRACK, ANTRIEB CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

DEVELOPER RACK, DRIVE CM+9.52108650.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK RELEVATEUR CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/2
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7298.0
KLEBESCHILD ROT / LABEL RED / ETQUETTE ROUGHE
02
CM+9.5200.5103.0
03
CM+9.5200.5104.1
04
CM+9.5200.5105.1
05
CM+9.5200.5113.0
06
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
07
CM+9.5200.5119.0
08
CM+9.5200.5123.0
09
CM+9.5200.5131.1
SCHRAEGSTIRNRAD Z=24 / HELICAL SPUR GEAR / ROUE HELICOIDALE
10
CM+9.5200.5132.0
ZAHNRAD Z=15 / GEAR / ROUE DENTEE
11
CM+9.5200.5133.0
12
CM+9.5200.5134.0
13
CM+9.5200.5135.0
14
CM+9.5200.5136.0
15
CM+9.5200.5137.0
16
CM+9.5200.5138.0
17
CM+9.5200.5141.2
18
CM+9.5213.9010.0
19
CM+9.5200.5146.0
BUCHSE / BUSHING / DOUILE
20
CM*9.5200.5149.1*
DECKEL / LID / COUVERCLE
21
CM+9.5200.5220.2
22
CM+9.5200.5230.2
23
CM+9.5200.5240.2
24
CM+9.5200.5241.0
25
CM+9.5200.5250.2
26
CM+9.5200.5260.0
27
CM+9.5210.8110.0*
PLATINE RECHTS / PLATE RHS / PLAQUE DROITE
28
CM+9.5220.5660.1
29
CM+9.5220.5670.0
30
CM+9.8157.6225.0
31
CM+9.9402.1129.0

ENTWICKLERRACK, ANTRIEB CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

DEVELOPER RACK, DRIVE CM+9.52108650.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK RELEVATEUR CM+9.5210.8650.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/2a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
06
06
18
09
17
01
06
20
05
01
D117
D83
D12
03*
16
D128
02
D82
10
D195
08
07
11
D142
D82
D195
19
15*
04
13
14
A
03*
12
5210N03.CDR
FIXIERRACK CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

FIX RACK CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK DE FIXAGE CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYP 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/3
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7295.0
KLEBESCHILD, BLAU / LABEL; BLUE / ETIQUETTE, BLEU
02
CM+9.5200.5105.1
BOLZEN ( 12 MM) / BOLT / BOULON
03
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
04
CM+9.5200.5116.4
LEITELEMENT MITTE / GUIDE ELEMENT / ELEMENT GUIDE
05
CM+9.5200.5119.0
06
CM+9.5200.5142.2
07
CM+9.5213.9020.0
08
CM+9.5200.5241.0
09
CM+9.5200.5260.0
10
CM+9.5200.5402.0
11
CM+9.5200.5502.0
BOLZEN ( 13MM) / BOLT / BOULON
12
CM+9.5200.5601.2
HALTER, RECHTS / HOLDER / FIXATION
13
CM+9.5200.5602.2
HALTER, LINKS / HOLDER / FIXATION
14
CM+9.5200.5603.2
15
CM+9.5210.8101.0*
PLATIN LINKS / PLATE / PLAQUE
16
CM+9.5210.8104.0
17
CM+9.5210.8105.0
18
CM+9.5220.5670.0
19
CM+9.8185.6023.2
20
CM+9.8391.6331.0
LEITELEMENT F / GUIDE ELEMENT / ELEMENT GUIDE

FIXIERRACK CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

FIX RACK CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK DE FIXAGE CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYP 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/3a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
26
21
17
07
22
05
05
17
10
10
29
06*
17
05
07
05
17
10
D47
D46
25
30
10
14
04
D195
D82
D142
01
03
18
23
27
24
13
19
32
31
09
D195
02
D128
11
16
32
32
08
28*
D82
12
32
D
A
07
15
17
D218
20*
C
5
52108N04.CDR
FIXIERRACK, ANTRIEB CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

FIX RACK, DRIVE CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK DE FIXAGE CM +9.5210.8700.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/4
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7295.0
02
CM+9.5200.5103.0
03
CM+9.5200.5104.1
04
CM+9.5200.5105.1
05
CM+9.5200.5113.0
06
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
07
CM+9.5200.5119.0
08
CM+9.5200.5123.0
09
CM+9.5200.5131.1
SCHRGSTIRNRAD, Z=24 / HELICAL SPUR GEAR / ROUE HELCOIDALE
10
CM+9.5200.5132.0
11
CM+9.5200.5133.0
12
CM+9.5200.5134.0
13
CM+9.5200.5135.0
14
CM+9.5200.5136.0
15
CM+9.5200.5137.0
16
CM+9.5200.5138.0
17
CM+9.5200.5141.2
18
CM+9.5213.9010.0
19
CM+9.5200.5146.0
20
CM+9.5200.5149.1*
21
CM+9.5200.5220.2
22
CM+9.5200.5230.2
23
CM+9.5200.5240.2
24
CM+9.5200.5241.0
25
CM+9.5200.5250.2
26
CM+9.5200.5260.0
27
CM+9.5200.5502.0
28
CM+9.5210.8110.0*
PLATINE RECHTS / PLATE / PLAQUE
29
CM+9.5220.5660.1
30
CM+9.5220.5670.0
31
CM+9.8157.6225.0
32
CM+9.9402.1129.0

FIXIERRACK, ANTRIEB CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

FIX RACK, DRIVE CM+9.5210.8700.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK DE FIXAGE CM +9.5210.8700.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/4a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
01
15
17
01
03*
D117
14
16*
D83
D12
09
02
10
06
07
05
D142
D82
08
D195
20
18
19
13
18
12
03*
A
11
05
B
04
5
52108N06.CDR
WASSERRACK CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

WATER RACK CM*9.5210.8750.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
RACK EAU CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/5
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7297.0
02
CM+9.5200.5105.1
03
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
04
CM+9.5200.5119.0
05
CM+9.5200.5142.2
06
CM+9.5213.9020.0
07
CM+9.5200.5241.0
08
CM+9.5200.5260.0
09
CM+9.5200.5402.0
10
CM+9.5200.5502.0
11
CM+9.5200.5601.2
HALTER, RECHTS / HOLDER / FIXATION
12
CM+9.5200.5602.2
HALTER, LINKS / HOLDER / FIXATION
13
CM+9.5200.5603.2
14
CM+9.5210.8104.0
15
CM+9.5210.8105.0
16
CM+9.5210.8301.1*
PLATINE LINKS / PLATE / PLAQUE
17
CM+9.5210.8302.0
18
CM+9.5220.5603.0
19
CM+9.5220.5604.1*
20
CM+9.8185.6023.2

17.02.1999
WASSERRACK CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

WATER RACK CM*9.5210.8750.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/5a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
20
05
13
16
10
07
D195
D82
D142
05
13
17
D46
09
03
D47
04
01
14
06*
19
11
21
18
15
25
24
08
D195
D82
02
D128
10
25
22*
12
23
25
D218
52108N07.CDR
WASSERRACK, ANTRIEB CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

WATER RACK, DRIVE CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
CHAPTER 08/6
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0374.7297.0
02
CM+9.5200.5103.0
03
CM+9.5200.5104.1
04
CM+9.5200.5105.1
05
CM+9.5200.5113.0
06
CM+9.5200.5114.1*
07
CM+9.5200.5119.0
08
CM+9.5200.5131.1
SCHRGSTIRNRAD, Z=24 / HELICAL SPUR GEAR / ROUE HELICOIDALE
09
CM+9.5200.5132.0
10
CM+9.5200.5133.0
11
CM+9.5200.5135.0
12
CM+9.5200.5138.0
13
CM+9.5200.5141.2
14
CM+9.5213.9010.0
15
CM+9.5200.5146.0
16
CM+9.5200.5220.2
17
CM+9.5200.5230.2
18
CM+9.5200.5240.2
19
CM+9.5200.5241.0
20
CM+9.5200.5260.0
21
CM+9.5200.5502.0
22
CM+9.5210.8310.1*
PLATINE RECHTS / PLATE / PLAQUE
23
CM+9.5220.5602.1
24
CM+9.8157.6225.0
25
CM+9.9402.1129.0

D=Normteil. Die Bestellnummer ist der separaten Normteileliste "DD+DIS011.93M" zu entnehmen.
WASSERRACK, ANTRIEB CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

WATER RACK, DRIVE CM+9.5210.8750.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/6a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
14
07
01
02
04
17
02
04
03
03
03
15
06
03
17
16
13
01
D128
D82
D9
09*
12
D142
A
D
G
05
11*
01
D142
D82
01
07
08*
05
10*
D9
D82
D128
14
C
A
52108N08.CDR
VERTEILEREINHEIT CM+9.5210.8640.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

DISTRIBUTOR UNIT CM+9.5210.8640.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION CM+9.5210.8640.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/7
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.5112.1
02
CM+9.5200.5113.0
03
CM+9.5200.5132.0
ZAHNRAD, Z=15 / GEAR 15 T / ROUE DENTEE 15 DENTS
04
CM+9.5200.5141.2
05
CM+9.5200.5142.2
06
CM+9.5200.5220.2
07
CM+9.5200.5260.0
08
CM+9.5210.8022.1*
PLATINE LINKS / PLATE LHS / PLAQUE A GAUCHE
09
CM+9.5210.8030.0*
PLATINE RECHTS / PLATE RHS / PLAQUE A DROITE
10
CM+9.5210.8401.1*
11
CM+9.5210.8483.0*
12
CM+9.5210.8492.0
ABDECKUNG / COVER / RECOURVEMENT
13
CM+9.5210.8496.0
14
CM+9.5220.6170.0
15
CM+9.5220.6190.1
16
CM+9.8391.8034.0
17
CM+9.9402.1129.0

VERTEILEREINHEIT CM+9.5210.8640.0* TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

DISTRIBUTOR UNIT CM+9.5210.8640.0* TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION CM+9.5210.8640.0* TYPE 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/7a
FIXIERRACK
FIX RACK
RACK FIXATEUR
WALZENSCHEMA TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

ROLLER POSITIONING TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX TYP 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CURIX HT 330
02
03
01
05
04
03
07
01
05
01
05
05
07
01
01
WASSERRACK
WATER RACK
RACK EAU
04
03
01 05
07
01
05
07 08
05
07
01
07
SPARE PARTS LIST
52108N05.CDR
CHAPTER 08/8
ENTWICKLERRACK
DEVELOPER RACK
RACK REVELATEUR
01
01
01
05
05 01
01
05
TROCKNER
DRYER
SECHOIR
01
13 19
13 19
13
13
03
03
03
03
12
06
DOPPELTE LAGERANFEDERUNG
DOUBLE BEARING
SUSPENSION
II
DOUBLE SUSPENSION
DE PALIER
III
DD+DIS188.98M
17.02.1999
VERTEILERWALZEN -EINHEIT
DISTRIBUTOR ROLLER UNIT
MODULE DE ROULEAU DE
DISTRIBUTATION
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5200.5150.1
WALZE GRAU (GUMMI 22,5 MM) / RUBBER ROLLER GREY / ROULEAU EN

CAOUTCHOUC GRIS
02
CM+9.5200.5160.1
WALZE GRAU (GUMMI 48 MM) / RUBBER ROLLER GREY / ROULEAU EN

CAOUTCHOUC GRIS
03
CM+9.5220.6150.1
WALZE GRAU (GUMMI-STAHLKERN 22,5 MM) / RUBBER ROLLER

STEELCORE GREY / ROULEAU EN CAOUTCHOUC, NOYAU EN ACIER GRIS
04
CM+9.5200.5420.2
WALZE GELB (PUR 48 MM) / PUR-ROLLER YELLOW / PUR-ROULEAU

JAUNE
05
CM+9.5200.5430.3
WALZE GELB (PUR 22,5 MM) / PUR-ROLLER YELLOW / PUR-ROULEAU

JAUNE
06
CM+9.5210.6068.2
WALZE ROT (GUMMI 22,6 MM, MIT EINSTICH) / RUBBER ROLLER RED,
WITH RECESS / ROULEAU EN CAOUTCHOUC, AVEC MPLAT ROUGE
07
CM+9.5200.5440.3
WALZE GELB (PUR-GESCHLIFFEN 22,5 MM) / PUR-ROLLER ROUGH

YELLOW / PUR-ROULEAU POLIE JAUNE
12
CM+9.5210.8270.1
WALZE GELB (PUR-GESCHLIFFEN 22,5 MM) / PUR-ROLLER ROUGH

YELLOW / PUR-ROULEAU POLIE JAUNE
13
CM+9.5210.8280.1
WALZE ROT (GUMMI 22,6 MM) / RUBBER ROLLER RED / ROULEAU EN

CAOUTCHOUC ROUGE
19
CM+9.5212.8630.0
WALZE (GTK-SCHAUMWALZE 22,5 MM) / GTK- FOAM PLASTIC ROLLER /

GTK-ROULEAU ALVEOLAIRE

17.02.1999
WALZENSCHEMA TYP 5210/100 AB FN 2572

ROLLER POSITIONING TYPE 5210/100 FROM SN 2572
SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX TYP 5210/100 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/8a
SPARE PARTS LIST
52108N09.CDR
09*
D9
01
13
11*
08
TROCKNEROBERTEIL, TEIL 1 AB FN 2572

DRYER, TOP PART, PART 1 FROM SN 2572
SECHOIR, PARTIE SUPERIEURE, PART 1 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
DD+DIS188.98M
15*
02*
D122
D81
D10
D2199
10*
D3263
14*
D122
D81
05*
D81
D122
D10
D81
D122
16*
04*
(1M2) 12
11*
D129
03*
13
CHAPTER 08/9
D142
D82
06
D128
D82
D9
07*
D10
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5101.1008.0
KABELKLAMMER / CABLE CLAMP / COLLIER DE SERRAGE
02
CM+9.5210.6727.0*
STRAHLERSCHUTZ VORNE / LAMP PROTECTION / PROTECTION DE LAMP;

AVANT
03
CM+9.5210.6023.0*
ABDECKUNG OBEN / COVER TOP / RECOUVREMENT EN HAUT
04
CM+9.5210.6025.0*
HANDSCHUTZ / HAND GUARD / PROTEGE-MAINS
05
CM+9.5210.6031.0*
HALTEWINKEL / SUPPORT BRACKET / EQUERRE DE FIXATION
06
CM+9.5210.6059.0
KANTENSCHUTZ / EDGE PROTECTION / PROTECTION DARETES
07
CM+9.5210.6121.0*
ABDECKUNG OBEN LINKS / COVER TOP LHS / RECOUVREMENT EN HAUT

GAUCHE
08
CM+9.5210.6830.2
NTC FHLER / NTC SENSOR / SONDE NTC
09
CM+9.5210.6922.0*
PLATINE OBEN LINKS / PLATE TOP LHS / PLAQUE EN HAUT GAUCHE
10
CM+9.5210.6924.0*
PLATINE OBEN RECHTS / PLATE TOP RHS / PLAQUE EN HAUT DROITE
11
CM+9.5210.8483.0*
12
CM+9.8391.7740.0
LFTER OBEN (1M2) / FAN TOP / VENTILATEUR EN HAUT
13
CM+9.8391.8001.0
14
CM+9.8391.8103.0*
15
CM+9.8391.8112.6*
PLATTE OBEN / PLATE TOP / PLAQUE EN HAUT
16
CM+9.8391.8118.1*
ABSCHLUSSWINKEL / TERMINATION BRACKET / EQUERRE MAITRESSE

17.02.1999

CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/9a
13*
12*
08*
SPARE PARTS LIST
02
D81
D122
D3713
D81
01
11*
10*
05*
DD+DIS188.98M
17.02.1999
D4010
D185
D3713
D81
07
14*
03
09
06*

CHAPTER 08/10
CURIX HT 330
52108N10.CDR
04*
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0371.7510.0
KABELDURCHFHRUNG / GROMMET / PASSAGE CABLE
02
CM+9.5210.6130.0
WINKEL MIT DRAHTSCHUTZ / BRACKET WTH WIRE PROTECTION /

03
CM+9.5270.6580.0
WINKEL MIT DRAHTSCHUTZ / BRACKET WTH WIRE PROTECTION /

04
CM+9.5210.8483.0*
05
CM+9.5220.6301.0*
06
CM+9.5220.6302.0*
07
CM+9.5220.6303.0
08
CM+9.5220.6304.0*
09
CM+9.8187.6921.2
STRAHLER 110 V/400W / RADIATOR / RADIATEUR
10
CM+9.5210.6732.0*
LEITBLECH / GUIDE PLATE / PLAQUE DE GUIDAGE
11
CM+9.8391.8181.1*
12
CM+9.5210.6770.1*
STRAHLEREINHEIT I OBEN / IR LAMP UNITE, TOP / UNITE RADIATEUR, EN

HAUT
13
CM+9.8391.8210.4*
STRAHLEREINHEIT II OBEN / IR LAMP UNITE, TOP / UNITE RADIATEUR, EN

HAUT
14
CM+9.8391.8220.3*
STRAHLEREINHEIT III OBEN / IR LAMP UNITE, TOP / UNITE RADIATEUR, EN

HAUT

17.02.1999

CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/10a
SPARE PARTS LIST

DD+DIS188.98M
08*
17.02.1999
12*
05*
11*
07*
09
15*
10
TROCKNERUNTERTEIL, TEIL 3 AB FN 2572

DRYER, BOTTOM PART, PART 3 FROM SN 2572
SECHOIR, PARTIE INFERIEURE, PART 3 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/11
CURIX HT 330
52108N11.CDR
09
06*
14*
13*
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+7.0426.6195.0
TEMPERATUR-SCHALTER 95C (SI1, SI2, SI3) / TEMPERATURE SWITCH /

INTERRUPTEUR DE TEMPERATURE
02
CM+9.5210.6960.0
WINKEL MIT DRACHTSCHUTZ / BRACKET WITH WIRE PROTECTION /

03
CM+9.5210.6351.0
WINKEL / BRACKET / QUERRE
04
CM+9.5210.6550.1
WINKEL MIT DRACHTSCHUTZ / BRACKET WITH WIRE PROTECTION /

05
CM+9.5220.6304.0*
REFLEKTOR KURZ / REFLECTOR, SHORT / REFLECTEUR, COURT
06
CM+9.5210.6732.0*
LEITBLECH / GUIDE PLATE / PLAQUE DE GUIDAGE
07
CM+9.5220.6301.0*
08
CM+9.5220.6302.0*
09
CM+9.5220.6303.0
10
CM+9.5220.6310.2
STRAHLER (400W) / RADIATOR / RADIATEUR
11
CM+9.8391.8181.1*
12
CM+9.5210.6730.0*
STRAHLEREINHEIT I UNTEN / IR LAMP UNIT, BOTTOM / UNITE RADIATEUR, EN

BAS
13
CM+9.8391.8180.0*
STRAHLEREINHEIT II UNTEN / IR LAMP UNIT, BOTTOM / UNITE RADIATEUR,

EN BAS
14
CM+9.8391.8190.3*
STRAHLEREINHEIT III UNTEN / IR LAMP UNIT, BOTTOM / UNITE RADIATEUR,

EN BAS
15
CM+9.5210.6731.0*
REFLEKTOR KURZ / REFLECTOR, SHORT / REFLECTEUR, COURT

17.02.1999

SECHOIR, PARTIE INFERIEURE, PART 3 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/11a
SPARE PARTS LIST
52108N12.CDR
DD+DIS188.98M
D122
09*

SECHOIR, PARTIE INFERIEURE-PARTIE, PART 4 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
CHAPTER 08/12
CURIX HT 330
17.02.1999
D81
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS188.98M
Pos. Nr.
Item no.
Pos. no.
Teile-Nr.
Part No.
Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
01
CM+9.5210.6052.3
02
CM+9.5210.6053.1
03
CM+9.5210.6058.4*
05
CM+9.8391.7720.0
LFTER UNTEN (1M1) / FAN BOTTOM / VENTILATEUR EN BAS
06
CM+9.8391.8057.0*
07
CM+9.8391.8067.0
ABSCHLUSSWINKEL / TERMINATION BRACKET / EQUERRE MAITRESSE
08
CM+9.8391.8103.0
09
CM+9.5210.6727.0
STRAHLERSCHUTZ VORNE / / LAMP PROTECTION FRONT / PROTECTION DE

LAMPE AVANT


SECHOIR, PARTIE INFERIEURE-PARTIE, PART 4 A PARTIR DU FN 2572
17.02.1999
CURIX HT 330
CHAPTER 08/12a
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS213.98M
POLZAHL
STECKERGEHUSE
AUFNAHMEGEHUSE
(KUPPLUNG)
LT-SOCKEL KPL. MIT

STIFTEN
LT-SCKEL KPL.
MIT BUCHSEN
NO.OF POLES
PLUG ENCLOSURE
HOUSING (CLUTCH)
SOLDERING BASE ASSY

WITH PINS
SOLDERING BASE
ASSY WITH JACKS
NOMBRE DE
PLES
BOTIER DE FICHES
BOTIER-LOGEMENT
(EMBRAYAGE)
SOCLE SOUDURE COMPLET

AVEC BROCHES
SOCLE SOUDURE
COMPLET AVEC
DOULLIES
1POL.
2POL.
3POL.
4POL.
6POL.
9POL.
12POL
15POL
CM+7.0471.1351.0
CM+7.0471.1708.0
CM+7.0471.1327.0
CM+7.0471.1336.0
CM+7.0471.1325.0
CM+7.0471.1307.0
CM+7.0471.1703.0
CM+7.0471.1306.0
CM+7.0471.1349.0
CM+7.0471.1709.0
CM+7.0471.1326.0
CM+7.0471.1335.0
CM+7.0471.1324.0
CM+7.0471.1308.0
CM+7.0471.1704.0
CM+7.0471.1305.0
STIFT CM+7.0471.1701.0
PIN
BROCHE
BUCHSE CM+7.0471.1702.0
JACK
DOUILLE
FEDERKONTAKT
SPRING CONTACT
CONTACT RESSORT
CM+7.0471.1312.0
0,10 - 0,25
(VERGOLDET)
(GOLD-PLATED) (DOR)
CM+7.0471.1749.0
CM+7.0471.1751.0
CM+7.0471.1752.0
CM+7.0471.1753.0
CM+7.0471.1712.0
CM+7.0471.1413.0
CM+7.0471.1754.0
CM+7.0471.1412.0
CM+7.0471.1786.0
CM+7.0471.1407.0
CM+7.0471.1408.0
CM+7.0471.1736.0
CM+7.0471.1713.0
CM+7.0471.1403.0
STECKHLSE - A CM+7.0471.3405.0 (6,3X0.82,5)

'E' SOCKET - A
'F' DOUILLE - A
CM+7.0471.1383.0
0.30 - 0,60
(VERGOLDET)
(GOLD-PLATED) (DOR)
ENTNAHMEWERKZEUG CM+9.9999.0793.0
EXTRACTING TOOL
OUTIL DÈXTRACTION
IC-AUSZIEHWERKZEUGE FR PLCCS
EXTRACTOR
CM+9.9999.1005.0
EXTRACTEUR
STECKVERBINDUNGEN
CONNECTORS
CONNECTEURES
CHAPTER 08/14
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS213.98M
STIFTLEISTE STEHEND
POLZAHL
EINREIHIG MIT
RASTLASCHE
ONE-ROW WITH LATCH
UNE RENGE, AVEC
LANGUETTE DE
CRANTAGE
MALE CONNECTOR VERTICAL

EINREIHIG OHNE
RASTLASCHE
ONE-ROW WITHOUT LATCH
UNE RENGE, SANS
LANGUETTE DE CRANTAGE
RGLETTE GOUPILLES VERTICALE
DOPPELREIHIG MIT
RASTLASCHE
TWO-ROW WITH LATCH
DEUX RANGES, AVEC
LANGUETTE DE
CRANTAGE
NO.OF
POLES
DOPPELREIHIG OHNE
RASTLASCHE
TWO-ROW WITHOUT
LATCH
DEUX RANGES,
SANS LANGUETTE DE
CRANTAGE
NOMBRE DE
PLES
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
CM+7.0471.1738.0
CM+7.0471.1739.0
CM+7.0471.1741.0
CM+7.0471.1724.0
CM+7.0471.1314.0
CM+7.0471.1384.0
CM+7.0471.1385.0
CM+7.0471.1401.0
CM+7.0471.1809.0
CM+7.0471.1414.0
CM+7.0471.1391.0
CM+7.0471.1395.0
CM+7.0471.1402.0
CM+7.0471.1397.0
CM+7.0471.1415.0
CM+7.0471.1403.0
CM+7.0471.1388.0
CM+7.0471.1394.0
CM+7.0471.1765.0
CM+7.0471.1399.0
CM+7.0471.1725.0
CM+7.0471.1404.0
STIFTLEISTE LIEGEND (90 ABGEWINKELT)
BUCHSE
LEERBUCHSE
MALE CONNECTOR HORIZONTAL (90 ANGEL)

RGLETTE GOUPILLES HORIZONTAL (EN ANGLE DE 90)
RECEPTACLE
BLANK
RECEPTACLE
DOUILLE
DOUILLE VIDE
EINREIHIG OHNE
RASTLASCHE
ONE-ROW WITHOUT
LATCH
POLZAHL
UNE RENGE,
SANS LANGUETTE
NO.OF POLES DE CRANTAGE
DOPPELREIHIG MIT
RASTLASCHE
TWO-ROW WITH
LATCH
DEUX RANGES,
AVEC LANGUETTE DE
CRANTAGE
DOPPELREIHIG OHNE
RASTLASCHE
TWO-ROW WITHOUT
LATCH
DEUX RANGES,
SANS LANGUETTE DE
CRANTAGE
SCHNEID-KLEMMVERBINDER
CUT-AND-CLAMP
CONNECTOR
JONCTION AUTOCOUPANTE
OHNE
KODIERSTIFT
WITHOUT
ENCODING PIN
SANS GOUPILLE DE
CODAGE
NOMBRE DE
PLES
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
CM+7.0471.1717.0
CM+7.0471.1756.0
CM+7.0471.1732.0
CM+7.0471.1807.0
CM+7.0471.1338.0
CM+7.0471.1743.0
CM+7.0471.1348.0
CM+7.0471.1393.0
CM+7.0471.1392.0
CM+7.0471.1339.0
CM+7.0471.1396.0
CM+7.0471.1341.0
CM+7.0471.1398.0
CM+7.0471.1764.0
CM+7.0471.1343.0
CM+7.0471.1766.0
CM+7.0471.1767.0
CM+7.0471.1386.0
CM+7.0471.1387.0
CM+7.0471.1389.0
CM+7.0471.1719.0
CM+7.0471.1714.0
CM+7.0471.1448.0
CM+7.0471.1418.0
CM+7.0471.1419.0
CM+7.0471.1437.0
CM+7.0471.1438.0
CM+7.0471.1439.0
CM+7.0471.1421.0
CM+7.0471.1431.0
CM+7.0471.1422.0
CM+7.0471.1813.0
CM+7.0471.1441.0
CM+7.0471.1452.0
CM+7.0471.1423.0
CM+7.0471.1424.0
CM+7.0471.8836.0
CM+7.0471.8839.0
CM+7.0471.8829.0
CM+7.0471.8837.0
CM+7.0471.8838.0
CM+7.0471.8840.0
CM+7.0471.8841.0
CM+7.0471.1405.0
CM+7.0471.8842.0
CM+7.0471.1416.0
CM+7.0471.1342.0
CM+7.0471.1721.0
CM+7.0471.8843.0
CM+7.0471.1768.0
CM+7.0471.1716.0
CM+7.0471.8844.0
STECKVERBINDUNGEN
CONNECTORS
CONNECTEURES
17.02.1999
CHAPTER 08/15
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS213.98M
SCHLAUCHKLEMME
HOSE CLAMP
AGRAFE TUYAU
SCHLAUCHSCHELLE
HOSE CLAMP
COLLIER DE GAINE
CM+7.0371.9801.0
CM+7.0371.9820.0
CM+7.0371.9840.0
CM+7.0371.9860.0
CM+7.0371.9880.0
CM+7.0371.9900.0
CM+7.0371.9930.0
CM+7.0371.9920.0
CM+7.0372.0010.0
CM+7.0372.0011.0
23,00 - 24,50 MM
18,54 - 19,56 MM
12,45 - 12,95 MM
13,99 - 14,55 MM
15,50 - 16,00 MM
20,12 - 21,13 MM
24,61 - 26,19 MM
26,00 - 27,50 MM
58,73 - 61,90 MM
11,00 - 11,60 MM
CM+7.0372.0020.0
CM+7.0372.0021.0
CM+7.0372.0022.0
CM+7.0372.0023.0
CM+7.0371.7009.0
CM+7.0371.7011.0
CM+7.0371.7026.0
CM+7.0371.7027.0
CM+7.0371.7028.0
CM+7.0372.0019.0
CM+7.0372.0030.0
CM+7.0372.0040.0
11,50 - 13,90 MM
13,00 - 14,90 MM
21,80 - 25,10 MM
14,50 - 16,50 MM
11,40 - 13,00 MM
19,80 - 22,80 MM
19,00 - 21,50 MM
28,50 - 32,90 MM
25,00 - 28,80 MM
15,70 - 18,00 MM
17,80 - 20,40 MM
23,60 - 27,20 MM
CM+7.0371.9490.1
CM+7.0371.9500.1
CM+7.0371.9510.1
CM+7.0371.9520.1
CM+7.0371.9530.1
CM+7.0371.9540.1
CM+7.0371.9570.1
CM+7.0371.9580.1
12,00 - 14,00 MM
12,00 - 17,00 MM
16,00 - 21,00 MM
20,00 - 25,00 MM
24,00 - 29,00 MM
28,00 - 33,00 MM
40,00 - 45,00 MM
44,00 - 49,00 MM
CM+7.0371.9637.0
CM+7.0371.9640.0
CM+7.0371.9638.0
CM+7.0371.9639.0
12,00 - 20,00 MM
25,00 - 40,00 MM
10,00 - 16,00 MM
16,00 - 27,00 MM
SNP - 7
SNP - 8
SNP - 19
SNP - 10
SNP - 6
SNP - 18
SNP - 16
SNP - 28
SNP - 24
SNP - 12
SNP - 14
SNP - 22
SCHLAUCH AUS NEOPREN NEOPRENE TUBE - TUYAU FLEXIBLE EN NOPRNE

CM+0.0000.64.041
SCHLAUCH 3X1.5MM SW
SCHLAUCH AUS SILICON SILICONE TUBE TUYAU FLEXIBLE EN SILICONE

CM+0.0000.08.123
SCHLAUCH 3X1MM SW
SCHLAUCH AUS PVC PVC TUBE TUYAU FLEXIBLE EN PVC

CM+0.0000.07.025
CM+0.0000.07.153
CM+0.0000.64.008
CM+0.0000.64.009
CM+0.0000.64.131
CM+0.0000.64.132
SCHLAUCH 19X2,5 TRANS / HOSE TRANS / TUYAU FLEXIBLE TRANS

SCHLAUCH 19X2 TRANS / HOSE TRANS / TUYAU FLEXIBLE TRANS
SCHLAUCH 19X2 ROT / HOSE RED / TUYAU FLEXIBLE ROUGE
SCHLAUCH 19X2 BLAU / HOSE BLUE / TUYAU FLEXIBLE BLEU
SCHLAUCH 19X2,5 BLAU / HOSE BLUE / TUYAU FLEXIBLE BLEU
SCHLAUCH 19X2,5 ROT / HOSE RED / TUYAU FLEXIBLE ROUGE
SCHLAUCH KANN UNTER DER NUMMER CM+0.0000.XX.XXX ALS METERWARE BESTELLT WERDEN.
TUBE IS AVAILABLE BY THE METRE UNDER NUMBER CM+0.0000.XX.XXX.
TUYAU FLEXIBLE PEUVENT TRE COMMANDS AU MTRE SOUS LE N CM+0.0000.XX.XXX
1 METER = 1 STCK
1 METRE = 1 PIECE
1 MTRE = 1 PICE
SCHELLEN
CLAMPS
COLLIERS
CHAPTER 08/16
17.02.1999
SPARE PARTS LIST
DD+DIS213.98M
KABELBINDER / CABLE TIE / ATACHE CABLE

CM+7.0371.8700.0
CM+7.0371.8880.0
CM+7.0371.9000.0
CM+7.0371.9200.0
CM+7.0479.1122.0
KABELBINDER (102 X 2,4 MM)

KABELBINDER (132 X 4,8MM)
FLACHKABELHALTER UND SCHELLEN RIBBON CABLE HOLDER AND CLAMPS

SUPPORT DE CBLE PLAT ET COLLIERS
SCHELLE / CLAMP / COLLIER
KLEBESCHELLE / ADHESIVE CLAMP / COLLIER

ADHSIF
CM+7.0371.8019.0 - < 5 MM
CM+7.0371.8011.0 - < 8MM
CM+7.0371.8012.0 - < 20MM
CM+7.0371.9230.0
FLACHKABELHALTER / RIBBON CABLE HOLDER /

SUPPORT DE CBLE PLAT
HAFTSCHELLE / SUPPORTING CLAMP / COLLIER DE

FIXATION
CM+7.0477.0801.0 - 30 MM
CM+7.0370.0060.0 - 57 MM
CM+7.0479.0001.0 - 88 MM
CM+7.0479.0010.0
BEFESTIGUNGSSOCKEL / MOUNTING BASE / SOCLE DE

MONTAGE
ABSTANDSHALTER F PLATINEN / SPACER / ECARTEUR

POUR CARTE ENFISCHABLE
CM+7.0370.0080.0
CM+7.0479.1016.0
CM+7.0479.1272.0
CM+7.0479.1305.0
SCHELLEN
CLAMPS
COLLIERS
17.02.1999
CHAPTER 08/17
Technical
Documentation
Order No: DD+DIS004.98E

1 piece QA4E6 MA 1
July 98
Anti-algae Solenoid Valve

Type 5210/500
Fitting Instructions
for the
Anti-Algae Solenoid Valve

Type 5210 / 500
These fitting instructions describe the subsequent installation of the anti-algae
solenoid valve, type 5210/500, into the film processor shown below.
Please file these installation instructions in section 9 of your technical documentation.
Accessories
DD+DIS004.98E
List of Contents
1 General information / function ..............................................................................1

2 Disposal connections below the machine ...........................................................2
3 Installation of the anti-algae solenoid valve ........................................................4
03.03.1998
Type 5210/500
Section 9 / I
Accessories
DD+DIS004.98E
1 General information / function

Illustration 1
The installation of the anti-algae solenoid
valve assembly (A, ill. 1) is only possible in
the machine shown!
For this installation, make sure to use the
descriptions in the basic documentation
(section 3, "Installation of disposal hoses).
Functional improvements:
The installation of the anti-algae solenoid valve assembly in a film processor results in the
following improvements for the machine function. However, correct use by the customer and the
respective water quality are futher conditions.
Less strain / susceptibility to faults in the transport system, since algae growth on the
transport rollers of the water racks can be pretty much avoided!
The "increased maintenance cycles" in case of algae growth suggested in the basic
documentation are not necessary!
Description of the function:

After the installation of this assembly the water is drained automatically when the film
processor is switched off. The anti-algae solenoid valve opens.
When the processor is then switched on again, the anti-algae solenoid valve closes the water
drain. The water replenished during film processing is then drained via the installed "water
overflow" installed in the water tank.
This draining of the wash water from the water tank causes all algae grown during machine
operation to be flushed out of the tank.
Further possibilities for the customer to reduce the growth of algae:
The effect to avoid algae growth can be increased by allowing the water tank to dry out.
This effect can be obtained by leaving the machie cover slighly open during longer down times!
Note: Upon "permanent operation of the film processor (switched on for 24 hours a day), the
"growth of algae cannot be prevented!
03.03.1998
Type 5210/500
Section 9 / 1
Accessories
DD+DIS004.98E
2 Disposal connections below the machine

The designations / numbering in illustration 2 refers to the information in the basic documentation
(section 03) and is based on this system.
Illustration 2 (viewed from the front in film transport direction)
Note: Electrical connection, see ill. 5.
Section 9 / 2
Type 5210/500
03.03.1998
Accessories
DD+DIS004.98E
Legend: Designation of the disposal connections B (ill. 2)
Code
Designation
B1
Developer tank drain / overflow; connection pipe 20 mm
B2
Fixer tank drain / overflow; connection pipe 20 mm
B3.0
Additional drain of the water tank, connection for the option: "anti-algae solenoid
valve"
B3.0.0
Water drain hose, external PVC hose, fibre-reinforced, 19x4 mm, transparent
B3.0.A
Cap, black rubber material
B3.0.B
PVC hose piece, soft, transparent, 19x2.5 mm, 50 mm long
B3.1
Water drain / overflow; connection pipe 20 mm
B3.1.A
PVC hose piece, soft, transparent, 19x2.5 mm, measure the required length
B3.2
Drain of the water overflow tank (after the water tank below the distribution
rollers); connection pipe 20 mm;
B3.2.A
PVC hose, soft, transparent, 19x2.5 mm.
B3.3
Y connection piece; 20 mm
B3.3.A
Y-piece connection
B3.3.B
Y-piece connection
B3.3.C
Y-piece connection
B3.4
Anti-algae solenoid valve, complete assembly.
B3.4.A
Connection piece "anti-algae solenoid valve" B3.4
B3.4.B
Connection piece "anti-algae solenoid valve" B3.4.
B3.4.C
Connection piece "anti-algae solenoid valve" B3.4
Hose clamp, SNP-22 (see accessory box processor)
03.03.1998
Type 5210/500
Section 9 / 3
Accessories
DD+DIS004.98E
3 Installation of the anti-algae solenoid valve

Make sure the hoses are positioned in such a way that there are no sharp bends causing a
blockage.
You can reach the disposal connections either ...

from the right hand / left hand machine side below the developer tank, or ...
you dismount the machine front panel (B, ill. 3) and the control panel (A, ill.3)! Afterwards there
is access to all the disposal connections from the front!
B3.0.0 ...install from the Y-piece connection B3.3.A to the sewer connection.
B3.0.A ...dismount and remove from the drain B3.0.
B3.0.B ...cut 2 hoses, approx. 50 mm each, of the transparent hoses existing in the machine.
Push one hose halfway onto B3.0, the other hose halfway onto B3.3.C.
B3.4.A ...mount the hose B3.0.B
B3.4.C ...mount the hose B3.0.B
B3.1.A ...measure the required length / adapt it and push it for approx. 25 mm onto drain B3.1
B3.4.B ...mount the hose B3.1.A
Fix all hoses by means of hose clamps SNP-22 (D, ill. 2).
Once the installation of the anti-algae solenoid valve, including all the hose connections, has
been completed remove the plug (A, Ill. 4) in the bottom of the water tank.
Illustration 3
Illustration 4
521 009C M .C D R
Section 9 / 4
Type 5210/500
03.03.1998
Accessories
DD+DIS004.98E
Make the electrical connections
Function: machine ON ---> the anti-algae solenoid valve closes;

machine OFF---> the anti-algae solenoid valve opens.
(For a detailed description refer to section 1)
Illustration 5
C ...Connection cable 3.Bu 1, + 24 V,
accessory "anti-algae solenoid valve
(3.MG2).
03.03.1998
Type 5210/500
Section 9 / 5
HOME
Technical
Documentation
December 98
Order No: DD+DIS 117.98E
&!
HT-330U
1 piece Q1J9L MA 1
Type 5210/100
5210/200
Installation Instructions
for the
Developer and Fixer Elbow
(Standard modification as of SN 2228)
(CM+9.5210.9060.0)
These installation instructions describe:

Subsequent conversion of the film processor to the modified hose connections for the
DEVELOPER, FIXER replenishment.
Installation time:
approx. 1 hour
Please file this documentation in section 10: "Modifications" of your Technical
Documentation.
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
List of Contents
1 General ................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................1
1.2 Scope of delivery, CM+9.5210.9060.0 .............................................................................1
2 Installation.............................................................................................................. 2
2.1 Preparations.....................................................................................................................2
2.2 Installation of the supply pipes (C) in the cover plate .......................................................3
2.3 Modification of the replenishment hose connections ........................................................3
2.3.1 Previous hose connections............................................................................................3
2.3.2 Modified hose connection..............................................................................................4
2.3.3 Connect the replenisher hoses below the machine with the replenisher hoses
inside the machine. ................................................................................................................4
2.4 Closing the machine.........................................................................................................6
29.07.1998
Modification Type 5210/100/200
Section 10 / I
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
1 General
1.1 Introduction
The introduction of the newly designed pipe elbow for the developer and the fixer
replenishment with the extended hoses guarantees reliable positioning of the hoses.
Sharp bends in the hoses during the connection of the previous elbows will be prevented.
For measuring the replenishment rate it is now possible to pull the pipe elbow / hoses out for
approximately up to
12 cm
for the developer, and
15 cm
for the fixer.
1.2 Scope of delivery, CM+9.5210.9060.0

Designation
Part / Material Number
Quantity
Dev. pipe elbow, assembled
CM+8.5212.5020.0
Fix. pipe elbow, assembled
CM+8.5212.5040.0
Hose clamp 10,3...11,5
CM+7.0371.7048.0
Hose clamp 11,5...13,9
CM+7.0372.0020.0
Reduction 8-10
CM+7.8391.8562.0
EPDM supply pipe
CM+7.5210.7294.0
CM+ = Service part, DD+ = Documentation, F = Manufacturing part
29.07.1998
Section 10 / 1
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
Required tools:
Auxiliary Equipment
Knife
Phillips screwdriver
Screwdriver
2 Installation
2.1 Preparations
Remove the panels (upper covers, side panels; see section 6.5 / 1, chapter 1.1,
DD+DIS017.95D/E/F).
Pull the supply pipe elbow (1) out (1a), turn it outward and across the chassis edge (1b).
DRAWING A:
Section 10 / 2
29.07.1998
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
2.2 Installation of the supply pipes (C) in the cover plate
Use a screwdriver to lift the rubber nozzles A and B out of the cover plate.
Insert the supply pipes (C) sealing off at the plate (see spot).
2.3 Modification of the replenishment hose connections
2.3.1 Previous hose connections
Cut the replenishment hoses

(DEVELOPER, FIXER)
BUT NOT WATER
at the chassis holes for the hoses (D)
Pull the pipe elbows out
(DEVELOPER, FIXER)
29.07.1998
Section 10 / 3
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
2.3.2 Modified hose connection
Installation of the modified pipe elbows

(DEVELOPER, FIXER)
A = developer
B = fixer
2.3.3 Connect the replenisher hoses below the machine with the
replenisher hoses inside the machine.
Remove the PVC pipe (F) from the
premounted hoses of the pipe elbow
(DEVELOPER / FIXER).
Cut the reduction (E) from 80 mm to
approx. 30 mm.
Section 10 / 4
29.07.1998
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
Insert the reduction (E) in a hose of 10 and fix it by means of hose clamps.
Insert the reduction into the chassis hole from below.
Plug the hoses of the pipe elbows A/B

8 onto the reduction (E) and secure
with a hose clamp.
Fixed position, see spot.
29.07.1998
Section 10 / 5
HOME
Modifications
DD+DIS117.98E
2.4 Closing the machine
Insert the water pipe elbow (1) in

the rubber nozzle.
Insert the developer (A) and fixer
(B) elbows in the supply pipes.
Mount the panels (side panels left hand side, top covers; see section 6.5 / 1, chapter 1.1,
DD+DIS017.95D/E/F).
Section 10 / 6
29.07.1998
Standard Modifcations
DD+DIS230.98E
Section 11
List of Contents
Page
1 Increasing tack - tack noises of the main drive shaft...................................................1
2 Poorly turning magnetic rollers of the film detection unit...............................................2
3 Film transport problems due to wire protection in the dryer ..........................................3
4 No display and no communication by introduction of a new LCD display ....................4
5 SERVICE 505 / dryer temperature not reached.................................................................5
6 Set SOFTWARE switched are reset upon exit from the SERVICE PROGRAM ..............5
7 Strange error messages regarding the levels ..................................................................5
8 Film error due to condensation in the developer rack.....................................................6
9 Developer splashes on the feed table ...............................................................................7
10 Drive gear CM+9.5200.5133.0 breaks in machines with distributor
roller drive at the dryer .....................................................................................................7
11 Introduction of the synchro-motor with green circulation pumps................................8
11.1 Instruction leaflet / Sketch about the installed circulation pumps .........................9
12 Modification of the distributor unit (5-fold to 8-fold distributor unit) ........................10
13 Second modification of the distributor roller unit
(8-fold to 5-fold distributor unit).....................................................................................11
14 Overview of modifications in the DISTRIBUTOR ROLLER assembly.........................12
15 Introduction of the SOFTWARE VERSION H3301707...................................................13
16 Overview of SOFTWARE VERSIONS .............................................................................14
17 Introduction of a water saving circuit Improvement of the archiving properties ......15
17.1 Introduction as of Software H3301420 ....................................................................15
17.2 Introduction of an improved water tank circulation...............................................15
17.3 Improved water flow .................................................................................................16
18 No level detection in spite of a full water tank .............................................................16
19 Rubber elbow with improved mounting on the circulation pumps ............................17
20 Corrosion on the capillary tube of the thermal cut-out................................................18
21 Damage at the electronic boards (GS1, GS4) during installation or removal............19
16.05.99
5210
Section 11 / I
Standard Modifications
DD+DIS230.98E
21.1 Modified screening plate ..........................................................................................19

21.2 Reduction of the connection force for ground connections on the
Low Voltage Distributor Board GS1 ........................................................................19
21.3 Introduction of the improved Motor Control Board GS4 .......................................20
21.4 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION due to SERV 506 at the drive system......................20
22 Decreasing consistency values in the sensitometry tests ..........................................20
23 Ferrite ring for interference suppression at the level sensors ...................................21
24 Control panel protected against interference pulses according to the modified
Medical Product Directives 93/42 EEC ...............................................................................21
25 Level detected too soon due to splashes during water supply ..................................22
26 Introduction of the SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806 ..................................................23
Register 11 / II
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
Increasing tack - tack noises of the main drive shaft

Description see section 6.3 item C.1
Standard introduction: Drive shaft assembly
Shortened sleeve (A)
D3234:O - ring (B)
16.05.99
CM+9.5210.2750.1
CM+9.5210.2753.0
CM+7.0338.9863.0
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
2170
5211/100
1080
5212/100
1051
5213/100
1034
5214/100
1072
5216/100
1171
5110/100
7686
5110/200
2063
5114/100
3127
Machine type
as of SN
8391/ 101
9618
Machine type
as of SN
8394/200
8220
5210
Section 11 / 1
2
DD+DIS031.98E
Poorly turning magnetic rollers of the film detection unit

Standard introduction:
Film detection
Spacer pipe (A)
CM+9.5210.1260.3
CM+9.8188.6471.1
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
2199
5211/100
1080
5212/100
1051
5213/100
1045
5214/100
1082
Section 11 / 2
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
Film transport problems due to wire protection in the dryer

New guide unit
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
1639 to
1643
5210/100
1647 to
1680
5210/100
only in:
1682
5210/100
1685
Machine type
as of SN
5210/200
1023
Machine type
as of SN
5211/100
1051
Machine type
as of
SN
5214/100
1011
Machine type
8391/101
as of SN
only in:
9157, 9146
only in:
9182, 9186
only in:
9205, 9207
only in:
9208, 9209
8391/101
16.05.99
CM+9.5210.6960.0
9212
5210
Section 11 / 3
4
DD+DIS031.98E
No display and no communication by introduction of a new LCD display

Description see section 6.3 item D.2
Standard introduction: LCD display
Low Voltage Distributor Board (GS1)
CM+9.5220.2123.2
CM+8.5210.4940.2
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
1725
5210/200
1057
5211/100
1057
5214/100
1028
5216/100
1011
Standard introduction: Low Voltage Distributor Board (GS1)
CM+8.5210.4940.2
Machine type
as of SN
8391/ 101
9310
Darkroom feed table with user display/terminal 5110/500
Section 11 / 4
5210
5114/500
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
SERVICE 505 / dryer temperature not reached

Standard introduction: see table in 6.
Set SOFTWARE switched are reset upon exit from the SERVICE PROGRAM
Description see section 6.3 item E.1
Standard introduction: SOFTWARE H3301614
CM+9.5210.4061.0
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
1818
5210/200
1067
5211/100
1057
5214/100
1031
5216/100
1001
Machine type
as of SN
8391/101
9336
Strange error messages regarding the levels

Standard introduction: Sealing tape
16.05.99
CM+9.5210.2111.0
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
1810
5210/200
1066
5211/100
1057
5214/100
1030
8391/101
9333
8394/200
8001
5210
Section 11 / 5
DD+DIS031.98E
Film error due to condensation in the developer rack

Standard introduction: Slotted guide in the developer rack
Tie rod with 8
CM+7.5210.8505.0
CM+9.5200.5114.1
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
1017
5211/100
1003
We recommend to order the guide unit CM+9.5210.8580.0 instead of the guide unit
CM+7.5210.8505.0 mentioned above. (See technical standard modifications on the following
page.)
Section 11 / 6
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
Developer splashes on the feed table

Standard introduction: CROSSOVER GUIDES with guide plate
Guide plate
Developer rack, complete
10
CM+9.5210.8580.0
CM+9.5210.8581.0
CM+9.5210.8500.4
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
2061
5211/100
1065
5214/100
1047
5216/100
1081
Drive gear CM+9.5200.5133.0 breaks in machines with distributor roller drive at

the dryer
Replacement of the installed straight spur gear

CM+9.5200.5133.0 (black) by the new straight spur gear
CM+9.5210.8305.0 (off-white).
The new straight spur gear must only be used for the dryer.
Machine type
up to SN
5210/100
1299
5211/100
1029
5110/100
7097
5110/100
not SN 7070
not SN 7073 - 7076
not SN 7080 + 7083
not SN 7093
16.05.99
5210
Section 11 / 7
11
DD+DIS031.98E
Introduction of the synchro-motor with green circulation pumps

Description see section 6.5 item 1.14
Standard introduction:Pump drive with synchro-motor
Circulation pump, green
Transformer
GS Driver Board, 24V regulated
CM+9.5210.2600.0
CM+9.5210.2660.3
CM+7.0433.7157.0
CM+8.9499.3960.0
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
2084
5211/100
1070
5212/100
1001
5213/100
1001
5214/100
1057
5216/100
1141
5110/100
only in
7630
5110/100
7632
5114/100
3099
Machine type
as of SN
8391/101
9557
Machine type
as of SN
8394/200
8145
Section 11 / 8
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
11.1
Instruction leaflet / Sketch about the installed circulation pumps
solenoid drive with belt
solenoid synchro drive
16.05.99
5210
Section 11 / 9
12
DD+DIS031.98E
Modification of the distributor unit (5-fold to 8-fold distributor unit)

A. Introduction of a new 8-fold distributor unit as a production standard CM+8.5210.8480.2.
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
1300
5211/100
1030
5214/100
1001
5216/100
1001
5110/100 * 8391/101
7098
9220
* And in addition in the individual machines of type 5110/100 with the following SNs:
7070
7073 to 7076
7080
7083
7093
1211 and 1212
B. Introduction of red Perbunan rollers in the 1st dryer roller pair (13) CM+9.5210.8280.0
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
1369
5210/200
1042
5110/100 * 5211/100
7140
1060
5214/100
1022
5216/100
1001
* And in addition in the individual machines of type 5110/100 with the following SNs:
1212
Section 11 / 10
7136
7138
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
13
Second modification of the distributor roller unit

(8-fold to 5-fold distributor unit)
Standard introduction: Introduction of the 5-fold distributor unit
Machine type
5-fold distributor unit
as of SN
5210/100
2130
5210/200
5211/100
1070
5213/100
1001
5214/100
1062
5216/100
1140
5110/100
7649
5114/100
3101
Machine type
5-fold distributor unit
8394/200
Maschinentyp
CM+9.5210.8080.0
as of SN
8020
8391/101
No modification for this Machine type!
16.05.99
5210
Section 11 / 11
14
DD+DIS031.98E
Overview of modifications in the DISTRIBUTOR ROLLER assembly
The old 5-fold distributor roller unit CM+9.5210.8450.0/1 with drive, located above the dryer,
only fits in machines
Up to SN:
TYPE
Up to SN
5210/100 5211/100 5110/100 *

1299
1029
7097
*However, NOT in machines with the following SNs:

TYPE
SN
5110/100
7070; 7073 to 7076; 7080; 7083;7093; 1211; 1212
The old 5-fold distributor roller unit CM+9.5210.8400.1 with drive, located above the dryer,
only fits in machines
TYPE
Up to SN
8391/101
9219
The 8-fold distributor unit CM+8.5210.8480.2, or

the 5-fold distributor unit CM+9.5210.8080.0, both only fit in machines with modified direct drive via
the main drive shaft.
TYPE
As of SN
5210/100 5211/100 5110/100 * 5213/100 5214/100 5216/100

1300
1030
7098
1001
1001
1001
*And IN ADDITION in the machines with the following SNs:

TYPE
SN
5110/100
7070; 7073 to 7076; 7080; 7083; 7093;1211; 1212
CM+9.5210.8080.0 in :
TYPE
As of SN
8394/200
8020
CM+9.5210.8020.0 in :
TYPE
8391/101
As of SN 9220
Section 11 / 12
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS031.98E
15
Introduction of the SOFTWARE VERSION H3301707

Description see section 3 item 6.15
Introduction of SOFTWARE VERSION H3301707 CM+9.5210.4062.0
16.05.99
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
2065
5210/200
1082
5211/100
1065
5212/100
1001
5214/100
1047
5216/100
1093
Machine type
as of SN
8391/101
9256
8394/200
8068
5210
Section 11 / 13
16
DD+DIS230.98E
Overview of SOFTWARE VERSIONS
SOFTWAREVERSION
Type numbers of machine versions

and (+) SN
as of .SN / up to..( ) /
Part number EPROM
5210/100 5210/200 5211/100 5212/100 5213/100 5214/100 5216/100 5110/100 5110/110 5110/200 5114/100 8391/101 8394/200 8394/40
0
H3301208
CM+8.5210.4057.0
as of
1001
as of
1010
as of
8512
H3301301
CM+8.5210.4058.0
as of
1014
as of
1001
as of
1037
as of
8535
H3301420
CM+8+5210.4059.0
as of
1263
as of
1030
as of
7050
H3301509
CM+8.5210.4060.0
as of
1384
as of
1001
as of
1033
as of
1001
as of
7154
as of
3000
as of
8872
not
8874 +
8878
as of
9040
H3301614
CM+9.5210.4061.0
as of
1818
as of
1067
as of
1057
as of
1031
as of
1001
as of
7392
as of
3042
1081
1064
1046
1092
-
as of
9336
+ 9528
+ 9533
9535
-
as of
7430
not in
7462
7470
H3301701
CM+ none
H3301703
CM+ none
as of
1992
not
2050
as of
9526
not in
9528/ +
9533
9535
-
8001
8003
8005
8007
8010
8004
8009
8011
8067
as of
8068
as of
8544
as of
7001
As of software H3301707 make sure to observe the documentation DD+DIS052.98D/E/F section 5 / page B17
H3301707
CM+9.5210.4062.0
as of
2064
+ 2050
as of
1082
as of
1065
as of
1001
as of
1001
as of
1047
as of
1093
as of
7507
+
7462
7470
as of
5006
as of
2006
as of
3056
H3301806
CM+9.5210.4064.0
as of
2560
as of
1091
as of
1197
as of
1147
as of
1245
as of
7896
as of
2145
as of
3202
16.05.99
5210
Section 11 / 14
DD+DIS052.98E
17
Introduction of a water saving circuit

Improvement of the archiving properties
17.1
Introduction as of Software H3301420

Adjustment of the water saving coding is possible.
Adjustment via the SERVICE Program "SETUP / MODE".
The water saving adjustment is depending on the film, i.e. every 0.25 m.
Water supply times are adjustable:
SURF 5.0 s
SURF 7.5 s
SURF 10.0 s
SURF 12.5 s
SURF 15.0 s
For further information see section 03 /6.15 in DD+DIS 031.98E.
Standard modification see OVERVIEW of the SOFTWARE VERSIONS in item 16
17.2
Introduction of an improved water tank circulation

The circulation pump in the water tank has been mounted in a position turned by 180
(see drawing I modified into II).
A new pipe elbow (A) CM+9.5210.2642.0 has been introduced as a standard modification.
Standard modification: Pump mounted in a position turned by 180

Machine type:
In SN
As of SN
16.05.99
5210/100
1240 / 1250 / 1260 / 1270
1289
5210
5211/100
1030
Section 11 / 15
DD+DIS052.98E
17.3 Improved water flow

Introduction of open rack boards, left (A) and right (B), and covers (C) (see drawing).
Note:
This modification is not absolutely necessary if the modifications described in

17.1 and 17.2 are retrofitted!
Standard modification:Board, left (A)

CM+9.5210.8301.1
Board, right (B) CM+9.5210.8310.1
CM+9.5220.5602.1
Cover
Machine type:
As of SN
18
5210/100 5211/100
1267
1030
8391/100
8885 not in 8888
No level detection in spite of a full water tank

Description see section 6.3 item D.4
Standard modification: GS1 Low Voltage Distributor Board CM+9.5210.4940.3
Machine type:
In SN
As of SN
Machine type:
As of SN
Section 11 / 16
5210/100
5211/100
5214/100
2000
1065
1042
5110/200 5114/100
2021
3063
5210
5216/100
1053
1061
5110/100
7426
7478
5110/110
5006
16.05.99
DD+DIS052.98E
19
Rubber elbow with improved mounting on the circulation pumps

Introduction of a new rubber elbow (A) CM+9.5200.4004.1
at the developer / fixer / (water) circulation pumps!
Due to a diameter reduction of the rubber elbow, the elbow is tight on the pump stub.
Hose clamps are no longer necessary.
Standard modification: Rubber elbow CM+9.5200.4004.1

Machine type:
As of SN
16.05.99
5210/100 5211/100 5110/100

1261
1030
7053
5210
Section 11 / 17
20
DD+DIS052.98E
Corrosion on the capillary tube of the thermal cut-out

Increased failure rate of the thermal cut-out in the developer/fixer is now prevented by the
introduction of a Teflon protection hose (A) as a standard modification.
The capillary tube must not touch any metal parts in the area of the machine tanks.
Observe the dimension 15.0 mm = Dimension to be adjusted at the protection hose (A)
Standard modification: Thermal cut-out CM+7.0426.6374.0

Machine type:
As of SN
Section 11 / 18
5210/100
1107
5211/100
1109
5210
5110/100
1201
16.05.99
DD+DIS052.98E
21
Damage at the electronic boards (GS1, GS4) during installation or removal

Improved quality to avoid damage during installation and removal of electronic boards.
Introduction in several modification steps!
21.1
Modified screening plate

Safe positioning of the cables up to the cable connection.
Additional borings for additional spacers CM+7.0372.1680.0 in order to avoid bending upon
installation of the electronic boards into the boards holders which have been modified as
well.
Standard modification: Screening plate CM+9.5210.2260.4
21.2
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
1888
5210/200
1082
5211/100
1060
5214/100
1035
Machine type:
As of SN
5110/100
7370
5114/100
3030
8391/101
9424
8394/200
8008
5216/100
1044
Reduction of the connection force for ground connections on the

Low Voltage Distributor Board GS1
Connection of the grounding cables (3 connections) on the GS1
In the past it was quite hard to connect or disconnect these cables!
The result was too much strain for the PCB.
Introduction of the plug contacts (cable sleeves) with easy connection/disconnection for the
grounding cables.
New plug contacts: CM+7.0473.6029.0
Electronically modified board layout,
additional introduction of the "more sensitive water level detection"
Standard modification: Low Voltage Distributor Board GS1 CM+9.5210.4940.3
Machine type:
As of SN
Machine type:
As of SN
16.05.99
5210/100
2000
5211/200
1065
5214/100
1042
5216/100
1061
5110/100
7478
5110/200 5114/100
2021
3063
5210
Section 11 / 19
21.3
DD+DIS052.98E
Introduction of the improved Motor Control Board GS4

Protection lacquer of the bottom side of the GS4 to protect from increased humidity.
The L-shaped heat sink plate has an additional spacer for mechanical support against the
PCB. This reduces the bending problems during "PCB handling" substantially.
The plug ST3 / ST5 has been modified to gold contacts.
Modification part no.:
CM+7.0486.1169.0 into CM+9.5210.9050.0 GS4 with additional spacers
CM+7.0486.1169.0 into CM+7.0486.1238.0 only GS4
Standard modification: Motor Control Board GS4 CM+9.5210.9050.0
21.4
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
1977
5210/200
1082
Machine type:
As of SN
5110/200 5114/100
2020
3060
5211/200
1061
5214/100
1037
5216/100
1044
5110/100
7458
8391/101 8394/200
9473
8020
SOFTWARE MODIFICATION due to SERV 506 at the drive system
Error SERV 506 is entered in the INFO COUNTER!

Occasional "SERV506" error message due to possible SOFTWARE problems:
Operation relevant data of the drive motor control are continuously stored on the CPU (of the
Motor Control Board). This data is now constantly checked for plausibility. Error messages
as a result of storage problems are excluded!
Standard modification see over view of the SOFTWARE VERSIONS, section 11 item 16
22
Decreasing consistency values in the sensitometry tests

Easier measuring / adjustment of the replenishment rate
New hose connections; supply pipe; developer/fixer pipe elbow in the left hand machine side.
Standard modification:Developer pipe elbow
Fixer pipe elbow
Supply pipe
Machine type:
As of SN
Machine type:
As of SN
Section 11 / 20
5210/100
2228
8391/101
9674
5214/100
1083
5110/100
7730
CM+9.5212.5020.0
CM+9.5212.5040.0
CM+9.5210.2115.0
5110/200
2072
5114/100
3137
8394/200
8258
5210
16.05.99
DD+DIS052.98E
23
Ferrite ring for interference suppression at the level sensors

Retrofitting solution: Order the ferrite rings individually: CM+7.0460.9073.0
Standard modification: Level sensor with FERRITE ring CM+9.5210.4220.3
Machine type:
As of SN
Machine type:
As of SN
24
5210/100
1906
5210/200
1082
5110/100 8391/101
7468
9457
5211/100
1061
5214/100
1037
5216/100
1044
8394/200
8005
Control panel protected against interference pulses according to the modified

Medical Product Directives 93/42 EEC
Standard modification: Grounding of the base frame
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
1991
5211/200
1064
5214/100
1040
5216/100
1057
5110/100
7478
Standard modification: Modified control panel

Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
2074
Machine type:
As of SN
5216/100
1109
5210/200
1079
5211/100
1065
5212/100
1006
5214/100
1047
Retrofitting in machines installed in the field is not necessary.
16.05.99
5210
Section 11 / 21
25
DD+DIS052.98E
Level detected too soon due to splashes during water supply

Standard modification: Water pipe elbow / new shape CM+9.5210.5580.1
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
1991
5211/100
1064
Machine type:
As of SN
8391/101
9463
8694/200
8026
Section 11 / 22
5210
5214/100
1040
5216/100
1050
16.05.99
DD+DIS230.98E
26
Introduction of the SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806
Introduction of SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806
CM+9.5210.4064.0
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100
2560
5210/200
-
5212/100
1091
5213/100
1197
Machine type:
As of SN
5216/100
1245
5110/100
7896
5110/200
2145
5114/100
3202
16.05.99
5210
5214/100
1147
8394/200
8544
8394/400
7001
Section 11 / 23
Technical
Documentation
Order No.: DD+DIS037.96E
.%'(
CURIX HT 330U
1 Stck 9YPRS MA 1
Maintenance Instructions
1st Edition
The maintenance instructions may also be ordered separately.

Order number: DD+DIS037.96E
Printed in Germany
Type 5210
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
Section 12
List of Contents
1. Safety..........................................................................................................................................1
2. General information ..................................................................................................................3
2.1 Maintenance cycles ...................................................................................................................3
2.2 Maintenance ..............................................................................................................................4
2.3 Cleaning substances .................................................................................................................4
2.4 Disposal.....................................................................................................................................4
3. Required tools / maintenance material ....................................................................................5
3.1 Required tools: ..........................................................................................................................5
3.2 Required cleaning substances and lubricants ............................................................................5
3.3 Protection equipment.................................................................................................................6
3.4 Spare parts................................................................................................................................6
4. Cleaning instructions ................................................................................................................7
4.1 General care..............................................................................................................................7
4.2 Periodical cleaning.....................................................................................................................8
5. Test points .................................................................................................................................9
Appendix: Mainteance Checklist.................................................................................................1,2
14.08.96
HT-330U
Section 12 / I
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
1.
Safety
English
This information is also available in English and French. For further information please contact your local
Agfa office.
Deutsch
Diese Information ist auch in englischer und franzsischer Sprache lieferbar. Falls Sie hierzu noch Fragen
haben, wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihre rtliche Agfa-Niederlassung.
Franais Cette Information est galement disponible en englais franais et en allemand. Pour toutes questions ce
sujet, veuillez consulter votre filiale Agfa locale.
Italiano
Queste informazioni sono disponibili anche nelle lingue inglese e francese. Per ulteriori informazioni
o chiarimenti in merito. Vi preghiamo di rivolger Vi alla succursale Agfa della Vostra zona.
Nederlands Deze informatie is ook in het Frans en het Engels verkrijgbaar. Voor eventuele verdere vragen wendt u
zich a.u.b. tot uw lokale Agfa vertegenwoordiging.
Espaol
Esta informacin tambin es disponible en ingls y en francs. Para consultas pertinentes, dirjase
a su distribuidor AGFA local.
_____________________________________________________________
Always observe the safety instructions listed below:
General Safety Measures
Consult the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of the chemicals concerned and follow the
safety instructions.
Follow the instructions on the bottles containing the chemicals.
Make sure there is adequate air exchange in order to prevent too high a concentration of
chemical fumes building up. An air exchange rate of 10 times the room volume per hour is
required. Consult your local Agfa representative if in doubt.
Do not disable any built-in safety features.
Only Agfa certified service engineers should troubleshoot and repair defects.
Safety precautions for cleaning the processors
Read the safety information in the MSDS before cleaning. Upon request the MSDS are
available for chemicals, i.e. for the solutions in use, and for cleaning. Consider the prescribed
regulations
Protect your skin: wear disposable rubber or plastic gloves when working with chemicals. In
case of skin contact flush immediately with water, do not use soap.
Protect your eyes: handle solutions with care; avoid splashing. Wear safety goggles when
necessary. In case of eye contact, flush immediately with plenty of cold water. Get medical
attention.
Observe the pertaining local regulations for the disposal of chemicals.
14.08.96
HT-330U
Section 12 / 1
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
2. General information
These maintenance instructions are to be considered confidential.
2.1 Maintenance cycles
Assembly
Film Throughput
Number of Films
Periodical MAINTENANCE
(average format -24x30 cm)
Developer area
min. every 4 months
approx. 6500 - 9000 films
approx. 600
Fixer area
min. every 4 months
approx. 600
Water area *
min. every 4 months
approx. 600
Dryer area
min. every 6 months
approx.10000 - 14000 films
approx. 900
* If increased algae growth is noticed in the water area, it is necessary to check and
investigate which measures can be taken to solve the problem!
The instructions refer to the following components of the Curix HT 330U:
Film feed table

Transport units
Main drive
Circulation pumps
Dryer
Replenishment system
Tank and hose system
Water connection
Electrical connection
To ensure quality and functional reliability of the system all the points listed here
(minimum maintenance points) must be carried out.
The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable order to make
your work routines as efficient as possible..

The sequence of the maintenance points in the checklist (see enclosure) is identical with
these maintenance instructions.
If there is a detailed description for certain maintenance points in the service
documentation this will be noted in the column "details".
During the maintenance procedure always consider safety instructions included

in this section as well as in the "Technical Documentation" section 6 / 1.
Please check if it is necessary to include country specific regulations as
additional maintenance points!
24.01.97
HT-330U
Section 12 / 3
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
2.2 Maintenance
Film processors get dirty due to the influence of chemicals and films. This contamination may
have a negative effect on the machine function. So that the function and the phototechnical
results are always perfect, regular cleaning is a must.
The following auxiliary equipment is required:
Protection goggles
Rubber gloves
Sponge
Brush (soft toothbrush)
2.3 Cleaning substances

We recommend to use the commercially available cleaning substances.
Attention:
All cleaning substances may irritate the skin and the eyes. Therefore always wear rubber
gloves and protection goggles when mixing and using cleaning substances.
Observe the safety regulations provided by the manufacturer!
Splashes in eyes and on the skin must be immediately flushed with water.
Upon mixing the powdered cleaning substances avoid breathing the powder dust.
By cleaning substances some components, especially the rubber rollers, may be affected.
Therefore the soaking time should not exceed an approximate time of 20 minutes. Then it is
necessary to rinse well with water or neutralisation chemicals.
Cleaning petrol or alcohol must not be used for cleaning the rollers!
2.4 Disposal
For the disposal of cleaning chemicals and water observe the pertaining local regulations in
compliance with the sewage protection law!
Section 12 / 4
HT-330U
24.01.97
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
3. Required tools / maintenance material

This section is also an information for the technician about the material and tools required for
maintenance.
3.1 Required tools:

In addition to the standard tools the following tools are required:
Order Number
Tool
commercially available
MX+06-07-015
Spring scale 100 N

Thermometer
Work coat / jump suit
Graduated beaker 500 ml
Bottle brush
Bucket 10 l with litre scale
Hose L = 4 m with coupling for water tap and shut-off head piece
Dust brush (with bellow)
Vacuum cleaner with multifilter
Torch or hand lamp
3.2 Required cleaning substances and lubricants

Order Number
Cleaning Material / Lubricants
CM+9.9999.9225.0**
CM+9.9999.9200.0**
CM+9.9999.9193.0**
CM+9.9999.9259.0
Developer tank cleaner: EBAREN 86 part A / part B neutraliser

Fixer tank cleaner: FIXAREN 80
Wash tank cleaner: ARGALEX 91 / neutraliser for ARGALEX 91
Water tank cleaner: OXOCLIN / activator for OXOCLIN
Algae prevention:
ALGEFIN
Wash tank cleaner: ARGALEX 91 / neutraliser for ARGALEX 91
Protection creme
Isoflex Topas grease, NB52
Cleaning sponge SCOTCH-BRITT
Verapol paste
Silicone rubber (sealing compound) tube
Ballistol oil
Glue Isarplast (PVC and others)
Tangit (PVC hard)
Stabilit Express
Kontakt 70 (protection lacquer)
CM+9.9999.9226.0**
CM+9.9999.9193.0**
CM+9.9999.9155.0
CM+9.9999.9247.0
CM+9.9999.1524.0
CM+9.0000.9043.0
CM+7.8966.0815.0
CM+9.9999.9136.0
CM+9.9999.9147.0*
CM+9.9999.9159.0*
CM+9.9999.9008.0*
CM+9.9999.0116.0*
* = These parts are subject to strict regulations regarding the transport of inflammable and
explosive substances and must therefore not be sent in foreign countries, i.e. they must
be obtained locally.
** = Can be ordered via the warehouse Munich (ETV).
24.01.97
HT-330U
Section 12 / 5
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
3.3 Protection equipment

Order Number
Designation
CM+9.9999.1504.0
CM+9.9999.1505.0
CM+9.9999.9155.0
Buy locally
Protection gloves
Protection goggles
Protection creme
Work coat / jump suit
3.4 Spare parts

There are no spare parts necessary for maintenance. However, we recommend to take the
following parts as a precaution measure:
Order Number
Spare Part
Quantity
CM+8.5200.5150.0
Rubber roller 22.5 grey
CM+8.5220.6150.0
Rubber roller 22.5 grey
CM+8.5200.5430.2
PU roller 22.5 yellow
Section 12 / 6
HT-330U
24.01.97
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
4.
Cleaning instructions
Cleaning instructions, care and maintenance
To be carried out at least 3 times a year, either by the user or via maintenance contract with
the Technical Service of the Agfa-Gevaert Agency.
4.1 General care

A Film area scanner
B Developer
C Fixer
D Main wash
E Distributor rollers
F Dryer
G Guides
Rinse the upper rack units only with warm water, at least once a week.
Only in case of heavy dirt clean with a damp sponge
(only use the soft side of a SCOTCH-BRITT sponge!)
Attention: Put a guide only down on its top! (Never rest it on the guide finger!)
H Feed table
Clean daily with a damp cloth or sponge and dry afterwards.
24.01.97
HT-330U
Section 12 / 7
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
4.2 Periodical cleaning

- Film area scanner (A)
- Tanks (see B, C, D)
- Racks (see B, C, D)
If dirty, rinse the upper part carefully under running

water.
Clean the lower section of the film scanner with a damp
sponge.
Drain the tanks, clean the tanks with sponge, water or
tank cleaner and then rinse thoroughly with water.
Take the racks out and rinse thoroughly.
Check if the main drive bearings CM+7.5200.5241.0
turn freely, clean if necessary, and apply some Isoflex
Topas NB52.
- Circulation pumps
developer / fixer / water
Check the fixer and water circulation pumps for dirt

deposits during every maintenance / clean.
- Drive board
circulation pumps
- IR lamps, reflectors(F)
Check the drive belt / belt pulley for dirt deposits

(chemicals / grease) and replace if necessary
- Dryer rollers (F)

- Distributor rollers (E)
Clean with a damp cloth (only if dirt is visible).
- Replenisher tanks
Rinse if required.
- Preparation of chemicals
Mix fresh solution for developer / fixer.

(Developer tank solution with starter)
Replenisher solution without starter.
Before filling the machine tanks make sure that the
drain taps are closed.
Use the offered bottles of

concentrate for mixing the
solutions and observe the
instructions enclosed with the
bottles
Remove all dust with a soft brush.

Clean with a damp cloth (only if dirt is visible and film
processing quality problems).
- Water filter
Clean or replace
- Filter in the water supply solenoid Check / clean
valve
Section 12 / 8
HT-330U
24.01.97
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
5. Test points
Clean, check visually, and check the function
Assembly
Checking
the wear parts
Transport sections
Developer / fixer / water
racks
Inter
val
Action
Equipment
Details
see
Film area scanning rollers
Sec.8
Visual check: check anti-static

hose for cracks
Scanning rollers must run freely
Only replace
complete MG rollers
Rack torque
Check the rack drive bearings
for smooth operation, and clean
(bearings of the 48 mm rollers)
Spring scale 100 N

Slight lubrication
with Isoflex Topas
NB52
Developer / fixer:
max. 20 N/cm
Main wash:
max. 15 N/cm
- Rack guides (crossovers)
Check visually for smooth
surface of the guide fingers
- Gears
Check visually (gear edges, axial
play)
- Rollers / shafts
Bearings without springs
Check visually for wear on the
roller surface / uniform operation
Sec. 6.5
Sec. 8
Sec. 6.6
Sec. 7
Sec. 8
Bearings with springs
Sec. 8
Check pressure,
check the shaft for wear
Main drive
(horizontal / vertical
drive shaft)
24.01.97
Worm shaft
Check the meshing of the gears
in the worm shaft, lubricate the
worm shaft slightly
Drive shaft bearing
Check for noises
Check for wear, oil
Clutches on the drive shafts
Crossover dryer to wet section
drive: check visually for full
connection
HT-330U
Isoflex Topas NB52 Sec. 6.5

CM+9.9999.9247.0
Ballistol
CM+9.9999.9136.0
Sec. 6.5
Sec. 8
Sec. 6.5
Sec. 8
Section 12 / 9
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E

Assembly
Circulation pumps / units
Circulation pumps
drive board
Inter
val
Action
Equipment
Sec. 6.5
- Function dev. / fixer / water

check for smooth running,
noises
- Solution circulation
Check visually if the solution
surface in the developer, fixer
and water tanks are moving.
- If there is any formation of
crystals in the fixer pump or
algae growth in the water tank
pump, clean the circulation
pumps from crystals / algae.
- Check the drive belt for uniform
operation all around
Details see
Note:
Due to high
mechanical and
chemical strain,
SI-DIS suggests to
replace all pumps
after one year of
service life!
Take the belt off,
turn pulleys by
hand
- Check for smooth operation,

noises of the belt pulleys
- Check the belt for cracks
Dryer
- Check film drying
*2
Sec. 8
- Crossflow fan
Clean dusty fan fins
Check the function, check for
noises
- IR lamp
Check the function / check the
glass body
- Reflection plates
Soft brush
Sec. 6.5
*1
Soft brush
Sec. 6.5
Check visually / clean

- Film guides (wire)
Check the film guide position
on the reflection plates,
check the position of the
individual wires and align them
Section 12 / 10
HT-330U
24.01.97
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E

Assembly
Inter
val
Action
Equipment
Details
see
- Check the repl. pumpe for

tightness,
Check visually
Sec. 3
Note :
Check the pump
bellow especially for
first signs of leaks
or sharp bends!
- Replenishment rate dev./fix

Check the nominal value
at least twice
Major fluctuations of the values
indicate defective one-way
valves!
Service program
- Filter at the replenisher pump

Check visually / replace
CM+7.8904.1227.0
Seg. 3
*1 If the clear glass of the lamps starts to discolour at the ends, this indicates first signs of wear!
Once the discolouring reaches into the middle of the lamp, correct function can no longer be
guaranteed and upcoming failure of the lamp must be considered!
*2 Process several films (approx. 6 films), transport them into the chute, take them out together and
place them on a smooth horizontal surface. Lift the films individually, if the second film is lifted as
well, the films are still wet!
24.01.97
HT-330U
Section 12 / 11
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E

Assembly
Inter
val
Action
Equipment
Details
see
Safety check
Check for leaks

- Tank shut-off system
Check for tightness
- Hose connections
Check for tight mounting
- Check the overflow / water tank
drain for algae growth
Bottle brush
water tank cleaner
Check visually,
clean if necessary
- Level detection
(machine tanks / repl. tanks /
disposal tanks)
Check visually, remove deposits
from the electrodes
- Water drain hoses
check for algae growth (up to the
fixed sewer connection
Water connections
- Main water filter (replace if

necessary)
Filter cartridge
(order no.
PA+58-861)
Sec. 14
- Clean the filter of the water

supply MG
Clean the filter if a 3/4" dirt filter CM+7.0342.0039.0
is installed
- Water supply rate
4.MG1 3 l/min
see service program
- Solenoid valve
Check the sealing
- Check the water high pressure
hose for tightness / sharp bends,
check for ageing
Sec. 3
MG --> Solenoid valve
Section 12 / 12
HT-330U
24.01.97
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E

Assembly
24.01.97
Inter
val
Action
- Terminal strip
Check visually, if necessary
tighten the screw connection
- Plug connections
Check for tight mounting
- All ground cables are plugged!
HT-330U
Equipment
Details
see
Sec.7
Section 12 / 13
Maintenance
DD+DIS037.96E
Visual and functional check

Assembly
Inter
val
Action
Equipment
Details
see
Function check
- Compare the NOM. developer

temp. with the ACT. temp. display
- Check the parameter setting in the
control panel
Control panel /
press the S key
briefly --> ACT.
developer display.
Measure with a
thermometer in the
tank.
Fixer temperature (34C)
Measure the ACT. temperature in

the tank
Measure with a
thermometer in the
fixer tank
Dryer step setting
Intermittent control / brightness, by

changing the dryer setting the IR
lamp capacity changes
Parameter changes Sec. 3

via control panel
Transport function
Feed film
Cover switches
Check electrically and mechanically

with the cover
Film area scanner
Turn the rollers by feeding a film
Service Program
Sec. 3
Sec. 3
Sec.6.6
Processing quality
Process test wedges
CURIX test wedge

or similar
Check clear-film
time by hand
Fixing quality
Accessories
Sec. 9
Integrated accessories
Check the function
End of maintenance
Make ground connections

Test with all formats and modes
Service PC
Upon completion of maintenance pass on the maintenance checklist to the customer and
inform the customer about the maintenance results
Section 12 / 14
HT-330U
24.01.97
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germany
Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edit par

Agfa-Gevaert AG
Fototechnik
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
2 Printed in Germany / Imprim en
Allemagne
DD+DISxxx.96D
Maintenance
CURIX HT 330U
Type 5210
Work instruction for order no.
SN
Film processor: every 4 - 6 months or 6500 - 14000 films (depending on the assembly)
Maintenance must be carried out according to the following maintenance instructions:
CURIX HT 330U (DD+DISxxx.96E)
Cleaning
Film area scanner
Racks
Tanks / drain hoses
IR lamp reflection plates
Dryer rollers
Distributor rollers / dryer crossover rollers
Replenisher tanks
Chemicals
Water filter
Filter in water supply solenoid
Checking the wear parts
Transport units
Film area scanning rollers
Torque of the racks
Rack / crossover
Gears
Rollers / shafts
Main drive
Worm shaft (horizontal / vertical)
Rack main drive bearing (48 mm roller)
Clutches on the drive shaft
Circulation pumps / units
Function of dev./fix./water tank circulation
Dryer
Fan fins
Crossflow fan
IR lamps
Reflection plates
Wire guides
OK
n.OK
OK
n.OK
Only clean if dirty

Rinse
Check developer / fixer and the water tank for algae growth,
drain and clean
Remove all dust with a soft brush
Clean with a damp cloth
Clean with a damp cloth
Rinse if necessary
Mix fresh solution
Clean, replace if necessary
Check / clean
Must turn freely / check hose cracks and tight connection

Check
Check for smooth surface
Check axial tooth clearance, check condition
Wear, check for uniform operation and pressure
Check for gear meshing and lubricate the worm shaft
Check for smooth operation, clean / lubricate slightly if
necessary
Check the connection
Replace all circulation pumps once a year
Check for noises / crystalline deposits / algae growth /
movement of the solution surface
Clean dusty fan fins
Check the function, noises
Check the function / discolouring of lamps
Check visually, clean if necessary
Check for correct connection on the reflection plate, check the
positions of the individual wires
Repl. pump one-way valves
Replenishment rate
Filter
14.08.96
Check
Check nominal values
Check
HT-330U
Checklist / page 1
Maintenance
Safety check
Tank shut-off system
Hose connections
Overflow / drains (algae growth)
Level detection
Water connections
Water filter water supply solenoid
Water supply rate
Solenoid valves
Water high pressure hose
Fixer temperature
Film drying
Dryer step setting
Transport function in wet/dry section
Film area scanning
Processing quality
Fixing quality
Accessories
Integrated accessories
End of maintenance
Completion of the maintenance
OK
n.OK
OK
n.OK
OK
n.OK
OK
n.OK
Check tightness
Check
Check for clogging, clean if necessary.
Check, clean if necessary, check for precise position in the
carrier plate
Clean, replace or clean if necessary
Check
Check sealing
Check for perfect condition
Check, adjust if necessary / compare NOMINAL / ACTUAL

temperature
Determine the ACTUAL temperature
Check if films are sticking together
Intermittent control / check brightness
Feed film, check the transport
Check in the SERVICE Program
Check
Check
Checking for electrical safety

Check protective earth (<0.1 Ohm)
Terminal block
Condition of the cables and the mains plug
Plug connections
Cover switches
n.OK
Check for leaks
Checking the functions

OK
Check with an ohmmeter

Check, tighten screws if necessary
Check
Check for tight connection
Check (electrically / mechanically)
Check the function
Connect the grounding connections

Make a test with large and small film sizes and use all operating
modes.
Remarks:
................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................
............................................
..............................................
Date / Signature
Service Technician
Customer
Checklist / page 2
HT-330U
14.08.96
HOME
HEALTHCARE
Imaging >
Field Service Bulletin

No. 10
*1UU4FS1*
CURIX HT-330
Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100
1 piece UU4FS MA1
Rating
safety
relevant
reliability
When?
new
function
immediately
next
service
as required
X
Please file this information in section 13 of your TECHNICAL

DOCUMENTATION.
Introduction of improved circulation pumps

in the developer, fixer, and water tank
Circulation pumps for electro-mechanical drive:
Circulation pump
changed to
RED,
Circulation pump RED,
CM+9.5210.2240.3
CM+9.5210.2740.0
Circulation pumps for synchro-drive:
Circulation pump
GREEN, CM+9.5210.2660.4
changed to
Circulation pump BLUE,
Problem:
Cause:
Remedy:
CM+9.5210.2620.0
High wear and tear on the pump bearings and impeller shafts.
High lime content in the water and crystalline deposits in the fixer.
Pump bearings / pump shaft made of ceramics.
The ceramic parts are practically free of wear.
In the beginning, after the installation of the circulation pumps there is an
increased noise level.
Reason: The rougher ceramic surface is smoothed while the pump starts.
This, however, has no effect on the function of the pump.
printed in Germany 07 / 2002
HOME
DD+DIS032.02E
Installation of individual parts of red / green / blue pumps into a "mix-color

pump" is illegal and would result in functional problems.
Green / blue pumps must not be installed in machines with red pumps.
Make sure to observe the assignment of pump color and pump drive.
Any green or red pumps (CM+9.5210.2240.3) still existing in the field

must only be used in the developer tank.
The circulation pump (RED) for the electromechanical drive via

belt can only be installed in the following machines:
Machine type
up to SN
5210/100
5211/100
5214/100
2083
1069
1056
Only install the RED pumps in this

system.
ROT
RED
ROUGE
CM+9.5210.2740.0
Figure 1
Section 13 / 2
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
No. 10
HOME
DD+DIS032.02E
The circulation pump (BLUE / previously green) for the synchrodrive can only be installed in the following machines:
Machine type
as of SN
5210/100
5211/100
5214/100
2084
1070
1057
Only install the BLUE pumps in this

system.
BLAU
BLUE
BLEU
20.0
CM+9.0430.8303.0
Figure 2
The bearing bushings, the special disc, and impeller shaft in the
circulation pump
RED,
CM+9.5210.2740.0 and
circulation pump
BLUE,
CM+9.5210.2620.0
are made of ceramics.
ceramics
A
Figure 3
No. 10
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
Section 13 / 3
HOME
DD+DIS032.02E
Pump repair possibility

There are no individual parts on stock for this pump!
The bearing bush
injected in the pump housing and the cover must
not be manipulated!
The pump is considered a wear part and must be replaced completely!
Pump maintenance / cleaning

Check the pump function with every machine maintenance and check it
for dirt!
Clean the pump carefully with a brush!
Do not use tools with sharp edges for cleaning!
Avoid scratches on the special disc and on the impellar shaft during
cleaning!
The ceramic bushes inserted in the pump housing and cover must not be
damaged!
If you see a brown slimy layer (algae/gelantine) on the water racks and
the walls of the water tank during maintenance, the maintenance cycles
must be especially precisely observed (3 months)!
Section 13 / 4
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
No. 10
HOME
Fieldservice
Bulletin
March 98
&).$
CURIX COMPACT plus
1 piece QTDYO MA 1
Accessory Type 5110/500

CDS 300
Accessory Type 5114/500
CURIX HT-330U Type 5210
DP 330U Type 5214
F3HS Type 5211
CURIX 260 Type 5220
CURIX HT-530U E.O.S. Type 5230
DP530U Type 5234
Please file this information into section 13 of your TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
Film not scanned by magnetic rollers

Machine (dryer) does not start with film feed
No or too low replenishment
Scratches on the film
List of Contents
1 Symptoms .......................................................................................................... 2
2 Reason................................................................................................................ 2
3 Remedy............................................................................................................... 2
printed in Germany
HOME
FIELDSERVICE-BULLETIN
DD+DIS34.98E
Symptoms
Film feed not detected - machine (dryer) not starting.
Film not properly scanned by magnetic rollers - no or too low replenishment.
Scratches on the film
Reason
The hose which is shrunk onto the magnetic-roller part no. CM+8.5220.1680.1 may peel off
after a short period of operation.
This shrinking hose is of inferior material.
Remedy
Replace magnetic rollers on every machine that suffers from the above mentioned problem.
As of the following serial numbers the magnetic rollers are definitely not suffering from this
problem.
Type no.:
5110/500
5114/500 *)
5210/100
5214/100 *)
5220/300
5220/340
5230/105
5230/145
5230/305
5230/345
5234/100 *)
5234/140 *)
5234/300 *)
5234/340 *)
SN 1430
SN 1024 up to 1029, as of 1032
SN 1972 up to 1991, 1995 up to 1999,
2003, 2005, 2006, 2008, as of 2012
SN 1042
SN 1051
SN 1020
SN 2008
SN 2010
SN 2074
SN 2014
SN 1005
SN 1006
SN 1013
SN 1011
On older equipment the problem may occur.

*) Please note: Upon provision of the applicable OEM type serial numbers the part is
available free of charge for STERLING.
Please address such a request also to AGFA Munich, dept. CSO.
Category:
Section 13 / 2
Sub-suppliers shortcoming
CURIX Processors, COMPACT Plus, STERLING
11.03.1998
HOME

No. 12
*1WQ1PY1*
Curix HT330
Type 5210/100
1 piece WQ1PY MA 1
Urgency
Reason
Subject
Immediately
Safety
Cure for Complaint (PowerHelp)
Next service
Reliability
Problem may concern all devices
In case of failure
Quality improvement
Problem depending on serial number / batch
As required
Functional changes
Spare part modified
Compatibility
Replacing a Defective Circulation Pump

Drive with Belt by a
Pump Drive with Synchro-Motor.
The previously installed pump drive assembly with the electromechanical belt
drive CM+9839154203 is no longer available.
As a replacement the pump drive complete 24V / 2.5A
(with synchro-motor drive) CM+952102800 _ is offered.
For a listing of corresponding machine see next page.
For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list, in the

MedNet -> GSO Library.
HOME
Error symptoms
DD+DIS047.04E
Service 501
(ACT temperature in the developer tank exceeded the NOM temperature
by at least 2 Kelvin!)
Service 503
(The ACT temperature in the fixer tank is higher than 41 C)
Error cause
No solution circulation due to defective circulation pump drive with belt.
Remedy
Installation of the pump drive complete, 24V / 2.5A (with synchro-motor

drive) CM+952102800 _.
Install the pump drive complete, 24V / 2.5A (with synchro-motor drive)
CM+9521028000_ only in the following machines as a replacement for the
pump board with belt drive:
Machine type
Affected machines
up to SN
CURIX HT 330
5210/100
2083
Fotoindustria F3HS
5211/100
1069
DP 330U
5214/100
1056
DP 330 L
5216/100
1140
CURIX Compact Plus
5110/100
7629
CDS 300
5114/100
3098
LR 3300P
8391/101
9576
LR5200P
8394/200
8144
Scope of delivery:
1 x Pump bracket with synchro-motor drive, assembled
3 x Circulation pump (blue)
Required tools:
Screwdriver
Phillips screwdriver
Required time:
2.00 h
Section 13 / 2
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
No. 12
HOME
DD+DIS047.04E
Removing the Pump Bracket with Belt Drive

Disconnect the power plug before you start working on the machine!
(1) Remove the panels (see Chapter 6.5)

(2) Disconnect the plug
of the circulation pump.
and take it out

of its
(3) Lift the pump bracket of the circulation pump
holder, then remove it towards the front .
NOTE:
The pump bracket just hangs in the chassis, it is not fixed with screws.
. Keep the screws they are needed later
(4) Remove screws and washers

for the installation.
Figure 1
No. 12
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
Section 13 / 3
HOME
DD+DIS047.04E
Installing the Pump Bracket with Synchro-Motor Drive

(1) Attach the pump bracket with the synchro-motor drive
fasten it with the screws
removed before in step 2.
to the holder and
Carefully move the replenisher hoses to be able to install the pump

bracket.
Upon installation make sure that the pump brackets sits correctly
in the guide. If not, the result may be temperature errors due to
insufficient circulation.
(2) Connect the plug
of the circulation pump.
Figure 2
Section 13 / 4
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
No. 12
HOME
DD+DIS047.04E
Replacing the Circulation Pumps

As a result of the modification to synchro-motor drive, the circulation
pumps must be replaced as well.
Functional principle:
The synchro-drives
are mounted to the outside of the machine tanks .
And the blue circulation pumps
are mounted on the opposite side, the
inside of the machine tank wall.
The two-polarity rotary field is generated by the four magnetic coils in the
synchro-drive. This rotary field is transmitted to the circulation pump without
any mechanical connection. The pump impeller has a built-in two-pole
permanent magnet .
Figure 3
LED (5) LIGHTS
LED (5)
DARK
No. 12
Synchro-motor
O.K
ERROR
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)

Power supply missing
Impeller (4) in pump (3) fails to
turn
Section 13 / 5
HOME
3.1
DD+DIS047.04E
Removing the upper carrier plate

(1) Take out the racks in developer, fixer, and water.
(2) Fold up the lever
of the drain valves.
(3) Pull up all supply pipes

of developer, fixer, and water (cooling) (2a) and
lift them over the chassis edge (2b).
(4) Undo the two screws
(5) Slide the upper carrier plate

remove it (4b).
first slightly to the side (4a) and then
Figure 4
Section 13 / 6
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
No. 12
HOME
DD+DIS047.04E
3.2
Replacing the pump housing for the water circulation

(1) Pull the level sensor
out of the water tank.
(2) Pull the complete duct out of the water tank.

(3) Remove the duct cover
from the duct
(4) Undo the screw
and pull out the pipe elbow of the water circulation
(5) Undo the screw
and take out the circulation pump (red)
(6) Install the new circulation pumps (blue).

The nozzle for the pipe elbow must point upwards.
(7) Push the pipe elbow for the water circulation
on the pump nozzle.
(8) Insert the duct cover

in the duct
and insert the pipe elbow for the water
circulation , make sure it is in the correct position .
(9) Insert the complete duct of the water tank.
(10)
Insert the level sensor
of the water tank.
Figure 5
No. 12
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
Section 13 / 7
HOME
3.3
DD+DIS047.04E
Replacing the pump housing of the fixer and developer circulation

(1) Pull out the level sensors
of the developer and fixer tanks and remove
them from the area of the duct (see illustration).
(2) Pull out the temperature sensors
of the developer and fixer tanks and
remove them from the area of the duct.
(3) Pull out the complete duct
of the developer and fixer tanks.
Figure 6
Section 13 / 8
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
No. 12
HOME
DD+DIS047.04E
(4) Pull off the elbow

(5) Undo the screw
at the pump housing (red) .

and take out the circulation pump (red)
(6) Install the new circulation pumps (blue).

The pump nozzle for the elbow
must point downwards.
(7) Mount the circulation pumps (blue) with the screws

(8) Attach the elbow
to the pump nozzle.
(9) Insert the complete duct
of the developer and fixer tanks.
Figure 7
3.4
(10)
Mount the upper carrier plate.
(11)
Insert the racks in developer, fixer, and water.
Completing the modification job

(1) Connect the machine to the mains power.
(2) Check the machine functions.
No. 12
Curix HT330
(Type 5210/100)
Section 13 / 9
MEDICAL IMAGING
HOME
Fieldservice
Bulletin
March 2000
*1QKV6Y1*
1 piece QKV6Y MA1
CURIX HT-330 U/Typ 5210 /100

5210 /200
5211 /100
DP 330 U/ Typ 5214 /100
DP 330 L/ Typ 5216 /100
Please file this information into section 13 "Field Service Bulletins"

of your TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION.
1. Introduction of the improved lock washer 8 mm

2. Remedy for rack blockage in the lower crossover
section in developer, fixer, and water rack
3. Remedy for the "tack-tack noises on the main drive
shaft
printed in Germany
HOME
FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN
DD+DIS054.00E
Modified lock washers 8 mm (CM+9.9402.1129.0) for the rack drive

Reason:
Easier removal and easier installation
Identification: lug on the lock washer
Note:
The safety washers "intermediate version" and "final version" had the same
part number (CM+9.9402.1129.0) for a certain time, since the function of both
versions was the same!
Later it was found that in certain installation positions the removal tag
interfered with the function. After this they received separate parts numbers.
Blockage of the gears in the lower crossover section

Possible
problem:
Gear blockage in the lower crossover of the developer, fixer, and water
rack.
Cause:
Due to wear the bearing clearance of the bolt shafts (1) may change
(see drawing in 2.1).
Thus the distance of the two straight spur gears (see spot/drawing in 2.1)
may be reduced until they block.
Remedy:
Increase of the gear distance by introduction of straight spur gears with a

shortened top (color: GRAY) CM+9.5210.8132.0
Shortened top = Reduction of the outer diameter / modification of the
shape of the tooth edges
(see spot/drawing in 2.2)
This modification can be made in all racks which meet the following
conditions:
one-part racks (rack and upper guide unit)
rollers 22.5 mm in the lower crossover
previously used gears CM+9.5200.5132.0; 15 t., black
roller arrangement according to drawing 2.1
NOT MAMMO racks!
NOTE:
This modification is to be carried out in the developer, fixer, and water

rack during the next maintenance or service call on the machines.
Section 13 / 2
5210/5211/5214/5216
07.03.00
HOME
DD+DIS054.00E
2.1
Standard arrangement of the "lower rack crossover"

Black straight spur gears, 15 t.
CM+9.5200.5132.0
Bolt, complete:
CM+9.5200.5220._ (3)
Bolt, complete (1):
CM+9.5200.5230._
1 = bolt shaft affected by the wear
2 = rack board, drive side
3 = bolt shaft affected by the wear,
Bearing spring loaded
2.2
Modified arrangement "lower rack crossover"

Gray straight spur gear with
shortened top, 15 t.
(CM+9.5210.8132.0)
Retrofitting parts:
A: Bolt, complete:
CM+9.5210.8140.0
1: Lock washer:
CM+9.9402.1129.0
2: Straight spur gear: CM+9.5210.8132.0

3: Bearing:
CM+9.5200.5119.0
4: Bolt:
CM+9.5200.5141.2
B: Bolt, complete:
CM+9.5210.8130.0
1: Lock washer:
CM+9.9402.1129.0
2: Straight spur gear: CM+9.5210.8132.0

3: Bearing:
CM+9.5200.5260.0
4: Bolt:
CM+9.5200.5141.2
07.03.00
5210/5211/5214/5216
Section 13 / 3
HOME
DD+DIS054.00E
Increasing tack - tack noise of the main drive shaft

1. Possible cause:
Tolerance of the sleeve (F) between bearing (G) and worm gear
(E1) too big.
Remedy:
Introduction of the new sleeve with shortened top

CM+9.5210.2753.0 (J) and an additional O-ring (K)
CM+7.0338.9863.0
For differentiation, the sleeve has been marked with a recess.
2. Possible cause:
Manufacturing tolerances in the worm gears (E)

CM+9.5200.6106.1
Remedy:
Introduction of the worm gears (I) CM+9.5200.6106.2

with modified manufacturing procedure.
Modification:
Disengage the coupling pipe from the drive motor.

Pull the drive shaft out of its holder.
Disassembly:
Disassembly (refer to the arrow) from A to E3
Assembly according to the drawing with the modified parts I1 -I3;
J and K
Parts to be replaced (marked with an X):
I1 I3 =
worm gears CM+9.5200.6106.2

with modified manufacturing procedure
= shortened sleeve CM+9.5210.2753.0

(identification with recess)
= additional O-ring CM+7.0338.9863.0
Tools:
Pin-punch for cylindrical pin or dowel pin 2 mm
Or replacement
of the complete drive shaft CM+9.5210.2750.2
NOTE:
In this drive shaft the worm gears are mounted by sheet-metal

screws! For shafts with the index .0/.1 the grooved dowel pins must
still be used!
Section 13 / 4
5210/5211/5214/5216
07.03.00
HOME
DD+DIS054.00E
Drive shaft, complete assembly (CM+9.5210.2750.2)
07.03.00
5210/5211/5214/5216
Section 13 / 5
HOME
MEDICAL IMAGING
Field Service
Bulletin
March 2000
*1QK41N1*
CURIX HT330 U/G

5210/100/200
F3HS
5211/100
DP330 U / DP330 L
5214/100 / 5216/100
1 piece QK41N MA1
Please file this information into section 13 "Field Service Bulletins"

of your TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
Introduction of "Improved" Circulation Pumps

in the Developer / Fixer / Water Tanks:
Problem:
Pump impeller magnet dissolves in the fixer!
Remedy:
The magnet of the impeller has been coated with TEFLON.

The impeller magnet is now resistant to chemicals, especially fixer!
New part number:
Circulation pump red, CM+9.5210.2240.3 - for electromechanical drive
Circulation pump green, CM+9.5210.2660.4 for rotary field drive
Differences of OLD and NEW pumps:

Top view of the impeller surface:
OLD pump impeller:
NEW pump impeller:
Magnet surface, matte gray finish

Magnet surface, black glossy with many small sparkles
IMPORTANT:
The installation of individual parts of red and green pumps to form a "red-green pump" is illegal
and results in functional problems.
Only the replacement of the impeller bushing CM+9.5200.4254.0 is possible!
-
The installation of red and green pumps into one machine immediately leads to functional
problems!
Observe the correspondence of the pump color to the pump drive.
Under normal conditions the pumps are now considered "maintenance-free"!

The service life of the pumps has been designed for 2 3 years.
A preventive pump replacement for the individual machines types (every 12 months!) is no longer
necessary!
printed in Germany
HOME
DD+DIS063.00E
The following "factors" may reduce the SERVICE LIFE of the pumps:
"Lime deposits", "fixer crystals", and the "use of anti-algae substances containing chlorine by the
customers" increase the wear on the impeller bushings!
"Growth of algae" requires additional cleaning cycles.
Extremely thin black coating of the developer pump has absolutely no effect on the pump function!
Do not replace the pump, cleaning is not necessary!
Section 13 / 2
5210/100
07.03.00
HOME
MEDICAL IMAGING
Field Service
Bulletin
April 2000
DD+DIS084.00E
*1QLJ5P1*
Field Service Bulletin No. 8 for
1 piece QLJ5P MA 1
CURIX HT-330 U
Type 5210/100
Type 5210/200
Type 5211/100
DP 330 U
Type 5214/100
DP 330 L
Type 5216/100
Please file this information into section 13 "Field Service Bulletins

New SOFTWARE VERSION "H3302001"

(CM+9.5210.4066.0)
Modification:
Water supply rate quantity per m2
of processed film adjustable
All the program versions with the designations "H330xxxx" and "L3301807" must not
be installed in the CIC (Compact Imaging Center) or CDM350 (type 5114/200)!
For these machines separate software versions are to be used.
Machine type:
As of SN
5210/100 5210/200 5211/100 5214/100 5216/100

-*
-*
-*
-*
-*
* Software downward compatible; machine no longer in production.
printed in Germany
HOME
DD+DIS084.00E
Modifications compared to Software Version H3301906

Upon SOFTWARE change into Version H3302001, please consider also the
modification description of version H3301707 (DD+DIS031.98D/E/F);
modification description of version H3301806 (DD+DIS155.98D/E/F);
modification description of version L3301807 (DD+DIS014.99M);
modification description of version H3301906 (DD+DIS117.99D/E/F).
All the machines delivered ex-factory are pre-set on a PROCESS TYPE as of

SOFTWARE Version H3301707.
(See overview table "Software Versions" on page 3)
Software Version H3302001

(CM+9.5210.4066.0)
Modification of the "water supply rate per m2"
of processed film:
Adjustment in the SERVICE Program "SETUP" of the film processor.
Coding of the water supply:

Standard setup:
Permanent water supply during film drive / default setting:
SERVICE SETUP REPLEN SURF_REP SURF N
no changes!
3 liters / minute:
Special function setup:

Water supply independent on the processed film, previous water saving setup:
SERVICE SETUP REPLEN SURF_REP SURF 25/50/75/100/125/150 (s)
Modification:
Increase of the water supply rate from 5 liters to
30 liters / m of processed film.
If long water supply times are set up, and film series
are processed, the replenishment times, which are
added up, are restricted by the end of the process
time.
3 liters / minute:
Water supply time ( s )

Water supply rate l / m 2
Section 13 / 2
25
5
50
10
75
15
5210/5211/5214/5216
100
20
125
25
150
30
26.04.00
HOME
DD+DIS084.00E
Overview of the previous SOFTWARE VERSIONS

SOFTWARE
VERSION
Type numbers of the machine versions

as of SN /
to SN () /
and SN (+)
Part number
EPROM
5210/100
5210/200
H3301208
as of 1001
as of
1001
as of 1030
H3301509
CM+8.5210.4060.0
H3301614
CM+9.5210.4061.0
CM+8.5210.4057.0
H3301301
CM+8.5210.4058.0
H3301420
CM+8+5210.4059.0
H3301701
CM+ none
H3301703
CM+ none
H3301707
CM+9.5210.4062.0
H3301806
CM+9.5210.4064.0
L3301807
CM+9.8394.2726.0
H3301906
CM+9.5210.4065.0
H3302001
CM+9.5210.4066.0
26.04.00
5214/100
5216/100
5110/100
as of 1010
as of 1384 as of 1001 as of 1033
as of 1001
as of 1818 as of 1067 as of 1057
as of
1014
as of 1263
5211/100
5212/100
Software versions downward compatible;

* machine no longer in production
5213
100/105
-
5110/200
5114/100
as of 7050
as of 7154
as of 1031 as of 1001 as of 7392
as of
1037
8391/101
as of 8512
as of
8535
as of 8872
not
8874 +
8878
as of 3000 as of 9040
8394/200
-
as of 3042 as of 9336
+ 9528
1081
1064
1046
1092
+ 9533
9535
8001; 8003
8005; 8007
8010
as of 1992
as of 7430
8004
not
not in
8009
2050
7462
8011
7470
8067
With software H3301707 and higher, make sure to consider the documentation DD+DIS052.98D/E/F section 5 / page B17 item B5!
as of 2064 as of 1082 as of 1065 as of 1001 as of 1001 as of 1047 as of 1093 as of 7507 as of 2006 as of 3056 as of 9526 as of 8068
+ 2050
+
not in
7462
9528/ +
7470
9533
9535
as of
as of
as of
as of
as of
as of
as of
as of
as of 8544
2560
1091
1197
1147
1245
7896
2145
3202
-
as of 1126 as of 1247
Type 100;
as of 1003
Type 105
still to be
published
*
*
as of 1296 as of 8139 as of 2278 as of 3294

not in
2282 and
2283
still to be
published
5210/5211/5214/5216
8394/400
as of 8610
+ 8607, 8608
as of 7001
-
as of 8785,
8776,
8780 8783
as of 7071,
7047, 7056
still to be
published
still to be
published
Section 13 / 3
HOME
MEDICAL IMAGING

No. 09
CURIX HT-330
*1UMBNZ1*
Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100
1 piece UMBNZ MA 1
Rating
safety
relevant
reliability
When?
new
function
immediately
next
service
as
required
Please file this Information in Section 13 of your TECHNICAL

DOCUMENTATION.
Improved level sensor mounting in the

machine tank
Retrofitting of an improved level sensor holder (two-point mounting)
Reproduce the previous level sensor CM+9.5210.4220.4 (single-point
mounting) by reworking the level sensor with the new shape.
Squeaking noise and damage on the drive

roller of the lower roller pair in the dryer
Squeaking noise on the main rack drive in
the developer, fixer, and water rack
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
Contents
Section 13 / 2
Machine malfunctions ..............................................3
Retrofitting of an improved level sensor

mounting in the machine tank .................................4
2.1
Machine conversion to "level sensor two-point mounting".4
2.2
Working sequence...................................................................6
2.3
Reworking the new-shape level sensor CM+9.8394.8270.0 .7
Squeaking noises and damage of the drive

roller of the lower roller pair in the dryer ................8
Squeaking noises on the main rack drive in

the developer, fixer, and water rack ......................10
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
No. 09
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
Machine malfunctions
Investigation proved that depending on the sensor cable positioning in the
cable duct, the sensor cable may be pulled which results in a tilted position of
the sensor tip that is hardly visible from the outside.
Problem:
Cause:
Sporadically occurring undefined machine malfunctions as e.g.:

"Machine fails to change to OK", no automatic error message!
"Tank level OK although it is obvious that the level is too low!
Immersion depths of the sensor tip:
The "tilted inconsistent immersion depth of the sensor tip" results in
constantly changing voltage differences, based on which the evaluation
electronics determines constantly changing sensor signals. The control
SOFTWARE reacts with counter-measures. Since the switching on-and-off of
functions is connected to "different time windows" the machine reacts to the
outside by remaining within a functional loop.
Bending the level sensor:
If the level sensor is bent too far, the sensor tip may touch the heater!
The tank level detection reads OK.
Remedy:
No. 09
Improved positioning of the level sensor by two-point mounting in the

machine tank!
Procedure see Figure 1 and Figure 2 in Chapter 2.1.
Sequence see Chapter 2.2.
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
Section 13 / 3
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
Retrofitting of an improved level sensor mounting in the

machine tank
The previous single-point mounting "A. (see Figure 1 in Chapter 2.1) can
be changed into a two-point mounting "B. +
(see Figure 2 in Chapter
2.1).
The following parts are required for retrofitting:
Level sensor CM+9.8394.8270.0, new shape
(replaces level sensor CM+9.5210.4220.4)
Modified cover CM+9.8394.8550.0 above sensors/heater
(replaces cover CM+9.5210.2161._)
2.1
Machine conversion to "level sensor two-point mounting"
A. = level sensor: single-point mounting (see Figure 1)

B. = level sensor: two-point mounting + (see Figure 2)
Version:
A.
Conversion
Version:
B.
Level sensor:
single-point mounting
Level sensor:
two-point mounting
+
REMOVED parts
NEW parts
CM+9.5210.4220.4
3x level sensor
3x level sensor
(Dev/Fix/Water tank)
(Dev/Fix/Water tank)
CM+9.5210.2161._
Cover
Section 13 / 4
CM+9.8394.8270.0
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
CM+9.8394.8550.0
Cover assembly.
No. 09
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
A.
CM+9.5210.2161._
CM+9.5210.4220.4
Figure 1
B.
CM+9.8394.8550.0
CM+9.8394.8270.0
Figure 2
No. 09
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
Section 13 / 5
HOME
2.2
DD+DIS088.01E
Working sequence
Please consider the following working sequence!
The cover plate, the complete dryer, and the distributor are removed!
Assembling sequence:
Insert the new level sensor CM+9.8394.8270.0 (B.) in the holder in the
heater duct.
Position the cable in the cable duct up to the chassis box below the dryer.
Mount the cover CM+9.8394.8550.0 (B.).
Make sure that the mounting position of the level sensor engages in the
opening of the cover!
Section 13 / 6
Insert the level sensor cable completely in the cable guides and plug it into
the GS1.
Mount the dryer.
Plug the ground connection of the dryer into the left hand rack carrier.
Assemble the machine completely.
Check the machine functions.
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
No. 09
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
2.3
Reworking the new-shape level sensor CM+9.8394.8270.0

By reworking the level sensor with the new shape CM+9.8394.8270.0 the level
sensor CM+9.5210.4220.4 can be reproduced.
With the level sensor CM+9.5210.4220.4 and cover plate CM+9.5210.2161._
there is no "two-point mounting" possible.
Reworking diagram
CM+9.8394.8270.0
Figure 3
CM+9.5210.2161._
CM+9.5210.4220.4
Figure 4
No. 09
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
Section 13 / 7
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
Squeaking noises and damage of the drive roller of the

lower roller pair in the dryer
Problem:
1. Squeaking noises.
2. Damage of the drive roller (3) of the lower roller pair along the front caused
by the dowel pin.
Cause:
re 1.
The roller drive stud (3) (steel) runs against the cover plate (1) (steel)
CM+9.8391.8052.2* and causes those squeaking noises.
re 2.
The roller drive stud (3) (steel) runs against the cover plate (1) (steel)
CM+9.8391.8052.2*.
Therefore the dowel pin engages only half-way in the roller which results in
damage on the roller front.
* Spare part not available from stock, longer shipping times must be
considered in the order.
Remedy:
Order the following spare part:

Roller drive stud (3) (steel) completely mounted:
CM+9.5210.6010.2
consisting of:
- Improved roller drive stud (3) (steel)
with modified position of the dowel pin (2).
- Gear (steel) z =15
-
Bearing (brown) CM+9.5200.5112.1

has been replaced by a
bearing (white) (5)
additionally included in the shipment:

- PVC disc, light-gray ( 21 mm) (4)
Remedy for 2.
CM+9.5200.5119.0
CM+7.0374.7301.0 Remedy for 1.
Fitting of the PVC disc, light-gray ( 21 mm):

Attach the PVC disc (4) on the right hand side flush with the edge of the
cover plate (1) and at a distance of 21 mm from the lower edge of the
cover plate.
Section 13 / 8
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
No. 09
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
5
Figure 5
No. 09
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
Section 13 / 9
HOME
DD+DIS088.01E
Squeaking noises on the main rack drive in the

developer, fixer, and water rack
Problem:
Cause:
Remedy:
Squeaking noises.
Combination of bearing and shaft results in squeaking noises.
The bearing (black) CM+9.5200.5241.0
has been replaced by another bearing (white) CM+9.5200.5119.0
(see 1 in Figure 6)
The bearing has also been replaced in:
the main rack drive (completely assembled):
(see 2 in Figure 6)
CM+9.5200.5240.3
2
1
Figure 6
Section 13 / 10
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100 / 200; 5211 / 100)
No. 09
HOME
HEALTHCARE
Imaging >

No. 11
*1VWMZU1*
CURIX HT-330
Type 5210 / 100
1 piece VWMZU MA 1
Rating
safety
relevant
reliability
When?
new
function
immediately
next
service
as
required
X
Please file this document in section 13 of your

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION.
SOFTWARE H330 2101 (IC9)

Order number: CM+9 5210 4067 0
Reason for the introduction:
Modification of the dryer step control in case of too high temperatures in the
dryer.
Problem:
In case of continuous processing of large numbers of films the

films are no longer dried sufficiently.
Cause:
Too low temperatures in the dryer after switching back to a lower

dryer step setting in case of long dryer activation.
Remedy:
SOFTWARE H330 2101:

New setup of the dryer step control in case of long dryer
activation times (if the detected temperature is above 45 C)
Also refer to the table on the following page!
HOME
DD+DIS117.03E
Modified temperature control in the dryer during film transport:
Section 13 / 2
Process
Minimum
Maximum
Set dryer Minimum Dryer Step *
temperature temperature step
60 s
20 C
45 C
4, 5, 6
3**
60 s
20 C
50 C
7, 8
5**
60 s
20 C
55 C
5**
Automatic downward regulation of the dryer step in case of increased

dryer temperatures (above 45 C) during long dryer activation times
**
In the past step by step down to step 1
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100)
No. 11
HOME
Field Service
Bulletin
July 99
DD+DIS117.99E
)%
1 TP863 MA1
CURIX HT-330 U/Type 5210 /100

5210 /200
5211 /100
DP 330 U/Type 5214 /100
DP 330 L/Type 5216 /100
Please file this information in section 13 "Field Service Bulletins"

New SOFTWARE VERSION "H3301906";

(CM+9.5210.4065.0)
All program versions with the designation "H330xxxx" and "L3301807" must not
be installed in the CIC (Compact Imaging Center) or the CDM350 (type 5114/200)!
For these machines separate software versions must be used.
Machine type:
as of SN
5210/100 5210/200 5211/100 5214/100 5216/100

-*
-*
-*
-*
1296
* Software downward compatible; the machine production has been discontinued.
printed in Germany
HOME
DD+DIS117.99E
Modifications with respect to

SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806 (L3301807)
Upon a software change into version H3301906, make sure to consider the modification
description of version H3301707 (DD+DIS031.98D/E/F).
Modification description of version H3301806 (DD+DIS155.98D/E/F)
Modification description of version L3301807 (DD+DIS014.99M)
All the machines delivered ex-factory are already adjusted to a PROCESS TYPE as
of SOFTWARE VERSION H3301707.
(See overview "SOFTWARE VERSIONS" page 7)
ATTENTION: This is referring to LR5200 P, type 8394/200 and LR3300 P,

type 8394/400 with integrated processor HT330.
The SOFTWARE VERSION "L3301807" (CM+9.8394.2726.0), see FSB DD+DIS014.99M,

has been integrated in the "NEW SOFTWARE VERSION H3301906" and therefore is no
longer a separate software version!
With the exception of "CIC" and "CDM350" (5114/200) the same SOFTWARE VERSION
"H3301906 - CM+9.5210.4065.0" is again installed in the complete "film processor
family" (see type overview on page 7).
01.07.1999
5210/5211/5214/5216
Section 13 / 3
HOME
DD+DIS117.99E
1. Modifications which were already included in SOFTWARE VERSION L3301807

and have been taken over in H3301906:
1.1. Prevention of film transport jam in the LASER with integrated film processor, as a result
of HANDLING MISTAKES upon film feed via the darkroom feed table
See FSB DD+DIS014.99.M
Changes in the sequence of functions; short summary
When the "lid of the darkroom feed table is open" and an error in the film processor
(status!) is detected, the LASER no longer closes the steam gate!
Display on the control panel during this status, without film feed, however:
Display LASER:
"Darkroom film feed"
Display darkroom feed table: e.g. Alternating error messages
"DEV TEMP TOO HIGH" (SERV501)
Display on the control panel during this status, with film feed:
Display LASER:
"Darkroom film feed"
Display darkroom feed table:
"PRIORITY FILM"
ATTENTION:
Consider that failure to close the lid of the darkroom feed table is still a HANDLING
mistake.
The "modified function" prevents a film jam and indicates that the film processor (status!)
processes the inserted film in the "PRIORITY FILM PROGRAM".
It must be taken into consideration that the "FILM PROCESSING QUALITY" does not
correspond to the STANDARD!
1.2. Occasional occurrence of ERROR "500" in the "Error Buffer of the LASER"
500 = Processor OK no error!
REASON: During the functional sequence of the film processor the machine status is
checked in a regular test routine cycle.
If prior to the test cycle (checking for error codes), the functional sequence is detected as
OK, message "500" will be generated.
As of SOFTWARE VERSION "L3301807" this message is suppressed.
2. Modifications with respect to SOFTWARE VERSION H3301806:

2.1. Modification of the "AUTOFILL function"
The "AUTOFILL" function is offered in connection with the MR Compact plus, type 5110/200,
and the Laser 5200, type 8394/200.
If a level error is indicated after the machine has switched on, the "AUTOFILL" function can be
activated. The tanks are then automatically filled. The pumps are switched on for a maximum
time of 8 minutes to fill the tanks. In this time the tanks must be filled, otherwise the message
"level error" is displayed.
In this case the pumps are defective or the replenisher tanks are empty.
Section 13 / 4
5210/5211/5214/5216
01.07.1999
HOME
DD+DIS117.99E
Problem: In software version H3301806, is may happen that the error messages
"DEV LEVEL or FIX LEVEL" are displayed only a few seconds after the first error
message and activation of the "AUTOFILL" function.
The "AUTOFILL" function is then not executed.
Cause:
If after the first error messages, the pumps start for different times, the pump
(microswitch) which stops first indicates a counting error (timeout) of the pump
strokes. This message then prevents activation of the "AUTOFILL" function in
another part of the program.
Remedy: If an error message occurs as a result of stroke counting, the "AUTOFILL"

function will only be disabled if the same program part has generated an error
message.
2.2. Modifications in the DRYER control / monitoring:

2.2.1
Dryer temperature window in STANDBY mode:

PROCESS /
process time
EXT / 3 min
RP / 2 min
100 s
IP / 90 s
HT / 60 s
2.2.2
Process
Lower limit
type
temperature (C)
MAMMO
35
CURIX /
30
STERLING
MAMMO
35
STERLING
35
CURIX /
35
MAMMO
CURIX /
35
STERLING
MAMMO
Upper limit
temperature (C)
40
35
Out-of-tolerance
condition (C)
25
25
40
40
40
25
30
30
40
30
Standard parameters - developer tank temperature and dryer setting

Process / process time
EXT / 3min
RP / 2min
/ 100s
IP / 90s
HT / 60s
01.07.1999
Developer temperature (C)

Standard -->D34
Standard -->D34
Standard -->D34
Standard -->D37
Standard -->D38
adjustable between
D25 and D39
5210/5211/5214/5216
Dryer setting
Standard --> DR3
Standard --> DR3
Standard --> DR3
Standard --> DR3
Standard --> DR4
adjustable between
DR1 and DR9
Section 13 / 5
HOME

2.2.3
DD+DIS117.99E
Modification of the number of dryer steps and the corresponding activation clock
of the IR heaters:
REASON: In case of major fluctuations in the power supply, drying problems may occur in various
countries.
The setting of the dryer step has been increased from 7 to 9, the clock intervals of the IR
heaters for the dryer steps have been defined anew.
However, the total capacity of the dryer remains the same.
2.2.3.1 Table of the dryer activation clock:

Activation intervals in all machine versions of this film processor family are the same,
(not CIC / CDM350 !)
PROCESS/
process time
IR heater
module
Dryer steps
IR_ %
Standby
Steps
(10)
HT / 60 s /
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
50
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
30
30
30
IP / 90 s /
20
20
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
30
IR2
10
20
20
30
30
30
40
40
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
30
20
30
30
100 s /
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
20
30
40
40
50
50
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
30
30
30
RP / 2 min
IR1
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
60
60
30
IR2
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
40
50
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
30
30
EXT / 3 min
IR1
10
10
20
30
30
30
40
40
40
30
IR2
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
30
IR3
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
30
IR1
IR1
20
IR1
Standard setting
Section 13 / 6
5210/5211/5214/5216
01.07.1999
HOME
DD+DIS117.99E
3. Overview of previous SOFTWARE VERSIONS

SOFTWARE
VERSION
Software downward compatible;

* the machine production has been discontinued.
Type numbers of machine versions

as of SN /
to..() /
and (+) SN
Part number
EPROM
5210/100
5210/200
H3301208
CM+8.5210.4057.0
as of 1001
as of 1010
as of 8512
H3301301
CM+8.5210.4058.0
as of 1014
as of 1001
as of 1037
as of 8535
H3301420
CM+8+5210.4059.0
as of 1263
as of 1030
as of 7050
H3301509
CM+8.5210.4060.0
as of 1384 as of 1001 as of 1033
as of 1001
as of 7154
as of 8872
not
8874 +
8878
as of 3000 as of 9040
H3301614
CM+9.5210.4061.0
as of 1818 as of 1067 as of 1057
as of 1031 as of 1001 as of 7392
1081
5211/100
5212/100
5213/100
1064
5214/100
1046
5216/100
5110/100
5110/200
1092
H3301701
CM+ none
H3301703
CM+ none
as of 1992
not
2050
as of 7430
not in
7462
7470
5114/100
8391/101
8394/200
as of 3042 as of 9336
+ 9528
+ 9533
9535
8001
8003
8005
8007
8010
8004
8009
8011
8067
8394/400
As of Software H3301707 make sure to observe the documentation DD+DIS052.98D/E/F, section 5 / page B17 item B5
H3301707
CM+9.5210.4062.0
H3301806
CM+9.5210.4064.0
L3301807
as of 2064 as of 1082 as of 1065 as of 1001 as of 1001 as of 1047 as of 1093 as of 7507 as of 2006 as of 3056
+ 2050
+
7462
7470
as of 2560
as of 1091 as of 1197 as of 1147 as of 1245 as of 7896 as of 2145

-
as of 1296
as of 9526 as of 8068
not in
9528/ +
9533
9535
as of 3202
as of 8544 as of
7001
-
CM+9.8394.2726.0
H3301906
CM+9.5210.4065.0
01.07.1999
as of 1126 as of 1247
5210/5211/5214/5216
as of 8139 as of 2278 as of 3294

not in2282
2283
will follow
as of 8610
+
8607
8608
will follow will follow
Section 13 / 7
HOME

No. 13
*1WVNDX1*
CURIX HT-330
Type 5210 / 100
1 piece WVNDX MA 1
Urgency
Reason
Subject
Immediately
Safety
Cure for Complaint (PowerHelp)
Next service
Reliability
Problem may concern all devices
In case of failure
Quality improvement
Problem depending on serial number / batch
As required
Functional changes
Software / new spare part
Compatibility
Processor Software H3302201

(Order No.: CM+9 5210 4068 0) Prevents
Failure of the IO SMOT LOW LEVEL Board
(506GS)
This document informs about compatibility and the new function of Processor
Software H3302201 upon application in film handling devices.
The function of stand-alone devices (e.g. CURIX HT-330) is not influenced by
the application of Processor Software H3302201.
For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list,

see MedNet - GSO Library.

HOME
DD+DIS139.04E
Subject
Application of the Processor Software H3302201
Compatibility
Processor Software H3302201 is downward compatible and can be

used in all machines of the CURIX Compact Plus family independent
of the current software level in the film handling module (CO2_XXXX).
New function
Compared to the previous version Processor Software H3302201 uses a

modified triggering of the steam gate stepper motor (500M2):
The motor is switched off for about one second when its switches from
steam gate opening to steam gate closing.
Reason
This prevents current overload which was the cause for high failure rates
of the stepper motor board (IO SMOT LOW LEVEL Board / 506GS) in the
past.
Remedy for Service 516 in the MAMORAY / CURIX Compact Plus.
The shipment of the 506GS (CM+9 5120 9650 3) includes this software.
The function of stand-alone devices (e.g. CURIX HT-330) is not influenced by

the application of Processor Software H3302201.
Scope of delivery:
EPROM (IC9) H3302201
Section 13 / 2
CURIX HT-330
(Type 5210 / 100)
No. 13
HOME
Fieldservice
Bulletin
DD+DIS155.98E
September 98
&#
1 Q4N5K MA1
CURIX HT-330 U/ Typ 5210 / 100

5210 / 200
5211 / 100
Mamoray HT 300/ Typ 5212 / 100
DP 330 U/ Typ 5214 / 100
DP 330 L/ Typ 5216 / 100
Bitte ordnen Sie diese Information in Register 13 Fieldservice-Bulletins

Ihrer TECHNISCHEN DOKUMENTATION ein
Please file this information in section 13 "Field Service Bulletins"
Veuillez s.v.p. classer ces informations dans le registre 13 Fieldservice-Bulletins
de votre DOCUMENTATION TECHNIQUE
Modified Functions of the Software

Version H3301806
(CM+9.5210.4064.0)
All program versions with the identification "H330xxxx"
must not be installed in the CIC ( Compact Imaging Center )!
Upon SOFTWARE change to version H3301806, make sure to observe the modification description
of version H3301707 (DD+DIS031.98D/E/F).
All machines shipped ex factory are set up for one PROCESS TYPE as of
SOFTWARE Version H3301707.
printed in Germany
HOME
DD+DIS155.98E
Default set-up after BASEINIT with Software Version H3301806:

Execution of BASEINIT see section 5 item A.4
Activation with the M key
Modification with the S key
What is modified
Process type
Default setting
Drive motor standby

(JOG CYCLE)
CURIX and
STERLING
MAMMO
DRIVEON Y
Exhaust fan standby

(JOG CYCLE)
CURIX and
STERLING
MAMMO
STANDARD REPLENISHMENT TIME

DEVELOPER - FIXER;
Consider the different
Standard replenishment times in the
"process types"
CURIX and
STERLING
Y = drive motor
permanently ON
DRIVEON N
N = drive motor
in STANDBY
EXH CONT
Exhaust fan
permanently ON
EXH FILM
Exhaust fan only
ON with film
cycle
15 seconds / 0.25 m
installed:
Developer
Fixer
= 400 ml/ min = 400 ml/ m

= 600 ml/ min = 600 ml/ m
8394/200
Individual replenishment
pumps installed:
Developer
Fixer
MAMMO
= 400 ml/ m
= 400 ml/ m
20 seconds / 0.25 m
Machine types:
5110/200 Individual replenishment
pumps installed:
Developer
Fixer
= 600 ml/ m
= 600 ml/ m
Machine type:
5212/100
installed.
Developer
Fixer
= 400 ml/ min = 600 ml/ m

= 600 ml/ min = 800 ml/ m
Changes in the functional sequence
Section 13 / 2
5210
23.09.1998
DD+DIS155.98E

SERVICE PROGRAM
HOME
Problem
Modification
So far it was not possible to
Can now be called up during FILM
activate during FILM CYCLE CYCLE.
+
> 6s pressed
simultaneously.
Press now the M / S key in any order,
and keep them pressed, until a flashing
SERVICE is displayed.
Ignore all other text modifications.
See also section 6.6 Activation of the
Service Program
STATUS DISPLAYS
So far,
no STATUS DISPLAYS
after the first "OK" display.
(Filling / heating phase
completed,
machine in STANDBY).
Now,
STATUS DISPLAYS
also after the first "OK" display,
if process parameters are changed.
e.g. NOM developer temperature
NOM. dev temp. < ACT. dev. temp.
DISPLAY: 2min 35C / COOL DEV
or
Monitoring of
CLOCK CHIP IC6
on the CPU /GS5.
CAL DEV
(calibration of the
developer temperature)
NOM. dev. temp. > ACT. dev. Temp.

DISPLAY: 2min 35C / HEAT DEV
So far,
Error S527 is entered in the SERVICE
the machine was not ready", PROGRAM.
after switching on without an
SERVICE MODE LOG BOOK
error message!
SHOW LOG S527
Cause of the problem:
poor contact / component defective /
empty battery. Replace the clock chip.
Entered correction value in
CAL DEV is deleted by a
BASEINIT.
New set-up is necessary!
The correction value in the CAL DEV

is no longer deleted by the BASEINIT.
Observe:
If the entered value is detected as
incorrect by the plausibility check,
(max. +/-1C), the value will be set on
"0"!
Overview: Modification in the COMMUNICATION:

What is modified
TIMEOUT intervals
in the 2 / 3 minutes process
23.09.1998
Problem
TIMEOUT intervals are too
short for film feed via the
5210
Modification
New TIMEOUT intervals
2 min.: 160 s
Section 13 / 3
HOME

have been changed in the
"darkroom feed table request"!
HANDLING
(adjustable functions)
on the control panel"
of the darkroom feed table have
been modified.
DD+DIS155.98E
"darkroom feed table".
3 min.: 245 s
Functions adjustable until

now:
program
-modification of process
parameters
-S key: check ACT dev. temp.
-Arrow key: request for
darkroom film feed".
Adaptation of the display in the If TYPE 8394/200 was
TYPE 8394/200 control panel,
switched on with he open
to the functional status of the
darkroom feed table lid, TYPE
darkroom feed table lid.
8394/200 showed " OK " on
the control panel
Defective OK display
Occasionally the control panel
displayed "OK", although the
Type 8391/101
NOM. dev. Temp. of the
Type 5110/100
connected film processor had
not bee reached.
Modifications in the SERVICE PROGRAM
Problem
Exhaust fan;
Problem in the coding of the
operation setting by code. exhaust fan in SOFTWARE
Version H3301707,
The following functions can no

longer be set up:
program!
- Modification of process
parameters
New display in the TYPE

8394/200 control panel:
"DARKROOM FILM FEED"
This problem has been solved

and corrected.
Modification
Problem has been corrected.
CODING:
EXH CONT
Switch S1/5 "open"!
see spot
Spot
Exhaust fan only ON

with dryer fan!
EXH FILM
Switch S1/5 "open"!
see spot

Automatic conversion of
the processed film
from m into 1 m total
is defective after replacement
of the SOFTWARE!
Section 13 / 4
Problem
The processed film area
counting has been modified
with the introduction of
SOFTWARE Version
"H33017xx " from m into
5210
Modification
Conversion OK if:
-the machine is delivered with
SOFTWARE H33017xx from the
factory.
23.09.1998
DD+DIS155.98E
HOME
1 m counting.
After changing the SOFTWARE
into H33017xx, the conversion
of the previously counted total
of m of processed film into
1 m of total processed film is
not correctly executed.
Buzzer
enable can be coded
Checking the function

"recording of processed
film area"

enable cannot be coded.
So far
only a function check by
BIT test
SERVICE INPUT
SCANNERS SCN00000
-The SOFTWARE H33017xx

has
not been installed as a replacement in
your machine,
e.g. change from H3301614
H3301806
-Machine delivery ex factory with
SOFTWARE H3301806.
Acoustic signal for film feed enable can
be coded:
SERVICE SETUP BUZZER
FILM ON - buzzer ON
FILM OFF - buzzer OFF
Now additionally:
complete system test of the film area
recording during film transport.
SERVICE MODE SCANTEST
enter FEED FLM film 35 x 43 cm (14

When the magnetic roller
x 17 in)
turns the respective bit is
WAIT wait until the end
displayed alternatingly, 1 or 0
Film feed and display
is displayed.
R1 000 = number of pulses of
MG roller 1
Press the S key
MG roller 2
Press the s key
R3 000 =
R4 000 =
MG roller 5
the number of pulses should not =differ
by more than +1/-1 ( = 2 ).
-exit from the test
- number of pulses
will be deleted!
23.09.1998
5210
Section 13 / 5
Technical
Documentation
Bestell Nr: DD+DIS072.96E
-)
1 piece 92XTC MA 1
INSTALLATION PLANNING and

Specifications
2. Edition
The Installation Planning part can also be ordered separately.
Printed in Germany
Curix HT-330 U
Type 5210/100
Type 5210/200
NOTE:
All electrical connections and repairs must be made/performed by suitably
qualified persons.
All mechanical connections and repairs must be made/performed by qualified
persons.
Data and characteristics subject to alteration in the interests of technical progress.
Installation Planning
DD+DIS072.96E
Chapter 14
Contents
Safety ......................................................................................................................................1
Installation planning (Part 1) .................................................................................................3
System overview................................................................................................................................ 3
Dimensions - type 5210/100 ..................................................................................................4

Dimensions - type 5210/200 ..................................................................................................5
Transportation ................................................................................................................................... 5
Accessibility for repair and maintenance ............................................................................6

Minimum/optimum dimensions ......................................................................................................... 6
Installation connections ........................................................................................................7

Positions of the installation connections underneath the film processor:.................................... 7
Positions of the installation connections in the bottom front panel of the film processor: ......... 8
Scope of delivery and accessories.......................................................................................9

Bright room installation with wall penetration (without light-tight panel) ......................10
Film feed end in dark room, film processor/film delivery end in bright room.............................. 10
Wall penetration............................................................................................................................... 10
Bright room installation with light shielding wall..............................................................11

Film feed end in darkroom, film processor/film delivery end in bright room............................... 11
Darkroom installation with wall penetration (without light shielding wall).....................12

Film feed end/film processor in darkroom, film delivery end in bright room............................... 12
Darkroom installation with light shielding wall .................................................................13

Film feed end/film processor in darkroom, film delivery end in bright room............................... 13
Light shielding wall ..............................................................................................................14

Recommendation 1 for light shielding wall dimensions ............................................................... 14
Recommendation 2 for light shielding wall dimensions ............................................................... 14
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / I
DD+DIS072.96E
Ambient conditions..............................................................................................................15
Specifications (Part 2) .........................................................................................................16
Connections .........................................................................................................................16
Water connection .............................................................................................................................16
Electrical connection .......................................................................................................................17
Replenisher supply ..........................................................................................................................18
Replenisher/level monitoring ..........................................................................................................18
Disposal of the chemicals ...............................................................................................................19
Exhaust connection .........................................................................................................................20
Exhaust connection in the bottom front panel....................................................................................20
Exhaust connection into the ground ..................................................................................................20
Performance data .................................................................................................................21

Type overview: .................................................................................................................................21
Operating data..................................................................................................................................21
Electrical data...................................................................................................................................22
Environmental data ..........................................................................................................................22
Dimensions and weights..................................................................................................................22
Safety requirements and certificates .................................................................................23
Chapter 14 / II
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Safety
English
This information is also available in English and French. For further information please contact your
local Agfa office.
Deutsch
Diese Information ist auch in englischer und franzsischer Sprache lieferbar. Falls Sie hierzu noch
Fragen haben, wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihre rtliche Agfa-Niederlassung.
Franais Cette information est galement disponible en anglais et en franais. Pour toutes questions
ce sujet, veuillez consulter votre filiale Agfa locale.
Italiano
Queste informazioni sono disponibili anche nelle lingue inglese e francese. Per ulteriori informazioni
o chiarimenti in merito. Vi preghiamo di rivolger Vi alla succursale Agfa della Vostra zona.
Nederlands
Espaol
Deze informatie is ook in het Frans en het Engels verkrijgbaar. Voor eventuele verdere vragen
wendt
u zich a.u.b. tot uur lokale Agfa vertegen woordiging.
Esta informacin tambin es disponible en ingls y en francs. Para consultas pertinentes, dirjase
a su distribuidor AGFA local.
_____________________________________________________________
Please observe the safety precautions set out below at all times:
General safety precautions
Please study the safety and information sheets for the chemicals carefully and heed the
safety instructions.
Follow the instructions on the chemical containers.
Always ensure adequate air circulation, in order to prevent high concentrations of
chemical vapors. The air must be replaced at a rate per hour corresponding to ten times
the volume of the room. For further information please contact your local AGFA office.
Never deactivate any built-in safety devices.
All troubleshooting work and rectification of defects must be carried out by service
technicians authorized by AGFA.

Safety precautions when cleaning the processor
Please study the safety information contained in the safety data sheets carefully before
cleaning the machine. These data sheets can be supplied on request for the relevant
chemicals, i.e. for the baths and the cleaning agents. The instructions set out in them
must be heeded at all times.
Always wear rubber or plastic gloves when working with chemicals. Should any chemicals
come into contact with your skin, rinse the affected areas thoroughly and immediately in
water; do not use soap.
Always wear goggles to protect your eyes from spattering chemicals. Should any
chemicals come into contact with your eyes despite this precaution, rinse them thoroughly
and immediately in cold water and consult an ophthalmologist.
Observe all locally valid regulations concerning the disposal of chemicals.
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 1
DD+DIS072.96E
Installation planning (Part 1)

(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
System overview
The following components are essential to the system and must be taken into account when
planning the installation procedure:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Film processor
Disposal tanks or connection to central disposal system
Chemical mixer
Replenisher tanks for the developer and fixer instead of a chemical mixer
Water connection with filter
The film processor can also be combined with ancillary equipment, depending on the
requirements of the customer.
Account must be taken of the relevant planning documentation, depending on the desired
configuration (e.g. mixer).
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 3
DD+DIS072.96E
Dimensions - type 5210/100
Transportation
It must be possible to transport the film processor along all corridors and through all doors to
the room in which it is to be installed. All doors must be at least 73 cm wide.
Chapter 14 / 4
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Dimensions - type 5210/200
The type CURIX HT 330 G - Type 5210/200 is 7 cm less in height compared to type 100.
Type 5210/200 is a replacement for GEVAMATIC 110.
Transportation
It must be possible to transport the film processor along all corridors and through all doors to
the room in which it is to be installed. All doors must be at least 73 cm wide.
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 5
DD+DIS072.96E
Accessibility for repair and maintenance

(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Minimum/optimum dimensions
The clearances specified in the diagram below must be provided to facilitate repairs and
maintenance.
Optimum dimensions:
The clearances specified in the diagram are

recommended.
Minimum dimensions:
These clearances are stipulated.
If insufficient clearances are allowed, longer repair times may be necessary!
Chapter 14 / 6
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Installation connections
(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Positions of the installation connections underneath the film processor:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Extraction connection. Pipe end 100 mm.

Water connection (connection 3/4" male thread at solenoid valve).
Safety high-pressure hose included in scope of delivery.
Developer disposal: connecting hose 19 x 4 mm; hanging down 1.5 m.
Fixer disposal: connecting 19 x 4 mm; hanging down 1.5 m.
Washing water disposal: connecting hose 19 x 4 mm; hanging down 1.5 m.
Replenisher pump (developer/fixer).
Fixer replenisher connection. Connecting hose 10 x 3 mm, fabric-backed.
Developer replenisher connection. Connecting hose 10 x 3 mm, fabric-backed.
Drain outlet from overflow tank: connecting hose 19 x 4 mm; hanging down 1.5 m.
Drain outlet (water), anti-algae magnetic valve (optional); pipe end 20 mm.
Useful area for floor supply

connections
Installation recommendation for
retrofitting EOS
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 7
DD+DIS072.96E
Positions of the installation connections in the bottom front panel of the film processor:
(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
The film processor is supplied with four 1.5 m long hoses, which hang down freely (nos. 3, 4,
5 and 9).
A kit for installation through the bottom front panel is included in the scope of delivery.
Connections in the bottom front panel (press-out).
Chapter 14 / 8
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Scope of delivery and accessories

(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Scope of delivery:
Machine
CURIX HT 330 U
Type
5210/100
CURIX HT 330 U
5210/200
Power supply
1 N~ 230 V (200 / 208 / 230 / 240 V)
50 / 60 Hz
1 N~ 230 V (200 / 208 / 230 / 240 V)
50 / 60 Hz
ABC code
3PHNC
33KGD
Package insert CX HT 330 U

CM+8.5210.1570.0
- Replenisher pump with filter for developer/fixer
- Exhaust hose
- Filling tool
- High-pressure water inlet hose
- Solenoid valve for water inlet with filter
- Power cord
- Installation kit
- Kit for installation through bottom front panel/darkroom connection
- Wire basket (chute, with attachment elements
Accessories
Light cover
Type 5205 / 170
Anti-algae magnetic valve
Type 5210 / 500
Installation kit
Type 5210 / 600
Communication cable
CM+8.5280.3030.0
(mixer to film processor)
Peripherals:
Mixer
Type 5280
CURIX E.O.S. FIX

(silver recovery unit)
Type 5359
Replenisher tanks (2 x 30 liters)

with level sensor/cable 5 m
Type 8186 / 700
Replenisher tanks (2 x 80 liters)

with level sensor/cable 6 m
Type 8186 / 100
Water filter with cartridge
Type 8188 / 500
Strainer instead of "water filter"

(3/4" connections)
CM+7.0342.0039.0
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 9
DD+DIS072.96E
Bright room installation with wall penetration (without light-tight panel)

(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Film feed end in dark room, film processor/film delivery end in bright room.
Darkroom
Bright room
1
2
3
4
5
6
Film feed end

Film delivery end (PVC chute
or wire basket)
60 bevel necessary at wall
penetration
Wall
Plinth
Light seal
(foam rubber tape)
Order No. 0.0000.0345.4
(by the meter)
Wall penetration
1
2
3
Chapter 14 / 10
CURIX HT 330 U
Wall
Plinth
Penetration
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Bright room installation with light shielding wall

(for type 5210/100 only)
Film feed end in darkroom, film processor/film delivery end in bright room.
Darkroom
Bright room
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Film feed end

Film delivery end (PVC chute
or wire basket)
penetration
Wall
Light shielding wall
Plinth
Light seal
(foam rubber tape)
Order No. 0.0000.0345.4
(by the meter)
Wall penetration
1
2
Note:
11.06.97
Wooden panel (20 mm)

Penetration
This installation variant requires a light shielding wall.

See recommendation 1 for light shielding wall dimensions on page 14.
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 11
DD+DIS072.96E
Darkroom installation with wall penetration (without light shielding wall)

(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Film feed end/film processor in darkroom, film delivery end in bright room.
Note: This installation variant requires a wire basket.
Bright room
Darkroom
1 Film feed end
2 Film delivery end with wire
basket
3 60 bevel recommended at
wall penetration
4 Wall
5 Plinth
6 Light seal
(foam rubber tape)
Order No. 0.0000.0345.4
(by the meter)
* Installation with wire basket (white), CM+8.5200.1250.0.

Wall penetration
1
2
3
Chapter 14 / 12
CURIX HT 330 U
Wall
Plinth
Penetration
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Darkroom installation with light shielding wall

Film feed end/film processor in darkroom, film delivery end in bright room.
Note: Film processor with PVC chute or wire basket.
Bright room
Darkroom
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Film feed end

Film delivery end with PVC
chute or wire basket
penetration
Wall
Plinth
Light seal
(foam rubber tape)
Order No. 0.0000.0345.4
(by the meter)
* The lower the wall penetration, the more difficult the film is to remove .
Wall penetration
1
2
Note:
11.06.97
Wooden panel (20 mm)

Penetration
This installation variant requires a light shielding wall.

See recommendation 2 for light shielding wall dimensions on page 14.
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 13
DD+DIS072.96E

Recommendation 1 for light shielding wall dimensions
A Cutout for film feed table

B Cutout only required if supply and
disposal connections are in bottom
front panel
* or cutouts A + B
A wall penetration can be covered up to
150 x 95 cm.
Recommendation 2 for light shielding wall dimensions
Cutout for film delivery at dryer
Power switch on film processor

(always accessible with specified
dimensions)
Joint between paneling parts
A wall penetration can be covered up to

150 x 95 cm.
NOTE:
Chapter 14 / 14
If a light shielding wall is needed to install the film processor, it cannot be

supplied by AGFA GEVAERT (wooden panel)!
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Ambient conditions
(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Room temperature
Min. 10 C, max. 30 C
Relative humidity
Min. 30%, max. 80% at a room temperature of 20 C to 30 C
Lightproofness
Max. 2500 lux
Sound level:
In standby mode
During film transport
< 60 dB W
< 64 dB W
Effect of radiation
The film processor itself is not designed for installation in an imaging
room and therefore contains no form of internal shielding against
stray radiation; suitable shielding must be provided if necessary.
Floor type
Waterproof floor, covering resistant to chemicals (pH value 4 - 11)
Ventilation
Always ensure adequate air circulation, in order to prevent high
concentrations of chemical vapors.
The air must be replaced at a rate per hour corresponding to ten
times the volume of the room. For further information please contact
your local AGFA office.
Washbasin
A wash basin with a water tap and a shower head must be

provided for maintenance purposes.
Minimum inside dimensions of basin:
Width 70 cm x depth 40 cm x height 20 cm
Transport/storage conditions:
Outside temperature
11.06.97
Min. -25C for 72 hrs. (IEC 68-2-1 (Ab))

Max. 55C for 96 hrs. (IEC 68-2-2 (Bb))
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 15
DD+DIS072.96E
Specifications (Part 2)
(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Connections
Water connection
There are two alternative types of water connection:
a. Fixed pipe laid in the floor underneath the film processor from the pressure reducing valve
to the solenoid valve
or
b. Safety high-pressure hose (included in the scope of delivery), CM+7.5220.8011.0 (tested
in accordance with DIN 57700 Part 600; 2 m long; /4" union nut), hanging freely inside the
film processor from the pressure reducing valve to the solenoid valve.
Water/solenoid valve connection:
3/4" male thread (to DIN 259 and ASA B2.1-1960)
A gully close to the machine is the recommended form of safety drain outlet.
Standards
The free water inlet of the unit conforms to the specifications of DIN 1988,
which is based on Specification W 503 of the DVGW (Technical Directive
Concerning Drinking Water Installations) .
1
2
Stop valve (not included in scope

of delivery)
Pressure reducing valve with
manometer (not included in scope
of delivery)
Filter
(Option 7.0342.0039.0)
Connection for shower head
5a Connection for fixed pipe

or
5b Flexible safety high-pressure
hose
6 Solenoid valve (removable)
Water consumption
Water pressure
Water temperature
pH value
Water conductance
Chapter 14 / 16
Max. 3 liters/minute
2 bar (200 kPa) to 6 bar (600 kPa)
Min. 5 C
6.5 to 8
Min. 3S / cm
If this value is not maintained, the level in the water tank will not
be sensed accurately.
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Line voltage
Single-phase
200 / 208 / 230 / 240 V
Frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Fuse protection
16 A
Discharge current
< 3.5 mA to protective earth
Protective earth
conductor
Installation
standards
< 0.1 W to earth

VDE
Electrical installations in the installation room must conform to

IEC 364 ,VDE 0100 and VDE 0107.
UL

the "National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA 70).
A fault-current circuit-breaker (IN = 30 mA) to VDE 664 must be

installed at a suitable point in the circuit!
Line voltage
connection in
installation room
VDE
UL
Connecting cable
(included in scope
of delivery)
VDE
UL
Double socket outlet with earthing contact to DIN 49441 and

CEE 7
Standard orifice V II
Socket outlet with earthing contact for plug NEMA 6-15 P
PVC cable H05VV - F 3G 1.5 (3-wire)
Cable length
3.5 m
Useful length
2.3 m
This cable is included in the package insert and must be
replaced by the VDE cable.
PVC cable SJT 3 x AWG 14 (with plug NEMA 6-15P)
Cable length
2.4 m
Useful length
1.2 m
Main switch
When installing the unit, make sure that either the power plug or a
device in the building wiring system for isolating all the poles is easily
accessible and close by.
Cable connection:
Power supply terminal in the film processor approx. 80 cm above the

floor.
Socket outlet connection:

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
All-pole main switch

Fault-current circuit-breaker
Power supply line and
socket outlet with earthing contact
Power cable
Screwed gland for connecting cable
Power supply terminal at transformer
Transformer
(on left-hand side of machine at rear)
Note:
Parts 1 - 3 are not included in the scope
of delivery of the unit.
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 17
DD+DIS072.96E
Replenisher supply
Replenisher hoses for supplying developer/fixer:
-
Lay the hoses underneath the machine frame up to the replenisher pump and connect
them.
Connect the hoses to the pipe end in the bottom front panel
(underneath the film feed table).
The maximum suction height of the replenisher pump for the film processor is 2 m and
the maximum suction length 5 m.
Please take this into account when using a mixer or separate tanks.
Replenisher hoses (10 x 3 mm), fabric-backed:
Red (developer: CM+0.0000.64.82)
Blue (fixer:
CM+0.0000.64.83)
1
2
3
Replenisher pump
with filter
Replenishing container
or mixer
Replenisher hose
Replenisher/level monitoring
-
Up to 4 level feelers can be connected.
A communication cable can be connected from the mixer.
Chapter 14 / 18
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Disposal of the chemicals

The chemicals and the washing water must be disposed of in accordance with the
regulations of the local authorities as well as locally valid waste water disposal laws !
If the spent liquids are allowed to be fed into the drain outlet, the drainpipe must be made
of polythene as far as the main run (vertical drainpipe).
The disposal pipes to the disposal containers must be installed in the proper manner by a
suitably qualified person.
This is governed in Germany by 19 WHG (Water Resources Policy Act) and DIN 1988.
In other countries, the locally valid laws must be observed.
Alternative 1
Disposal connections hanging down inside the unit.
Disposal through the ground to the central disposal system, with separate drain hoses for the
developer, the fixer and possibly water.
A separate drain outlet is recommended for the cleaning chemicals for maintenance
purposes.
Alternative 2
Disposal connections in the bottom front panel:
- Disposal in separate tanks (developer/fixer) and water into the sewer system or
- Central disposal system.
NOTE: If separate tanks are used for disposal, the drain hoses will always be full of
chemicals.
3
1
2
11.06.97
Central disposal system

Drain hoses
(underneath film
processor)
Disposal connections in
bottom front panel
Disposal tanks
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 19
DD+DIS072.96E
Exhaust connection
An extraction unit is integrated in the film processor.
- Pipe end on machine: 100 mm
- Dynamic pressure at free pipe end: 300 Pa; 100 Pa after 3 m hose.
- Max. length of exhaust hose: 5 m. Use an additional fan if this length is exceeded!
- Exhaust rate: 80 m / h
Exhaust connection in the bottom front panel.
Flexible exhaust hose 100 mm
Exhaust connection in bottom

front panel.
Flexible exhaust hose 100 mm
Exhaust connection into ground:

Exhaust pipe end in ground
supplied by customer (trepan
110 mm)
Exhaust connection into the ground
Chapter 14 / 20
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Performance data
(for type 5210/100 and type 5210/200)
Type overview:
Machine
CURIX HT 330 U
Type
5210/100
CURIX HT 330 U
5210/200
Power supply
1 N~ 230 V (200 / 208 / 230 / 240 V)
50 / 60 Hz
1 N~ 230 V (200 / 208 / 230 / 240 V)
50 / 60 Hz
ABC code
3PHNC
33KGD
Operating data
Film types:
Film formats:
All commercially available medical X-ray films suitable for processing by

machine.
Sheet film:
Roll film:
Smallest format
10 x 10 cm
Largest format
35 x 43 cm
Max. film width
43.2 cm
Film width
70 - 105 mm
Max. film length
20 m
Leader essential for processing!
(0.4 x 0.4 inches)

(14 x 17 inches)
(17 inches)
(2.8 - 4.1 inches)
(65.5 inches)
Technical data
Film processor
Process time - codable
Processing speed (cm / min.)
Processing capacity
(average film format)
Filling capacity of machine tanks (liters):
Developer:
Fixer:
Water:
Developer tank temperature in C (standard)
Adjustable from 25 to 39 C
Fixer tank temperature in C
Heating-up times from 20 to 34 C (minutes)
Dryer-stage setting, standard
7 settable dryer stages
Replenishing cycle/time; developer/fixer
(m / sec)
Replenishing rate in ml / m
Developer
Fixer
Replenisher pump delivery rate (ml / m)
(adjusted on delivery)
Developer
Fixer
Water inlet
(ml / min)
Water pressure
min. / max. (bar)
Water conductance (S / cm)
Water pH value
CX 330 U / Type 5210 / 100 / 200

60 sec
2 min.
160
80
38
6.5
6.5
7
34
34
Approx. 15
3
0.25 m each/
for 15 s
400
600
400 +/- 5 %
600 +/- 5 %
3000
2/6
Min. 3
6.5 to 8
* If this value is not maintained, the level in the water tank will not be sensed accurately!
11.06.97
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 21
DD+DIS072.96E
Electrical data
Line voltage connection:
1N~ 230 - 240 V; 50/60 Hz (200, 208, 230-240 V)
Current input:
Max. 12.5 A
Power consumption:
Max. 2900 W
Fuse protection:
16 A
Discharge current to
protective earth:
< 3.5 mA
Safety requirements:

IEC 364 (VDE 0100/0107).
Environmental data
Ventilation:
Always ensure adequate air circulation, in order to prevent high

concentrations of chemical vapors. The air must be replaced at a rate
per hour corresponding to ten times the volume of the room. For further
information please contact your local AGFA office.
Heat emission
Standby:
Total
Into the room
Into the connected exhaust
700 W
500 W
200 W
Film transport:
Total
Into the room
Into the connected exhaust
2200 W
820 W
1380 W
Exhaust:
connection
An extraction unit is installed in the machine as standard.

The extraction connection is underneath the dryer.
The extraction fan operates permanently when the film processor is switched
on.
Dimensions and weights

Dimensions:
With packaging:
LxWxH
Without packaging: L x W x H
5210/100
5210/200
Weights:
With packaging
Without packaging
With full tanks
Chapter 14 / 22
1200 mm x 800 mm x 1460 mm

1060 mm x 710 mm x 1200 mm
1060 mm x 710 mm x 1130 mm
200 kg
140 kg
160 kg
CURIX HT 330 U
11.06.97
DD+DIS072.96E
Safety requirements and certificates

This film processor is not classified as "electrical medical equipment" in accordance with IEC
601-1 / VDE 0750 Part 1.
Safety
Europe:
EN 60950: 1992 + A1 + A2: 1993 "Safety of Information Technology
Equipment",
(identical to IEC 950: 1992 and VDE 0805/ 11. 93)
USA:
UL 1950 2nd Edition 1993 "Safety for Information Technology
Equipment, including Electrical Business Equipment".
Canada:
CSA C 22.2 No. 959 - OM-93 "Safety of Information Technology
Equipment, including Electrical Business Equipment".
RFI suppression
Europe:
In accordance with EN 50081-1: 1992 "Basic Specification for Emitted
Interference",
(identical to VDE 0839, Part 81-1/ 03. 93)
EN 55022 / VFG 243/ 1991, Class B "RFI Suppression for Information
Technology Equipment (ITE).
(corresponds to VDE 0878, Part 3/ 11.89).
For equipment in domestic, commercial and industrial areas and in
doctors' surgeries.
North America (USA, Canada):
US Standard FCC 47 Part 15, Subchapter J, Class A / Edition 8/ 1976.
Equipment for "Non-Domestic Areas".
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

EMVG and EEC Directive 89 / 336 / EEC
EN 50082-1: 1992
Connection to the drinking water supply
DIN 1988, Part 4/ 1988, based on Specification W 503 of the DVGW.
"Technical Regulations for Drinking Water Installations, Protection
Against Backflow".
Certificates
11.06.97
TV GS ("Tested Safety")
mark:
UL Approbation:
No. AL 9603 10068 165

Report No. 0122 060 0201
E 477 50 (M)
CSA Approbation:
In preparation
DVGW U 510 ID No.
7690/94
CURIX HT 330 U
Chapter 14 / 23
AGFA and the Agfa Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germany
Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edit par

Agfa-Gevaert AG
Fototechnik
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Printed in Germany / Imprim en Allemagne

DD+DIS072.96E
DD+DIS072.96E

Agfa Curix HT 330u

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Agfa Curix HT 330u

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Technical

Agfa Company Confidential

To order spare parts:

Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3760

Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553

Controls and Connections

These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must

Installation / Machine Start-up

Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a

Repair and Service

Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a

Reference and Circuit Diagrams

Spare Parts List

Order List for the Documentation

CURIX HT-330 U/G

Order number for a complete Service Manual:

DD+DIS017.95E Service Manual in Folder (all supplements integrated)

Order numbers for separately available chapters of the Service Manual:

DD+DIS072.96E Section 14, Installation Planning Instructions and

DD+DIS037.96E Section 12, Maintenance Instructions, 1st edition

DD+DIS091.94M Section 8, Spare Parts List, 1st edition

DD+DIS017.97M Section 8, Spare Parts List, 1st edition

DD+DIS029.96E Installation and Initial Operation (Section 01, 02, 03

DD+DIS096.97E Installation Instructions Modification Upgrade Kit for

DD+DIS004.98E Fitting Instructions for the Anti-Algae Solenoid Valve

DD+DIS031.98E Supplement Section:3;5;6.3;6.5;6.6;11

DD+DIS038.98M Supplement Section:8

DD+DIS052.98E Supplement Section:5;6.3;6.6;11

DD+DIS117.98E Installation Instructions for Developer and Fixer Elbow

DD+DIS188.98M Supplement for Spare Parts List DIS017.97M

CURIX HT-330 U/G

Order List for the Documentation

Order numbers for CDs:

OMNI CD, contains the technical documentation for all

CM+7 9820 0368 0

AGFATEK TRIO CD-ROM, contains machine specific

Phone + 49 89 6207 3949 Fax +49 89 6207 7271

CURIX HT-330 U/G

List of separately available supplements:

DD+DIS009.95E Supplement Section 6.5, Removal and Installation of

DD+DIS017.97M Section 8, Spare Parts List, 1st edition

DD+DIS004.98E Fitting Instructions for the Anti-Algae Solenoid Valve

DD+DIS031.98E Supplement Section:3;5;6.3;6.5;6.6;11

DD+DIS038.98M Supplement Section:8

DD+DIS052.98E Supplement Section:5;6.3;6.6;11

DD+DIS188.98M Supplement for Spare Parts List DIS017.97M

DD+DIS230.98E Supplement Section:3;5;6.3;6.6;11

DD+DIS165.99M Supplement Section 8

DD+DIS006.00E Supplement Section 6.3

List of Field Service Bulletins:

Improved Circulation pump, DD+DIS032.95x and

Film not scanned

Modified Functions of the software Version H3301806

Standardisation of the film transport units

New SOFTWARE VERSION

Introduction of the improved lock washer 8 mm;

Introduction of "Improved" Circulation Pumps

New SOFTWARE VERSION H3302001

Improved level sensor mounting in the machine tank;

CURIX HT-330 U/G

Introduction of improved circulation pumps in the

SOFTWARE H330 2101 (IC9)

Replacing a Defective Circulation Pump Drive with Belt